ET rere Oe tees a Digitized by the Internet Archive : in 2007 with funding from Microsoft Corporation - 4 ee r ‘ ’ + > = ‘ = s Ce mar ; F : z 4 +. e ° +. b " = eal Po jh . b ‘ - ~ P = 3 al ~ - a x ~ ‘//www.archive.org/details/alaskaexp1 Sharruoft Oe TE eee bei i SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION HARRIMAN ALASKA SERIES VOLUME XIll LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS BY WILLIAM H. DALL HYDROIDS BY C. C. NUTTING CITY OF WASHINGTON PUBLISHED BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 1910 ADVERTISEMENT. The publication of the series of volumes on the Harriman Alaska Expedition of 1899, heretofore pri- vately printed, has been transferred to the Smithsonian Institution by Mrs. Edward H. Harriman, and the work will hereafter be known as the Harriman Alaska Series of the Smithsonian Institution. The remainder of the edition of Volumes I to V, and VIII to XIII, as also Volumes VI and VII in preparation, together with any additional volumes that may hereafter appear, will bear special Smithsonian title pages. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, WASHINGTON, D.C., JuLy, 1910 HARRIMAN ALASKA EXPEDITION WITH COOPERATION OF WASHINGTON ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ALASKA VOLUME XIII LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS BY WILLIAM H. DALL HYDROIDS BY C. C. NUTTING NEW YORK DOUBLEDAY, PAGE & COMPANY 1905 PREFACE _ THE present volume comprises two papers: one on the Land and Fresh Water Mollusks of Alaska, by Dr. Wm. H. Dall; the other on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Prof. C. C. _ Nutting. Dr. Dall’s paper has not been previously published ; _ Professor Nutting’s appeared in the Proceedings of the Wash- gton Academy of Sciences in May, 1901. The number of new Mollusks here described is twelve ; of new Hydroids twenty. . C. Hart. MerrIAM, Editor. -Wasurtncton, D. C., June 15, 1905. (v) : : Li . 2° = 7 LPT RST I Ee ee CONTENTS PAGE RES STR Re ORE te Lian inet fete has Gekeetisaaceehsabiaaes Vv Spee Ct TEA IISTRA THING 5c.) cacaes caie'n ses teudesmnecaves woccheas abut cedsecws ix LAND AND FRESH WATER Mo .tusks, By WittiaM H. Dati: General discussion and results oo; .o500coc. ccc iceceensdcaceesctecacec I Summary of distribution of fresh water species in Alaska Aid QUACORE TOWN os. ied sacae den cccpaxecacdeavehcsovake I Table of distribution of fresh water species according to drainage systems now existing................. ce.ceeeeeeee 4 Summary of distribution of land shells of Alaska and ad- SACRE BOGUNN 55.15 Leena inn naw epigh sheets cexesdes cones vsohexs 7 Table of distribution of American land shells .............. 8 Summary of the mollusk fauna of northeastern Asia..... 9 Table of distribution of northeast Asiatic land and fresh Water SiNeTIS 5... 5...5sccsscesnnesp as Sane sia tas gust na cans cocoon 14 Conclusions in regard to the Alaskan fauna................ 15 Systematic catalogue of land and fresh water mollusks of North America north of the forty-ninth parallel .......... 19 MENPIMRIND oo wig a dokics ager vadenconds sbrber amt eanceravaskevetes Rinaes 147 Sine e 80: PURNE BOAT SECIS «oi 60 a oce cgasws beak tgncusp hasan cavens 157 Hyprorps, sy C. C. Nuttine. SAMMI cea in TNS Sih asig owas p - - y-118. Land and Fresh Water Mollusks...........cccccssssssseee 20-144 a * . - 5 dad rte “ * . . . ~ - > > “ « ¥ . . - - LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS OF ALASKA - AND ADJOINING REGIONS NOTE Tue following memoir has been prepared to bring together . and modernize the data existing in the literature, and to combine it with the new material obtained by the Harriman Expedition and such as was accessible elsewhere from the same region. In order to accomplish this, and because of the uniformity of boreal faunas all round the northern hemisphere, it has been necessary to examine the entire boreal fauna of North America, Greenland, and the adjacent parts of eastern Siberia. The material examined has been that collected by the Harri- man Expedition; that obtained by the writer during explora- tions in Alaska from 1865 to 1885, and now in the National Museum; collections from various collaborators of the Museum, members of the Navy, the Revenue Marine, and the Geological Survey of the United States; and certain material borrowed for examination from various sources. On the whole, though the collection is not remarkably large, it is probably the largest and most complete, for the region, ever brought together. The text figures have been generously lent by the Smith- sonian Institution. I am indebted to Mr. Bryant Walker, Dr, J. F. Whiteaves of the Dominion Geological Survey, Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, and numerous other correspondents, for advice and assistance ; and to the au- thorities of the U. S. Geological Survey, the Dominion Geolog- ical Survey, the Smithsonian Institution, and the U. S. National Museum, for facilities for study and access to collections, for all of which I am deeply grateful. Wo. H. Dat. SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Washington, D. C., Sept. 17, 1904. LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS OF ALASKA AND ADJOINING REGIONS BY WILLIAM HEALEY DALL GENERAL DISCUSSION AND RESULTS THE first object of this work is to sum up the known mollus- can fauna of the land and fresh waters of Alaska. This has involved an examination, not only of the species obtained within the political boundaries of Alaska, but also those of the adjacent region to the west, east, and south. The result is that, for North America north of latitude 49° North, the work includes a sum- mary of our present knowledge of the mollusks, deduced in part from the literature and in larger part from material actually examined. To this is added a briefer examination of the mollusk fauna of the adjacent parts of eastern Siberia which has to some extent modified that of Alaska. As a whole the work may be regarded as forming a synoptic manual of the boreal land and fresh water mollusks of the western hemisphere. I. SUMMARY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SPECIES IN ALASKA AND ADJACENT REGIONS. It was thought best to tabulate the species of rivers and lakes according to the drainage systems in which they are found. Of course these systems are not geologically ancient, and it is even probable that some existing species of the Mississippi system were trapped by the changes of level which, according to Gen. G. K. Warren, U.S.A., secured, for the Red River of (t) 2 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS the North, part of the channels which earlier discharged into the Gulf of Mexico by way of the Mississippi. It is probable, for the region under review, that the entire molluscan population was exterminated or driven south during the Glacial epoch, and that we now have to do with immigrants from the south whose distribution has taken place since that time. In the following tables all doubtful species are omitted, so that the fauna tabulated, if not complete, is at least well estab- lished so far as it goes. The following areas are represented in the successive columns of the table: Asta. — This column indicates those species known also to inhabit the eastern portion of Siberia, Kamchatka, and the Chukchi Peninsula, together with the Commander Islands, which are obviously populated from the Asiatic shores. Yukon. —'This system includes the entire drainage basin of the Yukon and the tundra north of it, as well as the area drained by the Kuskokwim River, or all of Alaska north, northwest, and westward of the Alaskan Range, as well as the area behind the Coast Ranges and between them and the northward exten- sion of the Rocky Mountains, drained by the Yukon and its tributaries. | Alaska. — This system includes all of the Aleutian Islands, the area on the Alaska Peninsula and continent between the Coast Ranges and the Alaskan Range and the Pacific north of latitude 54°. This system and the following one are really continuous, the Alaskan being really only the north- westward extension of that here designated as the Pacific system. Pacific. — This includes the coast drainage of British Colum- bia, the basins of the Fraser and Columbia rivers, the coastal part of the State of Washington, and the northern part of Idaho and Montana west of the Selkirk Range and its more southern equivalents in the Rocky Mountain region. Mackenzie. — This vast system includes the basin drained by the Mackenzie River and its tributaries, covering northwest Alberta, northeastern British Columbia, the northwestern two thirds of Athabaska, and the Mackenzie district. GENERAL DISCUSSION 3 Hudson Bay. — This system, the largest of all, comprises the entire area draining into Hudson Bay, including Keewatin, the southeastern corner of the Mackenzie district, eastern Atha- baska, the whole of Saskatchewan, the southeastern two thirds of Alberta, Assiniboia and Manitoba, the drainage area of the Red River of the North in the Dakotas and northeastern Minne- sota, all of Ontario, Quebec, and Ungava north and west of the ‘ Height of Land.’ Canada.— This system comprises the drainage of the St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes south and east from the Height of Land, including the island of Anticosti. Labrador. — This comprises the area draining into Ungava Bay and the Atlantic north of the Straits of Belle Isle and the Height of Land, being the Labrador coast and the northeastern part of the Ungava district of the Dominion of Canada. A few species are noted from Greenland; when peculiar to Greenland, or found in Greenland and also on the continent, the species have been entered in the Labrador column but dis- tinguished by an asterisk. The vast territories included in these drainage systems are, it is true, only partially and imperfectly explored for mollusks. Yet certain portions of them are tolerably well known, and the uniformity imposed on the fauna by its high northern position and unvaried conditions leads to the belief that while much is yet to be known in tracing out the details of distribution, little is to be expected in the way of absolutely new species, even from this immense territory still to be explored. It would be rash to conclude that nothing new remains to be found; but it certainly behooves us to be moderate in our expectations. It is probable that new additions will be made from among the ranks of the smaller species, such as Corneocyclas (or Pt- sidium), Vertigo, and the more minute Helicide. Perhaps a considerable number of the more southern forms which are known to approach the boundary will eventually be found to pass beyond it; and other additions to the list will result from the more careful discrimination of similar or closely allied species. 4 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS TABLE I. OF LATITUDE 49°, ACCORDING TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS NOW EXISTING. DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SHELLS NORTH Name of Species. Asia. Yukon. Alaska, Pacific. Mackenzie, Lymnea stagnalis ............ Yecsbsan Gavi Ly tance Peteted snco50:cesracevarnousanns sates Lymnza atkensis...........06-seceee Saspriaes Lymnza MegaSOMa .........sssceescssescseers Lymnza emarginata .........sscesescsesesees Lymneza binneyi ........ — a g a a) 3 a s Name of Species, 3 aigty § § 5 £ > = -¥) S = 3 = = a POR MUNIN IACOO ink. coecssnceae senssenee ° ° Physa hordacea ....... Gissaeen pexcumwivaeisid ° Aplexa hypnorum .................+. sivcunees ° ° ° ° it eaaerie Ruiain enamneppeaaeees oj; 0 + lus RE ncaa stace Scala Filia oo a Ancylus fragilis ............ Ae sdaascesen Stake ° 4 Ancylus kootaniensis .............sesessssess ° Goniobasis plicifera ................++« ° - a WROER cabs stand werses seocapensan ° ° cola pallida...........0...0+ ass ° ° Amnicola emarginata .............. onghnesse o!|o 4 Amnicola cincinnatiensis ..................+ oo; o ¥ Lyogyrus granum .............. pbidiigks snante ojo Pomatiopsis lapidaria ........... Swbanvissdies oj; 0 7 Fluminicola nuttalliana. ° Fluminicola virens ...........ss0+++ Sieees ° ° Q Valvata tricarinata............... aihawesneese ° ° ° RMN ARN MUNEENT coc cecksnsesenacseereaceseccoacs ° 3 Valvata lewisi ........ pidassubidsacencdece baddies oo} oj] oj o 4 Valvata var. helicoidea.....................++ ° ° ° i mb yete MET PON A. o os i icncensscwcncaccsasacen ° ° “4 PAIVRIR VITEUS 65025. cececcrnsccctvsesscesscsens ° 4 OI ge kav s sins biciniantven o;}|o i Lampsilis ventricosus. .........-++..sssecseeee oj; o e Lampsilis luteolus ..............0+...cseeeeees ° o; 0 < Lampsilis borealis ...............s+ssesseeees oj] o a I RIKI bss. 5k codadunwwencsacecces ° ° 4 Lampsilis ligamentinus...................... gi thedex PEERIAD excsocentbasuendvadsaccsecses . ° ° 4 Lampsilis ellipsiformis.....................+. o | o is alatus............++0++» nkaswncquens ‘ ° ° UR cacacsiness seas conenhiasete e O° ° ‘ Strophitus rugosus, = o/| 0 Anodonta beringiana..............ccsceesssee ° ° ° 5 Anodonta oregonensis........ saaeattodisunass fe) ° : Anodonta nuttalliana ................ oo enees ° 4 Anodonta wahlamatensis ..............-...+ ° é _ Anodonta marginata . nh Mikey f Anodonta implicata.............. deecbesdunose oo; °o Anodonta grandis ... o|o F Anodonta kennicotti .................+. pabdeus ° ° ° -* 4 Anodonta ini -* ° ° ae - eonaphome elgg ecssecees eeecccccecoscces ° —)6™t*t~C<~;«<‘i‘“ié«éXOM NQULATf€Q ........ eeceee eeecees vecoesese ° ae. Anodontoides ferussacianus .............. eno ° ° kG OMNI Siaidchassssscnimsasateaes o} 0 2 phynota complanata....... POS CE es ° o; o a tana margaritifera..................-- ° oj} o 6 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS TABLE I, DISTRIBUTION OF FRESH WATER SHELLS NORTH OF LATITUDE 49°, ACCORDING TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS NOW EXISTING.—Continued. Name of Species. § Hudson Bay. Canada, Labrador. Yukon Alaska, Pacific. Mackenzie. ° ° Margaritana var. falcata ...........0-sseeeees Unio complanatus ....... a eesesecscavvcssoseues Quadrula plicata ...........cscseee besnmasvsiee Quadrula undulata........ Setegcctentasdeapeses Quadrula heros ...........cs000. sha sbensiewesee Quadrula lachrymosa ............0s000 deeses Quadrula rubiginosa ........sscssesseesseeses Spheerium simile ...... jacieanisunts Savacemaces Spherium striatinum..,........... sececeeserce °o}| 0 Spheerium solidulum.,,...........06 avaboatnes Spheerium stramineum .........cecsecseeese . Spherium rhomboideum.....,......seeeeeee ° fe) Spherium walkeri.......... secenee suekensnanas ° Spheerium fabale ........ Piagivadatanunstavesos Spheerium occidentale,.........ssccesseeeeees ° Sphzerium patella ...........secseeseeees soeeee ° Spherium emarginatum ............ Suseseees fe) ° Spherium tumidum...... iesiaas Weuwaassitess Spherium spokani.,........... swathes wudenneds Spheerium raymond) .,........sececseeeeeeeees Sphzrium partumeium ,....... Sankeaebaasanne Spheerium jayanum ............ ouonesskex svves Sphecrivme (enue: sco. sccuccedeusscavecessavesese o ° Spheerium transversum ,.........00+6. ceaeseea Sphzrium truncatum,,........ didudnousivacene Spheerium lenticulum,,....,......0+ sashncusas re) Corneocyclas Virginica,.........ssseeeesseseees Corneocyclas idahoénsis ............ eecsecees Corneocyclas scutellata...........ssescessseee fe) Corneocyclas zequilateralis ..........s.e00+0+ ° Corneocyclas COMPTFeSSA .......sssesecsceeere Corneocyclas variabilis ..........ssssesesseees Corneocyclas abdita .............06 Sanecptauga fe) Corneocyclas ventricosa ........ssssereeeses ° Corneocyclas rotundata,.........cesseseseeees Corneocyclas steenbuchi............cssseeees o* Corneocyclas occidentalis............s0s000+ ° Corneocyclas ultramontana......... saicaese ° Corneocyclas arctica .......ccccccsesesessseese Corneocyclas nivalis. .....c..0cssssesccessese Corneocyclas glacialis ........-.ssecsesesssees Corneocyclas pulchella ..........cesseceeereee ° Corneocyclas henslowana ...........ssseseees 9° Q ooo o o0o000 ©oo.h6UucoCaoooCoCoO0C CoCo 00 o ooococo o o000000 0 ooo°o eooooco ° oooo°o ooo GENERAL DISCUSSION 7 II. SUMMARY OF THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE LAND SHELLS OF ALASKA AND ADJACENT REGIONS. I have summarized the distribution of the fresh water shells by drainage areas, as perhaps the least objectionable method of connecting the facts of distribution. But the land shells require a somewhat different treatment, since their distribution has noth- ing to do with currents of water, though sometimes a snail may be carried in the spring freshets under the bark of a floating log, and by rare chance survive to be stranded by the falling waters somewhere down stream. A certain amount of move- ment of the minute forms may result from the distribution by high winds of dead leaves and other light material to which the smaller land shells are accustomed to adhere. Pieces of ice from smaller brooks carried by freshets may also convey a cer- tain distance and deposit, when stranded by falling water, pieces of bark or leaves containing snails or theireggs. Such chances are too rare to be made much account of, and doubtless the dis- tribution of our smaller snails is brought about in the main by the slow movement of individuals. The Pulmonate fauna of Alaska is composed of four elements : contributions from the faunas of Asia, of the Pacific Coast of America, of the Canadian (or Hudsonian) region, and of the circumboreal or common subarctic fauna of the whole northern hemisphere. In tabulating the distribution of the species a column may be reserved for each of these elements; the circumboreal column being headed‘ Europe.’ A column may be reserved for Green- land, and another for the approximate highest north latitude which the species is known to attain. This means for the snail not so much differences of temperature corresponding to latitude, as differences of period in activity, which diminish as one pro- ceeds northward. Snails at Point Barrow must remain in a state of hibernation at least nine months in the year, and I sus- pect that this more probably brings a limiting strain on the vitality of the organism than would the mere occurrence at times of a specially low temperature. 8 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS TABLE II. DISTRIBUTION OF AMERICAN LAND SHELLS NORTH OF LATITUDE 49°. Corie oe see Name of Species. 3 4 % 3 q e A < | & E i <5) 4 Flelix WOrtenaas, 5 0 2.6is leas onassvacseussdaoees ° ° 54°00/ Epiphragmophora fidelis ............sese++ ° ° fo) 57 00 Zobyenites WAP coe sssvesesssacevdhsctevestes ° ° ° ° 66 00 Vallonia pulchella,,..........sscseecseseseoees ° oj; 0 ° 54 00 Wallonia costata: 6 61 00 Zonitoides randolphi ...........++++ onuassie@es ° 59 30 Zonitoides minusculus...... Jebiaassevcadudus o|;/ojo 59 00 Zonitoides milium ...........+ Gan ed ghvssnsnthe ° 50 00 Zonitoides pugetensis ...........sececcsseeeees ° 49 00 Pristiloma Jansingi......5.< climatic range its resistance to the factors which make for variation is very remarkable. Family CIRCINARIIDZ. Genus Circinaria Beck. This is Macrocyclis or Selenites of recent literature, not of Beck or Hope. 34 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Circinaria vancouverensis Lea. Helix vancouverensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 87, pl. xx1m, fig. 72, 1839. Helix vellicata FORBES, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 75, pl. 1x, fig. 1. Macrocyclis vancouverensis TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., U, p. 245, pl. 111, fig. 6, 1866. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 54, figs. go~-93, 1869. Selenites vancouverensis BINNEY, Third Suppl. Terr. Moll. pp. 163-6, 1892. Circinaria vancouverensis PILSBRY, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 24, 1898. Range.— In the moist and wooded region of northern California and northward to the Alexander Archipelago, Alaska, between the Cascade Range and the sea. Vancouver Island! Quatsino Sound, Broughton Strait, Malcolm Island, Johnstone Strait, Harbledown and Pender Islands, Skidegate, Graham Island, and Cumshewa Inlet, Moresby Island, Queen Char- lotte Islands ! Union Bay! and Comox! British Columbia. In Alaska at Annette Island! Killisnoo, Sitka ! Lynn Canal, throughout the Alex- ander Archipelago, and northward along the mainland shore to Lituya Bay. The typical form of this species is readily recognizable by its ample whorls, the last nearly smooth, its large size and greenish yellow color. It grades, however imperceptibly, into the smaller and more strongly sculptured C. sfortella Gould, from which cause a large number of varieties have arisen and been named. In the moist mountainous region of the Columbia drainage some of these forms penetrate to the eastward nearly to the headwaters of this river in western Montana. They are all depauperate, however, compared with the typical well nourished forms of the coast. These animals are carnivorous, voracious and cannibalistic. It is unsafe to keep them living in the same recep- tacle with other living snails, as they will rapidly destroy and consume the soft parts. A fine sinistral specimen was collected at Sitka. A variety of a dark chocolate brown color, otherwise like the ordi- nary form, was found rather commonly at Sitka. For this the varietal name chocolata would seem appropriate. Specimens of this species were received with a label indicating that they had been collected on the Alaska Peninsula opposite Kadiak Island, but, knowing the habits of this animal, I regard this as an error of labelling. The collector having died, I was unable to untangle the confusion, but I have never found it far distant from the wooded region where Artolimax and Polygyra columbiana occur, upon which it chiefly feeds in Alaska. It does not occur, so far as I was able to discover, on the shores of Cook Inlet, where there are suitable forests, heme FAMILY ZONITIDZ 35 and I do not believe it occurs on the treeless grassy slopes of the peninsula. I suspect that the wide-stretching glacial area to the north and west of Yakutat Bay, puts an impassable barrier to its north- western migration, and that it may not exist in the forests beyond that area. This is the largest shell-bearing Pulmonate known to live in Alaska, but is surpassed by the great slug Arzolimax, which often extends to the length while preserving the diameter of a large cigar. Circinaria variety sportella Gould. Helix sportella Gould, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 167, 1846; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 37, fig. 42, 1852. This is a variety of C. vancouverensis of smaller size, and intensified sculpture, both spiral and incremental. Intermediate forms, to which several names have been applied, connect it with the typical form. It accompanies the latter throughout its range, but occurs in some locali- ties which do not support the larger form. Among northern localities it has been collected at Saanich, Comox! Union Bay! Salt Springs Island and Chilliwak Lake, British Columbia ; at Annette Island ! (with variety hyérida Ancey) and Lituya Bay! Alaska. Circinaria variety hybrida Ancey, 1888. This form is reported from Vernon and Comox, British Columbia, and Annette Island, Alaska. Circinaria hemphilli Binney and C. voyana Newcomb, have not been authentically reported north of the boundary, though it is said both of them have been collected in the Puget Sound region. Family ZONITIDZ. Genus Vitrina Draparnaud. Vitrina DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Moll. Terr. France, pp. 33, 98, 1801 ; Hist., Nat. Moll. Terr. France, pp. 23, 30, 119, 1805. Type Helix pellucida Miiller, Verm. Terr., p. 215. Vitrinus MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 238, 1810. Cobresia Jac. HUBNER, Mon. Test. Bairische Landschn. Cobresien, 1810 ; (pages and plates not numbered). Hyalina STUDER, Syst. Verz. Schweiz. Conch., p. 11, 1820: not of Schu- macher, 1817. Limacina HARTMANN, Neue Alpina, 1, p. 206, 1821 ; Sturm’s Deutschl. Fauna, abth. vi, heft v, pp. 41, 54, 1821 ; not of Cuvier, 1817. Helicolimax FéRussac pére, Mém. Soc. Med. d’Emul., 1v, p. 390, 1802; et fils, Tabl. Syst. des Lim., pp. 19, 21, 1821. Semilimax FERUSSAC pére, Der Naturforscher (Halle), pt. 28, 1802, fide Fér- russac fils, Zoc. cz¢., 1821. 36 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Semilimax STABILE, Révue et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 41; Moll. Terr. Viv. Piém., p. 23, 1864.—KoBELT, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Bin- nenconch., p. 3, 1871 (as a section of Vitrina, group of V. diaphana Drap.). — PFEIFFER, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 26, 1878. Fagana GISTEL, Naturg. Thierr., p. 168, 1848 (new name for Vitrina Drap.). Phenacolimax STABILE, Rév. et Mag. Zool. (Guerin), Aug., 1859, p. 42 ; Moll., Terr. Viv. Piém., p. 24, 1864.—- PFEIFFER, Nom. Hel. Viv., p. 27, 1878. flelicolimax KOBELT, Cat. der Europ. Faun. leb. Binnenconch., p. 4, 1871, (Sect. of Vitrina, s.s.). Trochovitrina SCHACKO, in Boettger, Jahrb. Deutsch. Mal. Ges., vil, p. 379, Oct., 1880; type Vitrina lederi Boettger. Gallandia BouRGUIGNAT, Descr. Nouv. Genre Gal/andia, Aug., 1880, pp. 4-8, Ist sp. Vitrina conoidea Martens. Oligolimax FISCHER, in Paulucci, Faun. Calabria, p. 37, 1880. — PAULUCCI, Bull. Soc. Mal. Ital., vi, p. 75, 1881. — FIscHER, Man. de Conchyl., p. 464, 1883 (V. paulucciea Fischer). Parmacellina SANDBERGER, Land u. Sussw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 232, pl. xl, 1871. Sole ex. 2. vitrineformis Sandb., Eocene. Vitrina PILsBRY, Class. Cat. Landsh. Am., p. 25, 1898. Chilamydea WESTERLUND, Fauna d. Pal. Reg., I, p. 19, 1886 (V. bicolor Westerlund, 1881). The shell in this group and its allies is reduced to very simple terms and the differences between species appear trifling. But there appears to be quite a wide range of character in the soft parts, from whence it follows that several sections can be recognized in the genus as re- stricted, while some species, formerly regarded as belonging to Vztrina, are now scattered in widely separated genera. The true Vztriza seems confined to the northern hemisphere. _ The following sections are recognized : Vitrina Drap.s.s. 1801. Type V. pellucida Miiller. Helicolt- max Férussac pére, 1801, is identical, and Semzlimax Stabile hardly separable. Oligolimax Fischer. Type V. pauluccte Fischer. Phenacolimax Stabile, 1859. Type V. major Feér. Gallandia Bourguignat, Aug., 1880. Type V. conotdea von Martens. Zyrochovitrina Schacko, Oct., 1880, is synonymous. The North American and Greenland species are true Vztrina, the other forms belong to the Old World only. The New World groups Vitrinozonites Binney and Velifera Binney may be regarded as of generic rank, and are extra limital to the region now under discussion. Vitrina angelice Beck. Vitrina angelice BECK, Index, p. 1, 1837 ; name only.—M6LLER, Index, p. 4, 1842.—MO6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 27, pl. 11, figs. 1, 4, 1868. — MOrcH, in Rink’s Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877. Helix pellucida Fasricius, Fauna Grénl., p. 389, 1780, not of Miiller, 1774. FAMILY ZONITIDZ 37 Range. — Greenland. This species is more like the V. deryllina of Europe than the American species. The latest data given by Posselt indicate that it is not found in Iceland. Binney has CC) given an enlarged illustration of this species (fig. 25) in his Land and Fresh Water Shells of North America, Fic.25. Vit- I, p. 28. rina angelica, t. Vitrina limpida Gould. Vitrina pellucida De Kay, Zool. N. Y. Moll., p. 25, pl. m1, fig. 42, 1843; not of Miiller, 1774. Vitrina limpida GOULD, in Agassiz, Lake Superior, p. 243, 1850. — MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. His., 1, p. 11, pl. v, fig. 17, 1864. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 27, figs. 23, 24, 1869. Vitrina americana PFEIFFER, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., for 1852, p. 156; Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Vitrina, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 22-25, 1854. Range.— Central New York and northward, from @Q RY New Brunswick to Alberta and Hudson Bay. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Manitoba at Carberry Fic. 26. Vit- and Lake of the Woods; Red Deer and Laggan in Alberta ; Moose Factory ! James Bay ; Norway House, in damp woods. This species has been reported from the Rocky Mountain region by Ingersoll, but I regard his specimens so identified as varieties of V. alaskana. ; Vitrina alaskana Dall, zom. nov.- Vitrina pfeifferi NEwcomB, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 0, p. 92, 1861. — TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 244, pl. 111, fig. 3, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 28, fig. 26, 1869. Not V. pfeifferi Deshayes, in Fér., Limacons, 1822. Range. — New Mexico, Utah, Colorado, central California, all at considerable altitudes, and northward. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, B. C.; Muir Inlet, Alaska! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Popof and Unga Islands, of the Shumagin group! Akutan! Unalga! Rooluk! and Unalaska! of the Aleutian chain; St. Paul! and St. George Islands, Bering Sea, Alaska, in tall grass of bluff fifty feet above the sea! This species has been referred to as pellucida, limpida and exilis, and when fully grown under favorable conditions the shell may reach 10 mm. in major diameter, though most of the specimens as collected are considerably smaller. The shell is translucent, with a marked greenish tinge, and not over three whorls. It is flatter than impida, 38 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS larger, and of a different tint, and the size of the whorls increases more rapidly. It is less flat and much larger than V. exz/7s, which is also of a different hue. It is the most common land shell on most of the islands of Bering Sea and on the continent near the sea, where it usually occurs, but as we move southward we find it occurring at continually greater eleva- tions and entirely absent from the warm dry plains and valleys. It attains from 7,500 to 10,800 feet elevation in the Sierra and Rocky Mountains. * Vitrina exilis Morelet. Vitrina exilis MORELET, Journ. de Conchyl., vu, p. 8, 1858.— PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., Iv, p. 799, 1859. — BINNEY, Bull. U. S. N. Mus., No. 28, p. 178, fig. 172, 1885 ; Terr. Moll., v, pp. 138, 200, pl. 1, fig. B. Range.— Northeastern Asia and adjacent islands, from Japan northeastward. Kamchatka, at Petropavlovsk! Bering Id. (Vega Expd.). This is a small species, of a whitish or translucent glassy hue; smaller and with a more elevated spire than its American representa- tive V. alaskana. According to Binney V. exd/is has the jaw and radula as usual in the genus, the transverse rows of teeth numbering 37.1.37, with seven perfect laterals. I have seen no specimens from east of the Commander Islands; the shells thus identified are probably all V. alaskana. Genus Vitrea Fitzinger. Vitrea radiatula Alder. Flelix radiatula ALDER, Cat. Test. Newcastle upon Tyne, p. 12, No. 50, 1830. — GRAY, in Turton’s Man., p. 173, pl. xu, fig. 137, 1840. ? Helix hammonis StR6M, Trondj., Selsk. Skrift., p. 435, pl. v1, fig. 16, 1765. ? Zonites viridulus MENKE, Syn., ed. Il, p. 137, 1830. flelix electrina GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 183, fig. 111, 1841. Hyalina viridula BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 34, figs. 41-43, 1869 ; not of Menke? Hyalina pellucida LEHNERT, Science Record, Il, p. 172, June 16, 1884. Range.—Holarctic. Northern Europe, Asia and America. Manitoba, at Lake of the Woods, Carberry and Pembina; Alberta, at Laggan and Red Deer; Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! British Columbia, at Departure Bay! Comox! and Union Bay! Alaska, at Killisnoo! Klukwan! Portage Bay! Seduction Tongue! Anuk! St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Unga Island, Shumagins ! Unalaska, Aleutians ! Nulato, Yukon River! Point Barrow! Bering Island, Bering Sea! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka ! FAMILY ZONITIDZ£ 39 The species as described by Strém is unrecognizable and his name should be rejected. There is some doubt as to whether the Z. viridula of Menke is identical with the present species or not. Vitrea nitidula Draparnaud. Helix nitidula DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p. 117, pl. vit, figs. 21-22, 1805. Zonites nitidulus GRAY, in Turton, Man., p. 172, pl. xu, fig. 136, 1840. Range.— Europe, northern and middle; Italy. Fort Resolution! Great Slave Lake (Kennicott). The identification and locality are indubitable. Vitrea binneyana Morse. Hyalina binneyana Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 13, figs. 25, 26, pl. 11, fig. 9, pl. Iv, fig. 31, 1864. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 39, figs. 56-8, 1869. Helix morset Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 188, 1865. eS Hyalina binneyi BinNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 39, footnote. Vitrea binneyana Pitssry, Class. Cat., p. 26, 1898. Range.—Quebec and Maine to northern Mich- igan and British Columbia. Brandon, Manitoba; Nanaimo, B. C. Vitrea indentata Say. Hlelix indentata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m, p. 372, 1822. — GOouLD, Inv. Mass., p. 181, fig. 109, 1841. Hyaiina indentata Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 12, fig. 21; pl. 11, fig. 11, pl. v, fig. 22, 1864. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 35, figs. 44-46, 1869. Range. — Mexico to Manitoba, United States and Canada, eastward from the Rocky Mountains. Pine Creek, Manitoba. Fic. 27. Vitrea bin- neyana Morse. Genus Euconulus Reinhardt. Helix (sp.) MULLER, Gmelin, Montagu, Draparnaud, efa/., 1774-1820. Trochus (sp.) Da Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778. Teba (sp.) LEACH, Proofsheets, 1820, fide Réssmassler Icon., 1, p. 38, 1838. Conulus FITZINGER, Syst. Verz. Weichth., p. 94, 1833; not Conulus Rafi- nesque, Analyse de la Nature, p. 145, 1815. Polita (sp.) HELD, Weichth. Bayerns, Isis, Dec., 1837, col. 916. Petasia (sp.) Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837. Zonites {sp.) MOQUIN TANDON, Moll. de France, p. 68, 1855. fiyalina (sp.) VON MARTENS’ Albers, p. 73, 1850. — Binney, L. & Fw. Sh. N. Am., pt. 1, p. 46, 1869. Euconulus (fulvus) REINHARDT, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin, for 1883, p. 86.— Pitspry, Nautilus, xtv, Nov., 1900, p. 81. WOODWARD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, 1903. Hiyalinia (sp.) M6xcu, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14, 1864. —WESTERLUND, Nachrichtsbl. Mal. Ges., xv, p. 173, Dec., 1883. 40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Arnouldia BOURGUIGNAT, Bull. Soc. Mal. de France, vi1, p. 328, 1890. Vitrea (sp.) E. A. Smiru, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), vi, p. 339, 1891. Trochulus \WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., 111 beil, p. 16, 1886; not of the Museum Calonnianum, p. 26, 1797, not Zrochuda Schleuter, Verz., p. 7, 1838. This genus has had a number of names applied to it, among which one is proposed by Westerlund as taken from Da’ Costa (1778) but, as indicated by Sherborne in the Jzdex Animalium, Da Costa merely quoted part of a polynomial phrase ( Zrochilus terrestris mor tont ) in his synonymy, from Morton’s Northamptonshire (London, 1712), and did not use the word Zrochilus in a generic sense. Moreover, if he had, Zrochilus had previously been used by Linné for a genus of - birds. There seems at present no reason to doubt that the first valid name for the genus is Huconudus Reinhardt, while the typical species, as will be evident from the following synonymy, is Z. trochiformis (Montagu). Euconulus trochiformis (Montagu). ? Helix fulva, ex parte MULLER, Verm. Terr, et Fluv., 11, p. 57, 1774; Zool. Dan. Prodr., p. 240, No. 2905, 1776. Trochus terrestris (LISTER) DA Costa, Brit. Conch., p. 35, 1778; not of Pennant, 1767. ; Flelix trochiformis MONTAGU, Test. Brit., 11, p. 427, pl. 11, fig. 9, 1803. Not of Férussac, 1819. ; Flelix trochulus MONTAGU, of. cit., in syn., not of Miiller, 1774. — DILLwyn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., 11, 916, 1817. Hlelix fulva DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Nat. des Moll. Ter. et Fluv. France, p. 81, pl. vil, figs. 12, 13, 1805. — ROSSMASSLER, Icon., II, pt. 11; p. 38, pl. 39, fig. 535, 1838. Helix nitidula VON ALTEN, Syst. abh. Erd. u. Fluss-Conch., p. 53, pl. Iv, fig. 8, 1812. felix fulva NILsson, Hist. Moll. Suec., p. 13, 1822. Helix trochiformis MATON and RACKETT, Linn. Trans., vi1I, p. 200, 1807 .— FLEMING, Edin. Encyc., vu, p. 80, 1813.—Woop, Ind. Test., pl. 32, fig. 68, 1825. JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, p. 331, 1830. Teba fulva LEACH, Syn. Brit. Moll. Proofsheets, p. 99, 1820; fide Réssmas- sler, Icon., II, p. 38, 1838.—LEACH, Syn. Brit. Moll. (ed. Gray), p. 72, 1852. Felix jabato FLEMING, Brit. An., p. 260, 1828. Helix mandralisct Brvona, Nuovo Moll. Palermo, p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1839. Helix fulva var. mortoni JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, p. 332, 1830. Conulus fulvus FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 94, 1833. Polita fulva HELD, Weichth. Bayerns, Isis, Dec., 1837, col. 916. Helix (Petasia) trochiformis BECK, Index, p. 21, 1837. Zonites (Conulus) fulvus Mog. TANDON, Moll. France, p. 68, 1855. Flelix (Conulus) fulva ALBERS, Heliceen, p. 73, 1850. Hyalina (Conulus) fulva VON MARTENS’ Albers, p. 73, 1860. Hyalinia (Petasia) fulva M6RcH, Syn. Moll. Terr. Dan., p. 14, 1864. Euconulus fulvus REINHARDT, Sitzb. Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, p. 86, 1883. & FAMILY ZONITIDZ 41 Arnouldia fulva BoURGUIGNAT, Bull. Soc. Mal. de France., vir, p. 328, 1890. Vitrea (Conulus) fulva E. A. Smitu, Journ. Conch. (Leeds), v1, No. x, p. 339, 1891. Euconulus fulvus WOODWARD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., p. 353, 1903. Helix egena Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 120, 1825. Hyalina (Conulus) fulva BINNEY, Land and Freshw. Sh. of N. Am. part I, p. 46, fig. 73, 1869. ; Hyalinia (Conulus) trochiformis (MONTAGU) WESTERLUND, Nachr. Mal. Ges., XV, p. 173, Dec., 1883. Trochulus trochiformis WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., m1" beilage, p. 16, 1886. Conulus chersinus Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 19, figs. 44, 46, pl. u, fig. 4, pl. vl, fig. 45, 1864, not Helix chersina Say, 1821. Conulus fulvus (MULLER), and var. a/askensis Pitspry, Nautilus, xm, No. Io, pp. 115-6, 1899. Euconulus fulvus Pitssry, Nautilus, xtv, Nov., tgoo, p. 81. Variety fabricii (Beck). Helix nitida Fasrictus, Fauna Grénl., p. 389, 1780, not of Miiller. flelix (Petasia) fabrictt Beck, Index, p. 21, 1837, nude name. — MOLLER, Index Moll. Groenl., p. 7, 1842. Range. — Holarctic, and widely distributed south- ward. Canada; Manitoba at Carberry, Pine Creek, Pem- bina, and Lake of the Woods; in Alberta at Laggan, c Red Deer, Olds and McLeod; English River, Kee- ed a ee watin; California! Oregon! Washington! Victoria, pane cents Vancouver Island! Sitka, Alaska; Unalaska! Bering fied). Island, Bering Sea! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka ! Pooten, Konyam and St. Lawrence Bays, eastern Siberia. Variety fadricit Méller. Greenland! Ungava! & Labrador. Variety alaskensis Pilsbry. Yukon drainage, Lake Fic. 29. Z£u- Lindeman to Point Romanof and St. Michael, conulus trocki- Alaska; Dyea valley, Southeastern Alaska ! ag (G ; es This familiar little shell has had various vicissitudes ea 4). in nomenclature. The name fu/va Miiller, by which it is best known, was based, according to Beck, who was custodian of Miiller’s types, upon Helix didentata Gmelin, while a shell which Miiller supposed to be the young, but did not figure or fully describe, was supposed by some of the early naturalists to be our species. Another unfigured species, Helix trochulus Miiller, was thought by Dillwyn to be identical with our Julva, but the measure- ments forbid the identification, and Pfeiffer came to the conclusion that H. trochulus is identical with the young tip of Buliminus ob- scurus. Fabricius supposed our shell to be identical with Ae//x 42 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS hammonis Strém (1765), but Strém’s figure is widely umbilicated and so rude as to be practically unidentifiable. The first specific name which unmistakably applies to our shell, and to it alone, is the ¢rochiformis of Montagu, which it seems advisable to adopt. Under the name /z/va several distinct though very closely allied forms have been generally included. Reinhardt, Bourguignat and lastly Pilsbry have thrown additional light on this subject, and a num- ber of species or marked varieties are now recognized. The Hedlzx chersina of Say is a southern form, while the HY. egena of Say is generally admitted to be a synonym of the trochiformis. The Huconulus fabricit of Greenland seems to be merely a case of an offshoot which by isolation has been enabled to assume distinctive characters, which have hardly reached a greater than varietal rank. Genus Zonitoides Lehmann. Zonitoides nitidus Miiller. Flelix nitida MULLER, Hist. Verm., 11, p. 32, 1774. Helix lucida DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll. de France, p. 103, 1805 ; not of the Tableau, 1801. Hyalina nitida TRyON, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 250, pl. Iv, fig. 24, 1866. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 31, figs. 35, 36, 1869. Zonitoides nitidus PILSBRY, Class. Cat., p. 27, 1898. Range.— Holarctic. Europe, northern United States, British America, Alaska, Japan. Red River drift, Manitoba; Peace River, Athabaska; Fort Resolu- tion, Great Slave Lake; Seattle, Wash.! Klukwan, Alaska (Krause). This species has been found so widely spread that it cannot reason- ably longer be regarded as merely a European emigrant. Zonitoides arboreus Say. Felix arboreus Say, Nicholson’s Encyl., Ist Am. edition, pl. Iv, fig. 4, 1817. Helix arborea GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 182, fig. 110, 1841. — MORSE, Am. Nat., I, p. 542, fig. 30, 1867. Hyalina arborea MorsE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 14, fig. 28, pl. VI, fig. 29, 1864.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 33, figs. 38- 40, 1869. Helix breweri NEwWCOMB, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 111, p. 118, 1864. Range.— North America generally and Japan. Labrador; Ontario; English River! Keewatin and Moose Factory ; Carberry and Lake of the Woods, Manitoba; Laggan and Red Deer, in Alberta; Great Slave Lake! Oregon, at Weston! Vancouver Island at Victoria! Departure Bay! Nanaimo! Comox! Union Bay! etc. ; in Alaska at Unalaska! Petropavlovsk, Kamchatka! Japan (Hirase). ‘ i os ae ie eye) | aii mati ue a ? 1h ae fe FAMILY ZONITIDZ 43 Zonitoides randolphi Pilsbry. Zonitoides randolphi Pitspry, Nautilus, xu, p. 87, 1898.— RANDOLPH, of. cit., p. 110, 1899. Range.— Lake Lindeman, headwaters of the Yukon, British America. I have not seen this species, which is less than 5 mm. in diameter. It has not been figured. Zonitoides minusculus Binney. Helix minuscula BINNEY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., m1, p. 435, pl. xxul, fig. 4, 1840.— Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 543, fig. 35, 1867. Pseudohyalina minuscula Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 16, fig. 34, pl. vil, fig. 35, 1864. Range. — North America generally. Red River of the North, Manitoba; Victoria and Departure Bay ! Vancouver Island; Berg Bay, Muir Inlet! Alaska; Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shumagins! Rooluk Island! near Unalga, Aleutians, Alaska. Zonitoides milium Morse. Helix milium Morse, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vir, p. 28, 1859; Am. Nat., I, p. 543, fig. 36, 1867. Striatura milium Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 18, figs. 41, 42, pl. vu, fig. 43, 1864. Range.—Eastern United States and Canada. Mani- toba (rare, Hanham). The report of this species from Vancouver Island _ F!6-30- Zon- - ttoides milium, was probably based on the following form. Z. minus- Ra Sane culus has also been wrongly identified as Z. milium. (magnified). Zonitoides pugetensis Dall. Patulastra ? (Punctum?) pugetensis DALL, Nautilus, vir, No. 11, p. 130, Mar., 1895. Zonitoides pugetensis PILSBRY, Nautilus, tx, p. 18, 1895. Lonitoides (Pseudohyalina) pugetensis DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxiv, p. 500, pl. xxvii, figs. 10, 12, 1902. Range. — Puget Sound region, Oregon, California. Seattle, Wash. ! Nanaimo, Vancouver Island. Genus Gastrodonta Albers. *Gastrodonta gularis Say? Helix gularis J. DE C. SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., II, p. 315, 1836 (nude name). Range.—Lake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River (Sowerby). 44 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This name is doubtless one given by Sowerby to some unknown shell, as it is as certain as almost anything can be, that Helix gularis Say was never collected in the region referred to. Genus Pristiloma Ancey. Pristiloma lansingi Bland. Zonites lansingt BLAND, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x1, p. 74, figs. 1, 2, 1875. Microphysa lansingi BINNEY, Man, Am. Land Sh., p. go, figs. 55, 56, 1885. Pristiloma lansingt PILsBRY, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898. Range.— Oregon, Washington, British Columbia. Astoria, Oregon! Seattle, Wash.! common at Victoria! and Nan- aimo! Vancouver Island. Pristiloma stearnsii Bland. Zonites stearnsit BLAND, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x1, p. 76, fig. 3, 1875, (Astoria, Oregon). Microphysa stearnsit BINNEY, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x1, No. 8, p. 147, pl. ll, figs, N, 0, 1883; x11, No. 2, p. 44, 1886. Pristiloma stearnsi BINNEY, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxu, No. 4, p. 176, 1892. Range.— Columbia River to Dyea, Alaska. Astoria and Portland, Oregon! Olympia, Wash.! Comox! Union Bay! and Salt Spring Island, British Columbia; Killisnoo, Por- tage Bay, Anuk, Dyea valley, Klehini and Klukwan, Southeastern Alaska. Pristiloma taylori Pilsbry. Pristiloma taylori Prtspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 185, pl. Ix, figs. 6, 7, 8 (Nanaimo). Range.— Oregon, Washington and British Columbia at Nanaimo, Vancouver Island. *Pristiloma pilsbryi Vanatta. Pristiloma pilsbryi VANATTA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 120, fig. 1 (3 views). ange. — Portland, Oregon. *Pristiloma idahoénse Pilsbry. Pristiloma idahoénse PiusBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1902, p. 593, (Weiser Canyon). Range. — Idaho, in Washington and Boise counties at Weiser Canyon and Big Payette Lake. This and the preceding species will probably be found within our area when it is thoroughly explored. FAMILY LIMACIDZ= 45 Pristiloma? arctica Lehnert. Hyalina arctica LEHNERT, Science Record, 1, p. 172, June 16, 1884. ? Conulus arcticus DALL, in Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 187. ? Pristiloma arctica Pucspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1899, p. 186, pl. 1x, figs. 3, 4, 5- Range. —Yakutat Bay, Alaska, to Point Barrow. Point Barrow, Lat. 71° 25’ N.! Unalaska! Coal Harbor, Unga Island, Shumagins! Orca, Prince William Sound! and Yakutat Bay, Alaska ! This may prove to be a depressed Zuconudus when the animal is anatomically examined. The species was formerly confused with P. stearnsiz. It occurs in the moss of the tundra near Point Barrow, where at most it can have but three months of activity out of the whole year. Family LIMACIDZ. Genus Agriolimax Moérch. Fic. 31. Agriolimax agrestis L. Agriolimax agrestis Linné. Limax agrestis LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 652, 1758.— ForBES and Han- LEY, Brit. Moll., tv, p. 13, pl. DDD, fig. 3, 1853. Range. — Both coasts of America, introduced from Europe. Victoria, B. C.! Manitoba; Ungava! Agriolimax hyperboreus Westerlund. Limax hyperboreus WESTERLUND, Land och Sétv. Moll. Sibiriens, p. 21, 1876. — Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 473, fig. 416, 1885; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., x11, No. 2, p. 42, 1886; x1x, No. 4, p. 205, fig., pl. vim, fig. F, 1890. ° Limax (Agriolimax) hyperboreus DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., for 1886, p. 202, Oct., 1886. Range.— The Arctic and boreal regions of both hemispheres. Bering Id.! Kamchatka! Chukchi Peninsula! Alaska at Norton Sound! Nushagak! Unalaska! Coal Harbor, Shumagins! St. Paul Island, Bering Sea! Kadiak Island! Sitka! and Cape Fox! In Van- couver Island at Comox; Seattle, Wash.; Alberta at Laggan, altitude 5,200 feet; Manitoba; Ungava, Labrador! This little black slug is the prevalent and almost the only animal of its kind in the higher latitudes of North America. It has been referred 40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS to A. campestris as a variety by some authors, but it is at least the only form of campestris known in the north and seems distinct enough to be recognized as a species. Agriolimax berendti Strebel. Limax berendti SYREBEL and PFEFFER, Mex. l. u. siissw. Conch., Iv, p. 22, pl. Ix, figs. 10, 12; pl. xv, fig. 3, 1880. Limax hemphilli BINNEY, 34 Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 205, pl. vim, fig. E; pl. 1, fig. 13, pl. 1, fig. 3, 1890; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xx11, No. 4, p. 166, pl. 111, fig. 1, 1892. Range.— Guatemala to British Columbia. Genus Amalia Moquin Tandon. * Amalia hewstoni Cooper. Limax (Amalia) hewstont Cooper, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p. 145, pl. Ill, figs. BI-BS. Amalia hewstoni PILsBRy, Class. Cat., p. 29, 1898. Range.— San Diego to Seattle. San Francisco, Calif. ! This form may perhaps be an evolution from imported specimens of the European A. gagates. It probably extends into British Columbia. Family ARIONIDZ. Genus Prophysaon W. G. Binney. Prophysaon andersoni Cooper. Arion? andersont COOPER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1872, p. 148, pl. Ill, figs. FI-F5. — PILsBRY, of. cit. for 1898, p. 245, pl. x, figs. 18-22; pl. x1, figs. 28, 29; pl. x11, figs. 59-62; pl. xvi, figs. 92-93, 1898. Not P. andersoni. — BINNEY, in 2d Suppl. Terr. Moll., p. 42. Prophysaon andersoni BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pl. 111, fig. I, pl. vil, fig. c, pl. 1, fig. 3, pl. 1x, figs. 1, J, 1890. Prophysaon andersoni vars. marmoratum and suffusum COCKERELL, The Con- chologist, II, pp. 72, 118. Prophysaon hemphilli BLAND and BINNEY, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, - p- 295, pl. x111, excluding fig. 5. Prophysaon pacificum et P. flavum COCKERELL, Nautilus, 111, p. 111, Feb., 1890. — PILSBRY, Of. cit., p. 246, 1898. Prophysaon andersoni var. pallidum COCKERELL, Nautilus, v, p. 31, July, 1891. Range.— San Francisco north to Alaska and eastward to Idaho. Variety pallidum Cockerell, Vancouver Island! British Columbia ; Cape Fox, Alaska! Type (andersonz ) Victoria and Nanaimo, British Columbia. Var. pacificum Cockerell, Victoria, B. C.! I have followed Dr. Pilsbry’s arrangement of the varying forms of this remarkable self-amputating slug. ee Oe eee ee ee = ee ee i ee ee — _ ay on CT a ea) See ee FAMILY ARIONID/ZZ 47 * Prophysaon foliolatum Gould. Arion foliolatus GOULD, Moll. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 2, pl. 1, figs. 2a, 2d, 1852: Puget Sound. Phenacarion foliolatus COCKERELL, Nautilus, 11, p. 127, Mar., 1890. Phenacarion hemphilli W. G. BINNEY, 34 Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 208, pl. vill, fig. c, 1x, fig. H; 4th Suppl., p. 183; not Prophysaon hemphilli Bland and Binney. Prophysaon foliolatum (GOULD) Pitspry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 248, pl. x, figs. 15, 16, 17; pl. x1, fig. 32; pl. x1II, figs. 55, 56, 57, 58; pl. xiv, fig. 70; pl. xv, fig. 80; pl. xvi, figs. go, 98 Range. — Puget Sound region. Prophysaon humile Cockerell. Prophysaon humile COCKERELL, Nautilus, mI, p. 112, Feb., 1890.— W. G. BINNEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 211, pl. vul, figs. E, G, L, M, 1890. Pitssry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 251, pl. xvi, fig. 97. Prophysaon fasciatum COCKERELL, in Binney, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 209, pl. vil, fig. A, 1890.—PILSBRY, of. cit., p. 251, pl. xX, figs. 23-27 ; pl. x1, fig. 34; pl. xu, figs. 37-40; pl. xvI, figs. 91, 94-96. Prophysaon fasciatum var. obscurum COCKERELL, The Conchologist, 1, p. 119, Mar. 1893. Range. — Northern Idaho to Puget Sound and northward to Alaska. P. humile Loring, Alaska! Seattle ! P. fasctatum Old Mission, Idaho; Chehalis and Seattle, Wash. *Prophysaon ceruleum Cockerell. Prophysaon ceruleum COCKERELL, Nautilus, m1, p. 112, Feb., 1890.— BINn- NEY, 3d Suppl. Terr. Moll., v, p. 209, pl. vu, figs. 1, J, May, 1890.— PitsBry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 253, pl. rx, figs. 7-11; pl. x1, fig. 30; pl. x11, figs. 51-53; pl. xvi, fig. 86, Nov., 1898. P. ceruleum var. dubium COCKERELL, doc. cit., 1890. Range.— Portland, Oregon; Seattle and Olympia, Wash. Genus Ariolimax Mérch. Ariolimax columbianus Gould. Limax columbianus GOULD, Terr. Moll., 1, p. 43, pl. LXvI, fig. 1, 1851; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 3, fig. 1, @, 6, 1852. Ariolimax columbianus M6rcu, Mal. BL., vi, p. 110, 1859. — BINNEY, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 48, pl. vi, figs. 11-13, 1865 ; Land and Fw. Shells N. Am., I, p. 279, fig. 499, 1869 ; Man. Am. Landsh., p. 98, figs. 58- 61, 1885. — Pitssry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1896, p. 342; 1898, p. 235, pl. xv, fig. 81; pl. xrv, fig. 66; pl. xv, figs. 73, 74, 1898. Range.— Santa Barbara, northward to Sitka, Victoria, and Nanaimo. Malcolm Island and Broughton Strait, British Columbia; SE. Alaska (to Cross Sound?) Klawak, Prince of Wales Archipelago! Sitka, Alaska ! and probably north to Cross Sound and Icy Strait, or even Lituya Bay. 48 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This is the common slug of British Columbia and Alaska, found in damp places in the wooded region. It varies from dark maculate to yellowish olive, and when full grown may reach a length of eight or nine inches, when fully extended. It is very fond of the leaves of the Alaskan skunk cabbage, a taste shared by bears and the Alaskan deer. It produces a profuse and most tenacious slime. When the Indians wish to catch the ruby-throat humming bird they gather two or three of these slugs and whip them with small bare twigs. Under this treatment slime is given off in large quantity and adheres to the twigs, which are afterward placed among the flowers visited by the hummers. If they alight on one of the twigs they cannot escape from the ad- hesiveness of this singular birdlime. It is said one of the ancient chiefs had a cape entirely covered with the resplendent plumage of the male ruby-throat, and which was regarded as incredibly valuable. The black spotted form seems to have been named maculatus, by Cockerell, and the yellow mutation stramineus, by Hemphill, but they occur in- discriminately in Alaska and are probably only individual color-muta- tions. * Ariolimax steindachneri Babor. Ariolimax steindachnert BABoR, Ann. K.K. Naturh. Hof-Museum, Wien, xv, p. 85, 1900. Range. — Puget Sound. I am unable to state whether this is distinct or one of the mutations of A. columbianus. Genus Hemphillia Bland and Binney. Fic. 32. Hemphillia glandulosa Binney. * Hemphillia glandulosa B. and B. Hemphillia glandulosa BLAND and BINNEY, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. N. Y., x, p. 209; pl. 1x, figs. 1, 3, 5, 15, 16, 17, 1872. — PILsBry and VANATTA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 233, pl. 1x, figs. 1, 2; pl. xu, figs. 49, 50. ’ Range. — Astoria, Oregon, and Puget Sound region. *Hemphillia camelus Pilsbry and Vanatta. Hemphillia camelus Pitspry and VANATTA, Nautilus, x1, p. 44, Aug., 1897 ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1898, p. 234, pl. Ix, figs. 3, 4; pl. xu, figs. 41, 42; pl. xvi, fig. 85. FAMILY ENDODONTIDZ - 49 Range.— Northern Idaho, at Old Mission. Like other species of northern Idaho this probably extends across the parallel into British America. Family ENDODONTIDZ. Genus Pyramidula Fitzinger. Subgenus Patula Held. Pyramidula solitaria Say. Helix solitaria Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 157, 1821. — BIN- NEY, Terr. Moll. U. S., 1, p. 254, pl. vi, figs. 6-10; U1, p. 208, pl. XXIV, 1851. Patula solitaria (Sav) Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 254, figs. 263, 267, 268, 1885. Helix limitaris DAwsoNn, Rep. Brit. N. Am. Boundary Survey, Geology, pp. 347-350, 1875. Pyramidula solitaria limitaris Prtspry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 31, 1898. Patula solitaria var. occidentalis VON MARTENS, fide Pilsbry, 1. c., p. 31, 1898. Range.— Arkansas north to Ohio, west to eastern Oregon, and northward in Alberta. Var. limitaris, Waterton Lake, Rocky Mts. in Alberta; northern Idaho. Var. occidentalis, Dalles of the Columbia near Fort Vancouver; Ceur d'Alene Mts., Idaho. Ne 4 (Ht \ ASS Fics. 33-35. Pyramidula alternata Say. *Pyramidula alternata Say. Felix alternata Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., 1st Am. ed., 11, pl. 1, fig. 2, 1817. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 73, figs. 122-129, 1869. Anguispira alternata MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 11, fig. 15, pl. Iv, fig. 16, 1864. Fielix dubia SHEPARD, Trans. Lit. Sci. Soc. Quebec, 1, p. 194, 1829. Range.— Eastern North America as far north as Nova Scotia, Lower Canada, and the international boundary. Lake of the Woods! (Kennicott) ; Canso, Nova Scotia (ide Bin- ney). Binney (of. czt., pp. 74, 76) gives the northeastern range of this species as Labrador, but Canso, where his specimens were obtained, is 50 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS in Nova Scotia, not Labrador. I have no authentic record of this species north of Lake of the Woods. Subgenus Gonyodiscus Fitzinger. Pyramidula striatella Anthony. Helix striatella ANTHONY, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 278, pl. m1, fig. 2, 1840. — GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 178, fig. 112, 1841. Patula striatella BINNEY, Man. Am. Land Shells, p. 69, figs. 28, 29, 1885. Pyramidula (Gonyodiscus) striatella PILsBRY, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898. Range.— Kansas northward to Great Slave Lake and from New England to the Sierra Nevada, and south to Arizona. Woods of the Winnipeg basin, Turtle Mt., Lake of the Woods! English River! Manitoba; Moose Factory! James Bay; Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! in Alberta at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, and McLeod, west to the Selkirk Range. It is difficult to distinguish immature specimens of this species from P. cronkhitet Newc., but when full grown perfect specimens are com- pared it is seen that s¢rzatella is a smaller shell with a proportionately larger umbilicus, it is of a richer brown color, more regularly and elegantly ribbed and more polished or glistening on the surface. The animal of s¢rzated/a shows no red maculations through the translucent shell when living, such as are seen in P. ruderata. Pyramidula cronkhitei Newcomb. Helix cronkhitei Newcoms, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 111, p. 180, 1865. Patula cronkhitei Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 263, 1866. — BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 70, fig. 30, 1885. Pyramidula striatella cronkhitet PILsBRY, Class, Cat. Am, Landsh., p. 32, 1898. Patula pauper BINNEY (ex parte), Man. Am. Landsh., p. 187, 1885. Range. — Nevada and California in the wooded mountain region to 6,000 feet; Klamath Lake and valley, Oregon, and northward. British Columbia at Nanaimo; Lake Lindeman, Yukon Territory ; in Alaska at Sitka! Chilkat Inlet! and valley; Chilkoot Inlet! and valley! shores of Yakutat Bay! English Bay (Merriam)! and St. Paul, Kadiak Island! Popof and Unga Islands! Shumagins; Chika Rocks! and Akutan Island! Akutan Pass; Unalaska (Dall, Elliott, Kincaid, Turner) ! Mr. Binney observes that this species is larger, of a lighter color, is more coarsely (and I may add more irregularly) striated than P. striatella. Tt also has when full grown a larger shell and relatively smaller and deeper umbilicus. Iam obliged to confess that I am not able to distinguish shells long dead from those of P. raderata, which —s ee eee en ee ee ee a FAMILY ENDODONTID 51 replaces this species on Bering Island and in Kamchatka. But when the animals are living P. rwderata shows through the translucent shell deep red or red-brown radiating’ maculations, which are situated on the mantle. After the shells have been dead some time this macula- tion disappears. Now the living P. cronkhitez do not show any such color-markings. The presence of the latter led Morelet to name an immature ruderata, Helix floccata. ‘The shell figured by von Martens in the Conchologische Mittheilungen under the name of ffoccata does not agree with Morelet’s original diagnosis, and was not found by me during much energetic collecting at his locality, Petropavlovsk, Kam- chatka, in 1865. If, as stated by von Martens, it really comes from the original lot collected by Morelet it is evident that his diagnosis (which calls for a shell with an angular periphery like young ruderata) was founded on a mixture, of which young ruderata probably formed apart. But I am inclined to believe that von Martens was misled in regarding the shell he figured to be a native of Kamchatka. Pyramidula pauper Gould was described from the same locality as Morelet’s floccata, and is undoubtedly the same as the shell I have called ruderata, following Morelet, Middendorff and others. But the P. cronkhitei from Unalaska and other places in Alaska which has been called Jaupfer by Dr. Cooper and others, is our American shell. Mr. Binney thought it different from P. cronkhitez, but after much study and consideration I cannot confirm this opinion. Subgenus Planogyra Morse. *Pyramidula asteriscus Morse. Helix asteriscus MoRSE, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v1, p. 128, 1857; Am. Nat., I, p. 546, fig. 43, 1867. Planogyra asteriscus MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 24, figs. 51, 52; pl. 1, fig. 5; pl. vitt, fig. 53, 1864. FPatula asteriscus BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 186, figs. 185, 186, 1885. Pyramidula (Planogyra) asteriscus Pitssry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 33, 1898. Range. — Maine; Provinces of Quebec and Ontario, Canada; Van- couver Island? Tacoma, Wash. ? This species has been reported from British Columbia and Wash- ington, but it seems the identification is somewhat doubtful, and the shells were probably Punctum clappi Pilsbry. Genus Oreohelix Pilsbry. Oreohelix strigosa Gould. Helix strigosa GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 166, 1846 : Moll. U. S. Expl. Exped., p. 36, fig. 41, 1852.— Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 72, 1869. 52 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Helix cooperi BINNEY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1858, p. 118; Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 78, figs. 132~-137, 1869. Flelix haydeni Gass, Am. Journ. Conch., v, p. 24, pl. vii, fig. 1, 1869. Anguispira brunert ANCEY, La Nature, 111, p. 468, Sept., 1881. Oreohelix strigosa PILsBRY, Nautilus, xv1I, No. 11, p. 131, footnote, 1904. Range. — Type at Spokane, Wash., also in the Rocky Mountain region from northern Mexico to and somewhat beyond the 49th parallel westward from the Lake of the Woods. Var. coopert, Lake of the Woods, and westward to the Rockies near the 49th parallel. Var. stantoni Dall (1905). Thirty-three miles southeast of Medi- cine Hat, Assiniboia, near top of Cypress Hills, altitude 4,700 feet ; latitude about 49° 30’, west longitude 110° 10’. The variety stantond is dwarfed, measuring in maximum diameter 10.0, minimum 8.5, and height 8.0 mm., with about five whorls, a peripheral brown band with a narrower one above and sometimes others on the base, the remainder ashy, rudely incrementally striate, with rounded periphery and deep narrow (1 mm.) umbilicus. It is very similar to some varieties of the European H. vzrgata Da Costa. Eight specimens were collected by Dr. T. W. Stanton in 1903. A large number of names, varietal and other, have been given to the mutations of this species, which barely enters the region covered by this memoir, at its southern border near the Rocky Mountains. The group is viviparous, and the young attain a large size before extrusion. Genus Helicodiscus Morse. Helicodiscus lineatus Say. Helix lineata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 18, 1819.—-GOouLD, Inv. Mass., p. 179, fig. 103, 1841.—Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 546, fig. 44, 1867. Planorbis parallelus Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 0, p. 164, 1821. Helicodiscus lineatus MORSE, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 25, figs. 61, 62, pl. 1, fig. 3; pl. vu, fig. 63, 1864.— Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p- 75, figs. 34-37 A, 1885. Range. — New Mexico to Manitoba, New England to California. Reported as rare in Manitoba by Hanham. My, Fic. 36. Helicodiscus lineatus, shell and animal (magnified). FAMILY ENDODONTIDZ 53 Genus Punctum Morse. Punctum pygmeum Draparnaud. Helix pygm@a DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p 114, pl. vii, figs. 8, 9, 10, 1805. Helix minutissima Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., rx, p. 17; Proc., 1, p. 82, 1841. — BINNEY, Terr. Moll., tv, p. 100, pl. Lxxvil, figs. 6, 7, 1859. — Morse, Am. Nat., 1, p. 546, fig. 46, 1867. Punctum minutissimum Morse, Journ. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., I, p. 27, figs. 69, 70, pl. vill, fig. 71, 1864. Microphysa pygm@aa BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 71, figs. 31-33, 1885. Punctum pygmeum Piissry, Class. Cat. Am. Landsh , p. 33, 1898. Range.— United States generally; Quebec; Manitoba; Victoria, Vancouver Island. Europe. *Punctum randolphi Dall. Pyramidula? randolphi Dau, Nautilus, vim, p. 130, Mar., 1895. Punctum randolphi Pitspry, Nautilus, 1x, p. 18, June, 1895. — DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxIv, p. 500, pl. xxvii, figs. 7, 8, 9, 1902. Range.— Seattle, Wash. Probably exists throughout the Puget Sound region and adjacent sett Colunibia. Punctum clappi Pilsbry. Punctum clappi Prtssry, Nautilus, x1, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 33, 1898. Range.— Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Island. Salem, Wash.; Tacoma, Wash.; Seattle, Wash.; Nanaimo and Comox, Vancouver Island. This is probably the shell which has been reported as P. asteriscus Morse, from Vancouver Island and Tacoma. It has not been figured. Punctum conspectum Bland. gl Sapam Bianp, Ann. N. Y. Lyc. Nat. Hist., vii, p. 163, fig. 7, 1865. Zonites nakoihes BINNEY, Terr. Moll., v, p. 121, 1873 ; Man. Am. Landsh., p. 86, fig. 51, 1885. Punctum conspectum Pitssry, Nautilus, x1, p. 133, Apr., 1898 ; Class. Cat. Am. Landsh., p. 32, 1898. Range.— West America from middle California northward, and east to the west slope of the Rocky Mountains. Kamchatka. California! Oregon; Washington; Puget Sound region generally ; Victoria, British Columbia! Departure Bay, Vancouver Island! Sitka! Chilkoot Inlet and valley; Chilkat Inlet and valley; Coal Harbor! Unga Island, Shumagins; Unalaska! Alaska. Petropav- lovsk ! Kamchatka (Dall). 54 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The most common of the minute species in Alaska; often found in numbers under bits of cast-off leather and chips near the tops of beaches. The Kamchatkan specimens are beyond suspicion. Genus Sphyradium Charpentier. Sphyradium edentulum Draparnaud. Pupa edentula DRAPARNAUD, Hist. Moll., p. 59, pl. 11, figs. 28, 29, 1805. Pupa simplex GouLD, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 403, pl. 111, fig. 21, 1840; Inv. Mass., p. 190, fig. 121, 1841. Vertigo simplex StIMPSON, Shells of N. Engl., p. 53, 1854.— Morse, Am. Nat., I, p. 670, figs. 67, 68, 1868. —BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., p. Ig1, fig. 195, 1885. : Pupa alticola INGERSOLL, Bull. U. S. Geol. Geogr. Survey of the Terr., No. 2, p. 128, 1875 ; ed. 11, p. 391, fig., 1876. — Binney, Man. Am. Landsh., p. 174, fig. 166, 1885. Pupa columella ‘‘ BENSON," var. gredleri CLESSIN, from Alaska, is probably S. edentulum. Range.— Northern Europe, Asia and America. Canada; heights of 8,000 to 9,000 feet in the Rocky Mountains, Colorado! Un- gava Bay, Labrador! Laggan, Alberta; Vancouver Island at Comox, Nanaimo and Victoria ; Kukak Bay,Peninsula of Alaska ! 0 Popof Island! Shumagin Islands; Rooluk Island near Unalga Pass, Aleutians! Port Clarence, Alaska! Petropavlovsk! Kam- chatka (Dall). This species has a wide distribution and considerable synonymy. Fic.37. Sphyradium eden- tulum (magnified). UNIDENTIFIED SPECIES. The following Helictde are tncerte sedis. Helix rudis J. de C. Sowerby in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., Ill, app., Pp. 315, 1836. Nude name. ‘¢ Lake Superior, Winnipeg and Saskatchewan River.” Helix attenuata J. de C. Sowerby, of. ctt., p. 315, 1836. Nude name. ‘¢ Lake Superior, Winnipeg, and Saskatchewan River.” Helix belchert Pfeiffer, P. Z. S. London, for 1845, p. 128; Mon. Helic. Viv., 1, p. 104; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Mon. He/zx, pl. 190, fig. 1328. This species, supposed to have been collected by Capt. Belcher, during his voyage to the Northwest Coast of America, has not been recognized from that quarter since; and probably, like many other ee D aecadl-« | fs ~ oye FAMILY SUCCINEIDZ 55 species brought home by Belcher from time to time, had got wrongly labelled. Family SUCCINEIDZ2. Genus Succinea Draparnaud. Succinea DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Moll., pp. 32, 55, 1801 ; Hist. des Moll. Terr., Ppp. 24, 29, 58, 1805. Helix putris Linné and S. oblonga Drap.; Blainville, Man., 1, p. 455, 1825. < Amphibulima Lamarck, Ann. du Museum, VI, p. 304, 1805; Ist sp. A. cuculata Lam. = fatu/a Brug. Froriep, Lam. Syst. Conch., p. 19, 1807. < Amphibulimus Montrort, Conch. Syst., 1, p. 90, 1810. Lucena OKEN, Lehrb. d. Naturg., lI, pp. x, 311, so 1815; Succinea putris (L.) Draparnaud.— HARTMANN, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., v1, pp. 27, 40, 54, 1821, ZL. pulchella Hartmann, sole ex. Not of Hart- mann Neue Alpina, I, p. 208. —M6rcu, Vidensk. Medd., p. 296, 1864. Amphibulina HARTMANN, in Sturm, Fauna Deutschl., vi, pp. 42, 55, 1821 ; 1st sp. Helix Putris L. Amphibina HARTMANN, Neue Alpina, I, p. 208, 1821. — M6rcu, Syn. Moll. Dan., p. 33, 1864; Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., p. 295, 1864; Ist sp. S. pfeifferi Réssm. < Cochlohydra Férussac, Tabl. Syst., pp. xxx, 26, 1821. Succinia GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2nd ed., p. 110, 1840. Tapada STuvDER, Syst. Verz., p. 11, 1820. Succinza DESHAYES, Encyc. Méth., u, p. 18, 1830, Jassim. > Helisiga Lesson, Voy. Coquille, p. 316, 1829, . sanctehelene Lesson, H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 130, 1855. > Helisigna Mrs. Gray, Fig. Moll. An., Iv, pp. 55, 113, 1859. Neritostoma MOrcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjob., for 1863, p. 294, 1864, Ist sp. S. putris L. Tapfada ALBERS, Heliceen, p. 55, 1850.— PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., Iv, pp. 803, 808, 1859. > Brachyspira PFEIFFER, Mon. Hel. Viv., tv, pp. 803, 804, 1859. Not of Ehrenberg, 1858. < Truella Pease, P. Z. S., 1871, pp. 459, 472; type 7: elongata Pease. Neritostoma WESTERLUND, Fauna d. Pal. Reg., U, v, pp. I, 2, 1885; S. putris L. Oxyloma WESTERLUND, of. cit., pp. 1, 7, 1885 ; S. dunkeri (Zelebor). Amphibina WESTERLUND, op. cit., pp. 1, 8, Ist sp. S. elegans Risso. Lucena WESTERLUND, of. cit., pp. 1, 14, Ist sp. S. oblonga Draparnaud. This genus has been divided into sections on the basis of the den- ticulation of the jaw, as follows : Jaw without denticulations. Oxyloma (hungarica). Jaw with a single median denticle. Amphibina ( pfetfferz). Jaw with a minute median denticle. Lucena (oblonga). Jaw with three denticles Neritostoma. = Succinea s.s. According to this scheme S. avara is an Amphibina, S. tottentana a typical Succimea, while S. ovalis (Say) Morse has seven denticles and is unprovided for. The differences among the few species which 56 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS have been examined are so great that it is probably better to await a more thorough knowledge of all the species, in the light of which we can judge better whether this character has any systematic value or not. Our American species resemble one another so closely that it seems hardly likely that there are any fundamental differences between them. Succinea oregonensis Lea. Succinea oregonensis LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., p. 32, 1841; Trans. Am, Phil. Soc., Ix, p. 5, 1844. — Binney, Terr. Moll., 1, p. 77, pl. txvu, fig. 2, 1851.—TRyoN, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 235, pl. (11) xvIl, or be 1866, — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 270, fig. 485, Range. — California (to 6,500 feet alt .), Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. Victoria, B. C.! Wallawalla, Wash. ! This species on the Pacific Coast takes the place in the fauna occupied in the East by S. avara Say, which it much resembles. The S. ‘ oregonensis’ reported from Winnipeg by Hanham was probably a variety of avara. The surface has a silky unpolished appearance, from the very fine close wrinkles with which it is covered, and which are characteristic. Succinea retusa Lea. Succinea retusa LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 117, pl. x1x, fig. 86, 1837. —W. G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am.,1, p. 256, fig. 454, 1869. Succinea ovalis GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 194, fig. 125, 1841, not of Say, 1817. Succinea haydeni var. minor W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 256, 1869.— Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 236, 1866. Succinea decampi TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 237, pl. xvu, fig. 23, 1869. — BINNEY, 7. ¢., p. 257. Range.— Northern United States, from Kentucky Fic. 38. Suc- northward to Canada and British America. cinea retusa Lea. In Manitoba at Carberry, Lake of the Woods and Pembina Mountain; in Alberta at Laggan and Red Deer. Ungava, Labrador! James Bay at Moose Factory ! Lower Sas- katchewan near Lake Winnipeg! Norway House; York Factory; Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Yukon River near old Fort Yukon, Alaska! Stewart River, Yukon district! Dall River, north of the Yukon! Duncan Bay, Discovery Passage, British Columbia. A widespread and abundant species identified by comparison of the typical specimens or cotypes furnished by the author to the National Museum. FAMILY SUCCINEIDZ 57 Succinea hawkinsi Baird. Succinea hawkinsi Barrp, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 68, 1863.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 268, fig. 481, 1869. Range. — British Columbia and eastward to Manitoba. Lake Osoyoos, B. C.; Sitka, Alaska! Carberry, Manitoba! not common. A large species with a produced oblique aperture and acute spire. Quite close to S. s¢//imanz Bland. Succinea avara Say. Succinea avara Say, Rep. Long's Exped., 1, p. 260, pl. xv, fig. 6, 1824. Succinea vermeta Say, New Harmony Diss., u, No.15, 1829. — Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 233, pl. (11) Xv, fig. 10, 1866. Succinea wardiana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 0, p. 31, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., rx, p. 3, 1844. Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 233, pl. (11) XVI, fig. 12, 1866. Succinea avara BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 262, fig. 468, 1869. Fic. 39. Suc- Range. — North America east of the Rocky Moun- ¢##¢@ @vara tains from Texas to N. Lat. 62°." Say. Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods; lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg! Two Creeks, Manitoba; Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, and McLeod, Alberta; Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River in N. Lat. 62°! Succinea gronlandica Beck. Succinea gréiniandica Breck, Index, p. 99, 1837 ; nude name. —MO6LLER, Ind. Moll. Grénl., p. 4, 1842.—M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 31, pl. II, fig. 10, 1868. —Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 265, fig. 474, 1869.— PossELT, Consp. Faunz Gronl., p. 263, 1898. Range.—Iceland and Greenland. This species is rather close to retusa Lea but seems sufficiently dis- tinct to be retained. 7 Succinea grosvenori Lea. Succinea grosvenori Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1864, p. 109; Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n.s., vi, p. 179, pl. XxIv, fig. 108, 1866.— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 260, fig. 462, 1869. Range.— North America, east of the Rocky Mts. from Louisiana to British America but not far east of figs eee the Mississippi. ade Wood Mt., Manitoba; Egg Lake and Red Deer, in Alberta; upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simpson! 1 Succinea verrilli Bland (1865, Binney, L. and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 264, fig. 472) is probably either the young or a dwarf form of this species. It is from Anticosti Id. 58 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The distribution indicated by the literature is rather odd for a shell ranging so far south, but there is no way of clearing up the doubt at present. Succinea rusticana Gould. Succinea rusticana GOULD, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 187, 1846; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 28, fig. 29, 1852.— Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 236, pl. (11) xv, fig. 19, 1866.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 269, fig. 483, 1869. Range. — Tulare valley, Calif., northward to British Columbia; the variety alaskana to Alaska. Comox, Vancouver Island, B. C.! Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, B. C.! Variety alaskana Dall,nov. Flats near St. Michael, Alaska! Point Romanof! Unalaska! St. Paul, Kadiak Id.! The Alaskan form is polished, of an olive greenish tinge, with rather inconspicuous lines of growth; with 3 tumid whorls, the general form of rusticana as figured by Binney, but shorter and more tumid ; length 10, max. diam. 8, length of aperture 6.5 mm. This may prove, with more material, to be a distinct species. Succinea nuttalliana Lea. Succinea nuttalliana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 32, 1841. — BINNEY, Terr. Moll., 11, p. 81, pl. Lxvu, a, fig. 4, 1851.—W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 269, fig. 484, 1869. Range. — Oregon, California, Washington and British Columbia. Victoria, Vancouver Island, B. C. This species was also reported by Randolph from the Lewes River, Yukon Territory, but in this case the shell was probably the quite similar S. retusa Lea. Succinea obliqua Say. Succinea obligua Say, Rep. Long’s Exp., 11, p. 260, pl. xv, fig. 7, 1824. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 265, fig. 475, 1869. ? Succinea ovalis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 15, 1817. Not S. ovalis Gould. Succinea campestris GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 195, fig. 126, ' 1841. — De Kay, Nat. Hist. N. Y., Moll., p. 53, pl. Iv, fig. 54, 1843. Succinea greeri TRYON, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 232, pl. (11) xv, fig. 8, 1866. Range.—From Louisiana to Hudson Bay and Fic. 41. Suc- eastward to New England and Gaspé, but not west cinea obliqua. _ of the Mississippi Valley. = FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 59 Lac des Mille Lacs to Lake of the Woods! Halifax, N. S.; Duf- ferin, Manitoba; Lake Winnipeg! Moose Factory, James Bay; Peace River, Athabaska! Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! Balena Bay, Newfoundland ! If the identification with Say’s unfigured ova/zs were beyond dispute, the latter name is prior and would have to be adopted. Succinea chrysis Westerlund. Succinea chrysis WESTERLUND, Nachrbl. d. D. Mal. Ges., 1883, p. 51; Vega Expd. Vetensk. Iakttag., Iv, p. 198, pl. m1, fig. 10, 1885. Succinea annexa WESTERLUND, Vega Expd., p. 199, pl. 111, fig. 11, 1885. Succinea chrysis var. aureiia VON MARTENS, Conch. Mitth., m, p. 184, pl. XXXIII, figs. 21-22, 1885. Succinea lineata WW. G. BINNEY, Man. Am. Landsh., app., p. 473, fig. 515, 1885, not S. dineata W. G. B., 1857. Range.— Boreal America from Greenland to Bering Strait, and on the opposite shore of the Strait. Greenland (Posselt); Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River; water- shed of the Yukon, near Dawson, Yukon Territory! 30 miles below the Tanana River mouth on the Yukon, Alaska! the Koyukuk River, north of the Yukon! Nulato! Andreafski! and the Yukon delta! Point Romanof! shores of Norton Sound at Egg Island! Besboro Island! Cape Denbigh! Norton Bay! Golofnin Bay! Port Clarence! Konyam Bay on the Asiatic shore of Bering Strait; St. Michael! St. Mathew! St. Paul! and St. George! Islands, Bering Sea; north end of Nunivak Island! the Aleutian chain! Unalaska! Kadiak Island! Sitka! At Chilkat Inlet, Alaska, Krause obtained the variety aureléa von Martens. This is the commonest and largest land shell of the boreal American region, passing through many mutations, but easily recognizable in all of them; often with a rich coloration varying from olive brown to orange and usually lineated with more opaque lighter axial streaks. I do not regard it as identical with the S. /ixeata of W. G. Binney, though the species have some characters in common. Family LYMNZIDZ. Genus Lymnza Lamarck. Limnea cochlea LINNE, Fauna Svecica, ed. 1, pp. 374, 376, 1746 (not binomial). Vesica (ex parte) ANONYMOUS, Mus. Calon., p. 58, 1797; Helix stagnalis (and amaru/a) Linné. felix (sp.) Linné, Gmelin, Bolten in Mus. Bolt., p. 109, 1798. 60 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymn@a LAMARCK, Prodr. Nouv. Clas. Coq., p. 75, 1799; Syst. des An. s. Vert., p. 91, 1801, Helix stagnalis Linné. Limneus DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 30, 47, 1801, no type cited ; Hist., pp. 25, 28, 48, 1805.—GossE, Nat. Hist. Moll., p. 86, 1854.— Turton, Man., p. 127, 1831, type ZL. stagnalis L. > Galba SCHRANK, Fauna Boica, III, pt. 2, pp. 262, 285, 1803 ; sole ex. Z. truncatula Miller. Lymne@a Roissy, Hist. Nat. Moll., v, p. 345, 1805. — Lamarck, Encycl. Méth., pl. 459, 1816. SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 199, 1817.—LAMARCK, An. s. Vert., VI, 2, p. 157, 1822. Lymneus CUVIER, Regne An., I, p. 412, 1817. Lymnus MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 262, 1810, L. stagnalis L. Lymnea Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér., tv, p. 94, 1826; 1st sp. L. pereger (Miiller). Not Lymnea Rafinesque, Pisces, 1815. . > Radix Montrort, Conch. Syst., mu, p. 266, 1810. Helix auricularia Linné, sole ex.—M6rcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., p. 302, 1864. Limnea FLEMING, Hist. Brit. An., p. 273, 1828. Limn@a DESMAREST, Rapp., Soc. Philom. Paris, 1812.— BLAINVILLE, Malac, I, p. 448, 1825.— Beck, Index, p. 110, 1838. — Moquin Tanpov, Hist., Nat. Moll. France, m1, p. 458, 1855. Lymneus BRARD, Hist. des Cog. Terr. et Fluv. Paris, p. 133, pl. 5, 1815.— Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 167, 1821. > Lymnula RAFINESQUE, Journ. de Phys., LXXXVIII, p. 423, 1819 ; = Lym- nea of Authors, fide Rafinesque, 1. c. > Omphiscola RAFINESQUE, ofp. cit., p. 423, 1819. No species cited, but the only Ohio shell corresponding even moderately to the diagnosis is Z. reflexa Say. > Gulnaria Leacu, Proofsheets, pp. 146, 148, 1819 ; fide Turton, Man., p. 117, 1831.—GRAy’s Turton, p. 232, 1840.—GRAY, P. Z.S., 1847, p. 180; type Z. auricularia (Linné). Stagnicola LEACH, Proofsheets, pp. 141, 145, 1819.— JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans. XVI, II, p. 376, May 29, 1830, LZ. palustris Miiller.—Turton, Man., pp. 121-124, Oct., 1831.—Gray’s Turton, pp. 237-242, 1840.—Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180; no type cited.— Lreacu, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 101, 1852, 1st sp. L. glaber(Miiller). Not Stagnico/a Brehm, Aves, Dec., 1830. Auricularia Fasrictus, Fortegnelse, p. 94, 1823 (nude name), not of Blain- ville, 1816. > Omphiscola Breck, Index, p. 110, 1838, Z. glabra (Miiller).— H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 255, 1855 ; not Omphiscola Raf., 1819. >Limnophysa FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. 112, 1833; type L. Aalustris (Miiller). — Beck , Index, p. 110, 1838.—M6rcu, Vidensk. Medd., p. 298, 1864. > Leptolimnea SWAINSON, Malac., p. 338, 1840; L. elongata Sowerby, = L. glaber (Miller).— M6rcu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., p. 298, 1864. Adelina CANTRAINE, Mal. Méd., 1, p. 155, 1841 ; type 4. e/egans Cantraine, not Adelina Chevrolat, Coleopt., 1833. Leachia JEFFREYS, Linn. Trans., XVI, III, p. 519, 1833, not of Risso, 1829, or Lesueur, 1821, L. stagnalis (Linné). > Bulimnea HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841 ; type Limnea megasoma (Say) Haldeman. Not of H. and A. Adams. > Acella HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., part 3, p. 6, July, 1841 ; type Limnea gracilis (Say) Haldeman. > Pleurolimnea MrEk, Checkl. N. Am. Fos. Eocene, pp. 9, 34, 1866 ; Rep. Inv. Foss. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876; type P. éenuicostata Meek and Hayden (Eocene). meer ee er AP FAMILY LYMNZIDZ& 61 > Polyrhytis MeeK, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 532, 1876; type Limne@a kingi Meek (Pliocene). > Omphiscola MEEK, Rep. Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, p. 533, 1876; type Limnea glabra (Miller) ; not of Rafinesque. ; Omphalia ‘‘RarF.,"’ Meek, of. cit., p. 532, in syn.; evr. pro Omphiscola Rafinesque. ? Erinna H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., u, p. 644, 1858; type £. newcombi Adams. > Neritostoma H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 253, 1855, Ist sp. L. auricularia (Linné). Not of Mérch, 1864. ? Velutinopsis SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 700, 1875, type Limnaa velutina Desh. (Lower Pliocene). > Leptolimneus SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 787, 1875 ; sole ex. cited LZ. g/aber (Miiller). : Eulimneus SANDBERGER, Land u. siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, pp. 787, 844, 1875 ; sole ex. cited L. stagnalis (1). > Fossaria WESTERLUND, Fauna, Pal. Reg., v, p. 49, 1885; ZL. truncatula (Miiller) ; Acta Soc. Sci. Slav. Merid., cLI, p. 118, 1902. > Tanousia BourcuiGnat, in Servain, Hist. Mal. du Lac Balaton, 1881." Type Z. zrmanje Brusina; Westerlund, of. cit., p. 53, 1885, p. 118, 1902. > Lymnophysa (FitzINGER) Hazay, Mal. Blatt., 2d ser., m1, p. 163, 1881. > Limnus Dyxsowsk1, Bull. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, XVIII, p. I13, March, 1903, not of Agassiz, nom., 1847. > Omphalolimnus Dypowski, Nachrichtsbl. d. d. Mal. Ges., Sept.—Oct., 1903, XXXV, p. 143, 1903. Type Z. /agorit Dybowski; Bull. Acad. St. Petersb., XVIII, p. 113, 1903. > Physastra TAPPARONE CANEFRI, Ann. Mus. Genov., XIX, p. 245, 1883. Type P. vestita T.-C., op. cit., p. 246. New Guinea. > Zagrabica Brustna, Beitr. Pal. Oest.-Ung., 1884, Z. naticotdes Brus. — WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., CLI., p. 119, 1902. Not Limnea Poli, Test. Utr. Sicil., 1, p. 31, 1791, Ul, p. 253, 1795 (not binomial). The genus Lymnea as now understood is due to Lamarck, though several authors, including Westerlund as late as 1885, have given credit for it to Bruguiere. This has probably arisen from a failure to observe the dates of the different livraisons which contained the plates of the Encyclopédie Méthodique. The plate containing the name Lymnea was not issued until 1816 (though often cited as 1791), and then it was under the supervision of Lamarck, Bruguiére having nothing to do with it. The name ZLymmnea had already been used by.Poli, in 1791, for the animal of various unrelated bivalves, but his ingenious quadrinominal system takes the work of Poli out of the category of those which can be cited in nomenclature, except historically. 1 The multitude of group names used for mutations of Lymne@a stagnalis and other species by Servain in his ‘ Lake Balaton’ paper, can hardly be regarded as having entered into systematic nomenclature, as they are groups of less value than species, and physiological rather than hereditary, according to Hazay. 62 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The name Lymnea has been spelled in many different ways, the most correct being Lzmnea, but there seems to be no good reason for changing the original form, especially as no derivation was given by Lamarck. The Helix stagnalis of Linné, being the only species mentioned, necessarily becomes the type. Four years after Lamarck, Schrank gave the name Gadlda to a species which was without doubt the Buccinum truncatulum of Miiller. It has been referred to B. palustre Miiller, but a scrutiny of the very careful description of both shell and animal reveals that it agrees with no local species of the group except a young ¢runcatula. A little later Montfort separated the Z. auricularta group under the name of Aadix, and in 1819 Rafinesque, in a summary of the forms collected on the Ohio River, proposed Omphiscola for species which have the peristome reflected over the pillar and body with an umbilical chink between the reflection and the body of the shell. He cites no species, but of the Ohio species only Z. reflexa Say can be said to agree with the diagnosis. This character is however of minor impor- tance. Rafinesque’s name has been applied to several European species but without adequate grounds, since there is no species of the Radix group known in any part of the Ohio system. The name Stagnicola Leach was cited in synonymy by Jeffreys in 1830, in connection with ZL. palustris (Miiller) , thus antedating Lzm- nophysa Fitzinger, 1833, based on the same type. Stagnicola was used by Brehm for a bird in December, 1830, but Jeffreys’ paper was issued May 29. Both these names have been loosely used in the lit- erature, but must be restricted to the typical and original forms. If the columnar species like ZL. glaber be separated in a section by them- selves, Leptolimnea Swainson appears to be the first available name. Erinna Adams is a Limneid modified for existence on rocks in rapid streams and waterfalls, the peristome being continued over the body and behind the broad excavated pillar, and the spire shortened, so that the animal may cling tightly to its situs. The descriptions of this form are rather misleading, the so-called ‘lamina’ being merely the pillar. The fossil Velutinopsis is more like Choanomphalus than Lymnea, judging by the figures. The description of Zanousza reads as if it was founded upon an abnormal or monstrous specimen. The reversed physiform Lymnea of the South Sea Islands will be included under Physastra Tapparone-Canefri; a species from Hawaii which is dextral but may be otherwise similar, has recently been shown by Pilsbry to have a somewhat different radula from the ordinary Lym- n@a of north Europe and America. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 63 Dybowski has recently applied the name Omphalolimnus to a species of Lymnea from the Crimea, which in outline resembles Z. stagnalis var. arenaria Colbeau, but which instead of having the axis pervious and the pillar gyrate, as in most species of this type, has the subumbilicate base and raised inner lip of the Aadzx section, to which his Z. /agorii probably belongs, although it has a more ele- vated spire than most of the species of this section, being in this re- spect intermediate between the latter and Lymnea proper. The existence of fresh water shells in lakes or ponds where the water, through evaporation, is gradually becoming more alkaline, has been shown to be accompanied, in the lake-beds of the Great Basin of the western United States, by a tendency to solidification, thickening and corrugation or ribbing of the shells, regardless of their systematic relations. This goes on until the alkalinity becomes so great that mol- luscan life is no longer possible. We find in the fresh water Pliocene beds of Utah, Lymnaea, Pompholyx, Carinifex, Physa and Planorbis exhibiting these changes as we ascend in the beds, until the latter be- come barren of life. To these modifications we probably owe such forms as Polyrhytis, Pleurolimnea, Vorticifex, etc. I have shown in another place’ how such factors may be supposed to act in the case of land shells exposed to alkaline dust on tropical islands such as the Galapagos. While such changes are the result of the direct action of the environment on the individual, and not hereditary or evolutionary, it is nevertheless convenient to recognize the results in the systematic arrangement of the species. Disregarding synonyms, which can be deduced from the preceding data, the general arrangement of the groups of the genus Lymnea would be about as follows : Subgenus Lymneza s. s. Section Lymneas.s. Shell thin, with an acute and slender spire and expanded last whorl; the axis twisted, forming a (usually per- vious) spiral coil without a true umbilicus; the callus on the body closely appressed; the outer lip flaring more or less, simple, sharp, normally without any varical thickening. Type Z. stagnalis (Linné). Holarctic. Section Bulimnea Haldeman. Shell large and solid, bulimiform, with an impervious axis, a twisted or subplicate pillar, the callus on the body and pillar closely appressed, and the outer lip not thickened or expanded. Type Lymnaea megasoma Say. Nearctic. ? Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila., for 1896, pp. 406-426. 64 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Section Radix Montfort. Shell thin, usually with a short spire and ample last whorl; the axis twisted but not gyrate, the outer lip often expanded, the inner one more or less elevated and continuous across . the body, forming a more or less conspicuous umbilicus ; the outer lip thin. Type Lymnea auricularia (Linné). Holarctic. The umbilicus in this group varies from a mere chink toa rather large orifice through which a bristle may be passed nearly to the apex of the shell. Section Cyclolimnea Dall,nov. Shell thin, involute, the last whorl as long as the shell, the outer lip thin, simple, not expanded, the inner lip appressed, the axis not plicate, but with a small umbilical chink. Type Lymnea involuta Harvey. British. The mantle is said to be extended partly over the shell. Section Polyrhytis Meek. Shell like Radzx, but axially strongly ribbed. Type Z. kinmgi Meek. Pliocene, N. Am. Section Acedia Haldeman. Shell thin, smooth, acute, extremely slender; the aperture expanded at the margin, the inner lip not appressed, a moderate chink behind it, the axis gyrate, pervious, not plicate; the outer lip simple, sharp. Type Z. graczlis Jay. Nearctic. Section Pleurolimnea Meek. Shell like Ace//a, but axially promi- nently ribbed. Type Z. ¢exuicostata Meek and Hayden. Eocene, N. Am. Section Galéa Schrank. Shell turrited, the whorls gradually in- creasing, smooth; the last whorl not inflated; the aperture moderate ; the outer lip not expanded or thickened; the inner lip not appressed ; the pillar not twisted or plicate, the axis minutely umbilicate. Type L. truncatula (Miller). Holarctic. Subgenus Stagnicola Leach. Section Stagnicola s.s. Shell elongate, smooth, the whorls gradu- ally increasing, the last whorl moderate; the outer lip sharp, not ex- panded, with a varical thickening within, in the adult; the pillar dis- tinctly plicate, the inner lip appressed, the axis slightly or not at all perforate. Type Z. palustris (Miller). Holarctic. Section Leptolimnea Swainson. Shell like Stagnicola but more cylindrical, with numerous whorls and a small aperture. Type Z. glaber (Miiller). Palearctic. ? Section Physastra Tapparone-Canefri. Shell like Stagnzcola but with a coarse dehiscent periostracum and coiled sinistrally. Type P. vestita T.-C. Polynesian. FAMILY LYMNAZIDZ 65 Genus Erinna Adams. Shell small, with a short spire, a large final whorl; the aperture with a continuous peristome which passes behind a broad somewhat excavated pillar; axis imperforate and the pillar not plicate. Type E. newcombi Adams. Hawaiian. Incert@e sedis. Velutinopsis Sandberger. Shell almost planorboid, with few, rounded, rapidly increasing whorls ; the aperture simple, suborbicular, the peristome sharp, simple, not reflected; the pillar lip broad, not appressed; the axis umbilicate. Type Z. velutina Deshayes. Plio- cene of the Crimea. Tanousia Bourguignat. Shell small ovate conic, closely and almost involutely coiled; the last whorl inflated, subcarinate behind, the aper- ture contracted. Type Z. zrmanje Brusina. Pleistocene of Dalmatia. The group was named Saxdria by Brusina in 1885, fide Westerlund. Zagrabica Brusina. Shell ventricose, with a short acute spire and few rounded whorls, rugose, umbilicate, the last whorl ample, with a rotund transverse aperture, and continuous peristome appressed on the columellar margin; the outer lip simple. The type is a Pleistocene fossil. A recent form from the Caspian has been referred to this group by Dybowski, under the name of Z. drusiniana. I have not seen specimens, but the description reads as if the shell might be a member of the Radix group which has been modified by life in brackish water. Lymnza stagnalis Linné. Helix stagnalis LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 774, 1758; ed. XII, p. 1240, 1767. Lymnea stagnalis LAMARCK, Prodr., p. 75, 1799. Lymnea jugularis Say, Art. Conchology, Nicholson’s Encyc., 1 (no pagina- tion), 1817 ; 3d ed. (p. 6), 1819. -HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 16, pl. rv, 1841. Lymnaea appressa Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., m, p. 168, 1818. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 18, pl. v, 1842. Limnea stagnalis W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 25, figs. 28-32, 1865. Range.— Europe, the Caucasus, western and northern Asia, the northern United States, Canada and British America. Lake Superior, Lake Winnipeg ! the Saskatchewan River ! Carberry, Manitoba; Moose Factory, James Bay! Knee Lake, Keewatin! Slave River, 25 miles below Peace River! Great Slave Lake at Fort Rae! and Fort Resolution! Fort Simpson! and Fort Smith! on the Mac- 66 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS kenzie River; Fort Anderson, Lat. 68° N.! and Lake Harrison, Lat. 70° N! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island! and Dall River, Lat. 66° N.! of the Yukon drainage in Alaska. The following additional localities are cited from the literature: York Factory, Keewatin, and the Nel- son River; Egg Lake, Alberta; Red Deer, McLeod, and Olds ; Lake Isle Lacrosse and Vermilion Lake ; Lake Osoyoos, B.C. (but replaced west of the Cascades by ZL. sumassii, according to J. K. Lord) ; Syniakwateen Lake, B. C.; lakes in the Kenai Peninsula, Alaska (Wossnessenski) ; Stewart River, Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey). It seems unnecessary to cite the multitudinous varietal names bestowed on the mutations of this species in Europe. In a wide sense it is one of the most easily recognizable of fresh water shells, as it is one of the most conspicuous of circumboreal species. Fic. 42. Lymnaea stagnalts. Lymnea petersi n.sp. Plate u, fig. 3. Shell extremely thin, of five or more tumid rapidly enlarging whorls ; spire acute, the suture deep; whorls rounded, the periphery nearer the preceding suture; shell of a blackish brown, polished, finely sharply spirally striate; periostracum brownish, darker at resting stages; aperture oval, a thin wash of callus on the body; pillar very thin, gyrate, the gyrations pervious; the outer lip not thickened. Height 16; max. diam. 8; height of aperture 8.5; width 5.2 mm. Range. — Koyukuk River, north of the Yukon in Alaska; W. J. Peters of the U. S. Geological Survey. This very delicate and pretty species appears to belong to the typical Lymnea in spite of its small size; it has much the aspect of a minute L. randolphi, but has more whorls in less than half the height, and is of quite a different color and without angularity to the whorls. Lymnza atkaénsis Dall. Plate 1, figs. 8, ro. Limnea atkaénsis DALL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vit, p. 343, 1884. Range. — Lake on the island of Atka, Aleutian chain, near Korovin Bay. Shell with about four ovate whorls rapidly increasing, of a dark olive sometimes purplish tint, very thin, malleated, microscopically reticulated, with obscure revolving ridges; the aperture ovate, not expanded, the margins thin, that on the pillar narrowly reflected; FAMILY LYMNAZIDZ 67 pillar gyrate, pervious, in the early whorls widely so, a condition concealed in the adult. This form grows in a region containing little lime, and the shells are extremely thin and often eroded into holes, which exhibit the peculiarities of the axis by which the species is relegated to the typical Lymnzas, though externally it has much the appearance of a small Radix. The species has been figured in the newer portion of the Conchylien Cabinet, but I have not the reference at hand. Adults measure : Height. Max. Diam. Height of Aperture. Width. Whorls. 26.5 16.5 16.5 10.5 4 24.0 13.0 14.0 9-2 3% 17.0 11.5 11.2 7-5 4% *Lymnza lepida Gould. Limnea lepida GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 211, 1847; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 121, figs. 141, 141a, 1852. — BrnneEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 29, fig. 33, 1865. Range.—Lake Vancouver, Oregon ( Wilkes) ; near Challis, Idaho (Merriam) ! A species existing near the boundary and doubtless _— Fic. 43. Lym- to be found in southern British Columbia. 3 e lepida ould. *Lymnza (Bulimnea) megasoma Say. Lymneus megasomus Say, Rep. Long's Exp., 11, p. 263, pl. xv, fig. 10, 1824.— KUstTer, Conch Cab., ed. 1, Limnea, p. 36, pl. vi, figs. 20, 21. ; Limnea megasoma HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p- 13, pl. ll, figs. 1-3, 1841.— WHITFIELD, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 1, No. 2, p. 29, pl. v, 1882. Limnea megastoma SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvImt, pl. II, fig. 12, 1872. Limnaa megalosoma SANDBERGER, Conch. d. Urw., p. 581, 1873. Range.—Northern New England, Canada and British America to Lat. 57° N. Lake Superior! Vermilion Lake, H. B. T.; to Etchimamish Lake, in Lat. 57° between the Nel- Fic. 44. Lymnea son River and the Height of Land, Keewatin; megasoma Say. Bois Blanc Lake, Manitoba! The British American localities are cited from the literature, and except the last I have been unable to verify them by an examination of authentic specimens. 68 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymnza (Radix) mighelsi Binney. Limnea decollata MIGHELS, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 49, 1841. — MIGHELS and ADAms, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 336, pl. Iv, fig. 13 (four views), 1842. Limnea catascopium HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 52, 1842; not of Say. Limneus decollatus KUsTER, Conch. Cab., ed. 1, Mon. Limn., p. 45, pl. vill, figs. 11-14, 1862. . Limnea ampla MiGHELS, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 347, pl. xv1, figs. 1a-1c, April, 1843; not of Hartmann, 1842.—BinNeEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 30, figs. 34-35, 1865. Limnea mighelst, W. G. BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 11, p. 31, foot- note, 1865. Limnea angulata SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvit1, Mon. Limnea, pl. vit, fig. 47, Dec., 1872. Limnea emarginata Say, var. mighelsi BINNEY, Nylander, Distr. of Limnea, etc., pls. I-IV, 1901. Range. — Aroostook Co., Maine; Province of Quebec; northern Michigan? Aroostook Co., Maine! Brome Lake, Province of Quebec! Lake Namakan, north of Lake Superior, western Ontario; Lake of the Woods, Manitoba. The earliest name of this species is decollata, which was applied to a stunted variety living in acidulous water which destroyed the early whorls. This name, however, being quite inapplicable to the normal shell, would best be kept for the shells to which it was applied, and retained in a varietal sense. After an examination of Say’s types of Z. emarginata I am quite confident, as species go in Lymnea, that it is distinct from the present form, which I have never seen from the Western region. This species, Z. mighelsi, is apparently a representative of Radix, while the thickening of the outer lip internally in L. emarginata var. canadensis leads to the suspicion that it is related to Stagnicola. Owing to the manner in which various forms of emarginata have been summarily united with ZL. mighelsz by rep- utable students, I shall on the present occasion waive this doubt and proceed to its immediate consideration. It may, however, be pointed out that W. G. Binney seems to have been of the same opinion when, in 1865, he placed Z. emarginata in the same group as L. palustris. Fic. 45. Lym- nea mighelst, }. Lymneza (Stagnicola?) emarginata Say. Lymneus emarginatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 170, 1821; Long’s Exp. Rep., 1, p. 263, 1824 (Maine). ? Limneus emarginatus Say, Am. Conch., VI, pl. 55, fig. 1, 1834. Limneus ontariensis MUHLFELDT in Kiister, 1862, fide W. G. Binney, of. cit., p. 52, 1865. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 69 Limnea emarginata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. Io, pl. 1, figs. 4-5, 1841. ? Limnea serrata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 12, pl. Ul, fig. 7, 1841 (path- ologic specimen, figure copied by Binney, of. ci#., p. 52, fig. 78). Limnea scalaris WESTERLUND, Vega Exp. Vet. Iakt., Iv, p. 201, pl. Iv, fig. 13, 1885. Not Z. sca/aris A. Braun, 1853, or Sowerby, 1872. Limnea canadensis SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, Mon. Limnea, pl. vu, figs. 45, @—0, 1872. Range. — Northern United States east of the Mississippi, Canada, and northwestward. Lakes in northern Maine (Say)! Lake Champlain and Ontario; Crooked Lake, Emmet Co., Michigan! English River, Keewatin, Hudson Bay! Port Clarence, Alaska (Vega Expd.). After considerable study I have been forced to the conclusion that several species were identified under this name by Say himself, as well as others. Say’s figure is wretched and does not represent the typical form from Maine, as at first described. The latter is apparently represented by specimens labelled by Say himself, still preserved in the Academy at Philadel- phia, and which must be regarded as typical. The Fis. 46. Lym- shell is small, with an acute spire ; one of the specimens Say. —s has the suture deeply impressed, but not the others, which seem more normal. Westerlund’s figure fairly represents the species; Sowerby’s ZL. canadensis, judging from specimens com- pared with the types by Mr. E. A. Smith of the British Museum, is probably the same, though the shells are heavier and larger, with the lip thickened internally, and a marked umbilicus. I should not, in default of this comparison and if obliged to depend on Sowerby’s figures, have felt justified in uniting them. Lymnza (Radix) binneyi Tryon. Limnea binneyi Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 229, pl. xxi, fig. 3, 1865 (Hellgate River, Oregon). Limnea ampla Tryon, Mon. Freshw. Univ. Moll., part 1, p. 91, 1872, ex parte, not of Mighels. Range.— Northern United States west of Lake Huron and the adjacent British possessions. Lake Higgins, southern Michigan ! Lake Houghton, northern Mich- igan ! east of Fort Colville, Wash. ! Fort Vancouver, Columbia River ! Sumas Prairie, B. C.! Vancouver Island; Clear Lake, Athabaska, N. Lat. 56° ! Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska ! English River, Manitoba ! This species appears to be quite recognizable but has been frequently distributed under the name of Z. sumassiz or ampla, with the latter of 70 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS which Tryon himself at one time confounded it. It has a short spire with appressed or moderately conspicuous suture, ovate form, tumid whorls, pale color, well marked umbilicus, and fine spiral striation. The largest specimen I have seen measured 27 mm. high and 18 mm. in maximum diameter; but the average adult is about 24 x 15mm. I have not seen any specimens angulated at the shoulder. Lymnza (binneyi var.?) preblei Dall, nov. Plate 1, figs. 1, 2. A shell which when young is almost identical with Z. dzzneyz, and which may prove merely a giant growth of it, occurs in the Hudson Bay drainage. When full grown it has six whorls, with much the same contour as Bulimnea megasoma, the last whorl being much the largest, moderately expanded, and somewhat produced in front. The umbilicus is deep and partly hidden by the reflected pillar lip, which is continuous and more or less raised across the body. There is no fold onthe pillar. The surface, when in perfect condition, is minutely but sharply sagrinate by the intersection of axial and spiral strie, and is often malleate besides. The shell is nearly white or pale straw color. | Adults measure : Whorls. Height. Max. Diam. Height of aperture. Diam. 6 37 23 22.5 13 mm. 5.5 38 26 26 eg a Range.— English River, Manitoba (Kennicott) ! Knee Lake, Kee- watin (E. A. Preble) ! This form is remarkable for its size, its surface, and its deep umbil- icus. The resemblance of its profile to that of Z. megasoma is so marked that one wonders whether some of the records of the latter spe- cies from high northern localities may not have been based on specimens of this form. They are easily separated, however, if one pays attention to the other characters, and the present form probably never at- tains the solidity and rich coloration so characteristic of megasoma. Fic. 47. Lym- Lymnea (Radix?) columella Say. nea columella. Lymnea columella Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 14, 1817. Lymneus columellus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m1, p. 167, 1821. Limnea columella HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 38, pl. xt, figs. 13-15, 1842. —BInney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., It, p. 32 (ex parte), fig. 38, 1865. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ q1 Range.— Manitoba to New England, New Mexico, and Georgia. Lake Superior! Lake Winnipeg (Rich) ! This attractive species is readily recognized by its Succznea-like form and fine spiral sculpture. The synonymy as given by Binney and others seems to need revision. I am not of the opinion that this form belongs properly in the Radzx group, as it has several features in common with Stagnicola, notwithstanding the form of the shell. An anatomi- cal examination will decide the question. Lymnza (Radix) randolphi F. C. Baker, Plate 1, figs. 3, 4. Lymnaea randolphi BAKER, Nautilus, xvi, No. 6, p. 63, Oct., 1904. Shell large, thin, angulate or subangulate at the shoulder ; constricted strongly at the suture, narrowly and deeply umbilicate, whorls about four, rapidly increasing in size but frequently decollate ; when entire the spire is less in length than the aperture but the proportion is vari- able ; in conformity with the sutural constriction the posterior angle of the aperture is usually somewhat narrow, the apertural margin con- tinuous over the body, with a narrow deep umbilicus over which the pillar lip may be reflected. The pillar is sometimes slightly sinuous but not plicate, the surface may be smooth and polished, malleated, spirally threaded or minutely reticulated by axial and spiral lines. The periostracum is pale, but usually has a dark line at resting stages ; the outer lip is hardly expanded though often a little patulous in front ; it is never internally thickened. Measurements : Whorls. Height. Max. Diam. Height of aperture. Width. 3-5 31 19 18 11.0 mm. 4 4! 23 a4 15-5 “* = 35 27 24 15.6 “ Range.— Lake near Cosmos River, north of the Kowak River, Alaska, about N. Lat. 68° (Lieutenant Stoney) ! Kowak River, Alaska (Stoney) ! Nushagak River, Alaska! Lake Marsh! and Lake Linde- man, Yukon Territory! Lake La Hoche, British Columbia! East of Fort Colville, Wash. ! This form is very recognizable, with its angular whorls and deeply constricted suture. A specimen from near Fort Colville, figured by Binney as a possible variety of ZL. sumassz Baird (of. ctt., p. 43, fig. 58), may prove a feebly angulated and unusually short spired specimen of this species. I have received it under the names amp/la, sumassi, etc., from several Pacific Coast correspondents, and a large number of mostly defective specimens were obtained by the expedition into northwestern 72 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Alaska commanded by Lieutenant Stoney, U. S. N. The true Z. sumasst Baird is apparently a Stagnicola, but the present species belongs to ARadzx. It is not in the least like LZ. mighelsi (ampila Mighels) though often given that name. Lymnea (Acella?) kirtlandiana Lea. ane exilis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 114, pl. x1x, fig. 82, 1837. 0. Limnea kirtlandiana Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 33, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Ix, p. 12, 1842. — BINNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 67, 1865. Limn@a lanceata GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., m1, p. 64, 1848. — Aeassiz, Lake Superior, p. 244, pl. vul, figs. 8, 9, 1850. — TRYON, Mon. Limn., pt. 2, pp. 112-113, pl. xvitl, figs. 10, 11, 1872. Range. — Ohio to Nebraska, and northward. Poland, Ohio! Iowa River, lowa! Apple Creek, Nebraska! Pic Lake, north of Lake Superior, in western Ontario ! The original types of Lea’s Limnea exiiis are in the National Museum, and after a careful examina- tion of them I am inclined to believe that they are somewhat abnormal dead specimens of this species rather than a mutation of LZ. reflexa, as supposed by Binney; unless we extend Z. reflexa to cover the a eat whole group, which seems to me unwarranted. Z. pee ey lanceata is an immature specimen of what was earlier called £irtlandiana by Lea. The figures of both these forms in Binney’s work are uncharacteristic, especially that of lanceata, which shows nothing of the ‘ flatness of its whorls” re- ferred to by Gould in his remarks. These shells have all the characteristics of Acel/a except that they are less fragile, larger, and darker colored. They have the gyrate pillar of Lymnea and not the plicate columella of Stagnicola, which in other respects they recall. Until an exhaustive anatomical and experimental study of these animals is made, all group-references must be merely tentative. Lymnza (Galba) truncatula Miiller. Buccinum truncatulum MOLLER, Verm. Terr. et Fluv., Il, p. 130, 1774 (Europe). Limneus minutus DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, p. 51, 1801 ; Hist., p. 53, pl. 111, figs. 5-6, 1805 (France). Limnea ferruginea HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., pt. 3, third page of cover, Mar. 13, 1841; pt. 4, p. 49, pl. 13, figs. 19, 20, 1842 (Oregon). Range.— Europe, northern Asia and America. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 73 Bering Id., Commander Islands, Bering Sea! Kadiak Island, Alaska! ponds near Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Kincaid) ! Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River (Kennicott) ! near Brandon, Manitoba (Christy) ! Oregon (Nuttall) ; Hannah Bay (out of James Bay) near Moose Factory ! Specimens absolutely identical with those from Eu- 0 rope have been collected from the indicated localities. It is quite likely that some of the specimens reported F16- 49. Zym- by collectors under the name of humilis or desidiosa pile tee. may have belonged to this species. The form called pean specimen. ) ferruginea by Haldeman seems to differ only by having the pillar lip more closely appressed, a character which any large series will show to be inconstant in individuals among them- selves as well as in the same individual in different stages. Lymnza (Galba) humilis Say. Lymneus humilis Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 378, 1822 (South ee aceite (SAY) HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 41, pl. 13, fig. 1, 1842 (syn. exclus.). — Bryney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 63, fig. 99, 1865. ; Range. — From Georgia and Kansas northward. Lake Superior; Lake Winnipeg ; Brandon ; and Pem- bina Mt., Manitoba. haere oe I have been unable to examine any authentic speci- Say. (Typical.) ™ens from north of Lat. 49°, and the above localities are cited from the literature. Lymnza (Galba) desidiosa Say. Lymneus desidiosus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m, p. 169, 1821 (Cayuga Lake, N. Y.). Limneus desidiosus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pl. 55, fig. 3, 1834. Limnea desidiosa HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 31, pl. x, 1842 (ex parte).—BinneEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 49, fig. 68, 1865. Fic. 51. Lym- Range.— Northern United States and northward. %¢¢desidiosa Red Deer and McLeod, Alberta. Lower Saskatch- (47™ss2) Say. ewan near Lake Winnipeg; Brandon; Manitoba. Osoyoos Lake, British Columbia (J. K. Lord fide P. P. Carpenter). The above localities are cited from the literature. Lymnza (Galba) galbana Say. Lymneus galbanus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 123, 1825 (New Jersey Pleistocene). 74 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Limnea galbana HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 51, pl. xill, figs, 22, 23, 1842. Limnea philadelphica Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 32, 1841; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 8, 1844.—- Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 50, fig. 71, 1865. (Philadelphia, Pa.) Limnea traski TRYON, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 149, pl. 1, fig. 13, 1863. —BinneEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 60, fig. 94, 1865.—TRYON, Mon. Limn., p. 119, pl. 17, fig. 3 (not p. 96, nor fig. 2), 1872. (Mountain Lake, near San Francisco, Calif.) Not Z. fraskiz Lea, 1864, nor LZ. froxima Lea, 1856. Range.— Pleistocene marls of Franklin, New Jer- sey ; of Anticosti Island! of Ottawa, Canada! and of the left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, below old Fort Yukon! Recent, at the Grand Rapids of the ; Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg! Grind- Moka os P 8 ae stone Creek, Nebraska! Centre City, Pennsylvania! Say var. phila- Vancouver, Columbia River! and near Monterey, delphica Lea. California! Alaska (von Martens); Attawapiskat River, S. E. Keewatin! (McInnes). This small species has the spire acute and short, the last whorl dis- proportionately swollen and usually shouldered. It appears to have flourished during the melting of the glacial ice, and to the muddy waters of the period its peculiarities may be due. The recent form seems less abnormal on the average. There are two species which have been called traskzi—the pres- ent one, with which Tryon afterward mistakenly united Z. proxima Lea, a much larger species; and Z. traskzi Lea, later called ¢ryon¢ and tryontana by Dr. Lea, which is a Stagnicola. Lymnza (Galba) holbolli (Beck) Méller. Fic. 53. Lym- Limnea (Limnophysa) holbolli Beck, Index, p. 111, 1838; @a holbollt. nude name. Greenland. Lymnea holbolli MOLLER; Index, Moll. Grénl., p. 5, 1842. Limnea holbolli M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 36, pl. tv, fig. 8, 1868. Range. —Godhaab, Greenland. This has the appearance of a large Z. truncatula, but may be merely a depauperate variety of the next species. Lymneza (Galba) vahlii (Beck) Méller. Limnea (Limnophysa) vahlit Beck, Index, p. 111, 1838; nude name. Greenland. Limnea vahliti MOLLER, Index, Moll. Groénl., p. 4, 1842. Limnea (Limnophysa) vahlit M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 34, pl. Iv, figs. 1-7, 1868. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 75 Limnaa (Limnophysa) senegalensis BECK, Index, p. 111, 1838 (nude name), Jide MbRcH, op. cit., p. 35, footnote. Limnea grinlandica (Beck, MS.) Jay, Cat. Coll., 1850, p. 269, No. 6298. — MOrcH, of. cit., p. 33- Limnea milleri Beck, Naturf. Vers. Kiel, p. 123, No. 4, nude name.—GERST- FELDT, Land and Sussw. Conch. Sibiriens, p. 37, 1859. Lymnaea pingelit (BECK) MOLLER, Index Moll. Grénl., p. 5, 1842. — MORcH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, 0. 35, 1868, e¢ vars. nitida et solidula et malleata Modrch, 7. ¢. Lymnaea wormskioldi Beck, Naturf. Vers., Kiel, p. 123, No. 7, nude name. —Mo6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 35, pl. Iv, fig. 6, 1868. Limnea vahiii var. leucostoma MOrcuH, Prod. Moll. Grénl., p. 4, No. 11 8; also var. minor MOrcH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 34, 1868. Limnea vahiii var. elongata MOLLER (MS.), in Mérch, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 40, pl. Iv, fig. 1, 1868. Limnea arctica LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, p. 160, pl. xxrv, fig. 75, 1866. Hudson Bay. Range. — Greenland to Alaska and south to Minnesota and British Columbia. Ft. Resolution! and Ft. Rae, Great Slave Lake! Moose River, at Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! Greenland (many localities) ! Ungava, Labrador! Weatoga, Canada! Minnesota (Lapham)! Stewart and Fic. 54. Lymnea vahlii Miller. Fic. 55. Lymnaea vaklii var. pingelit (Typical.) Miller. Dall Rivers, north of the Yukon, Alaska! St. Michaels, Norton Sound, Alaska! headwaters of the Yukon in Lakes Bennett, Marsh, and Lindeman! Loring, Southeastern Alaska, on Behm Canal! Shawnigan Lake, British Columbia! Headwaters of the Liard River in Lakes Finlayson and Frances! Hannah Bay near Moose Factory ! Making the usual allowances for variation, this is a fairly well dis- criminated species, which frequently has been identified as Z. deszdi- osa, palustris, etc. The largest are more fragile, smaller and paler than Z. palustris, and not especially similar to it. I have had the advantage of being able to consult a very large series of authentically named Greenland shells, received from Mérch and others, as well as the fine Arctic series in the National Museum. Most of the specimens are microscopically wrnkled on the surface, like Z. palustris, but this character is not absolutely constant. 76 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lymnza (Stagnicola) palustris Miiller. Buccinum palustre MOLLER, Verm. Terr., 1, p. 131, 1774. Limneus palustris DRAP., Hist., p. 52, pl. 1, figs. 40-42, 11, figs. 1-2, 1805. Stagnicola communis LEACH, in Jeffreys, Linn. Trans., xvI, 1, p. 376, 1830.— RGssMASSLER, Icon., I, p. 96, figs. 51, 52, 1835.— TurTON, Man., p. 121, 1831.—Gray’s Turton, p. 237, 1840.—LeaAcu, Syn. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 103, 1852. Limneus elodes Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m, p. 169, 1821; Am. Conch., Iv, pl. xxxI, fig. 3, 1832. Limnea elodes GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 221, figs. 146-7, 1841. Fic. 56, a-(. Lymnea palustris Miiller vars. Fic. 56, g. var. rowelli Lea from Pacific Coast. Limnea fragilis HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 20, pl. vi, pl. xv, fig. 1, 1842; not of Linné. Limnea nuttalliana LEA, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 1, p. 33, 1841.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., U1, p. 45, fig. 6, 1865. Limnea expansa HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 29, pl. 1x, figs. 6-8, 1842 (patho- logic mutation). Limnea haydeni LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 166, 1858.— BINNEY, op. cit., p. 44, fig. 59, 1865 (pathologic mutation). Limnea plebeia GOULD (nude name), in Adams, Am. Journ. Sci., XL, p. 268. Limnea proxima LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vim, p. 80, 1856.— BINNEY, of. cit., p. 48, fig. 67, 1865. Range.—Circumboreal. Northern United States and Canada. Manitoba: Lake Winnipeg; Saskatchewan River! Lake of the Woods; Red River of the North! Pem- bina; Turtle Mt.; Carberry. York Factory! Kee- . ! ‘ . ie: sf. Lone watin. Ungava! Labrador. Alberta: Laggan ; Egg nea palustris Lake; Red Deer; McLeod; Olds. English River, var. nuttalliana. Keewatin! Moose Factory, Keewatin; Slave River, 25 miles below Peace River! Great Slave Lake at Fort Resolution! Fort Smith, Mackenzie River! Upper Mackenzie River ! Great Bear Lake ; Anticosti Island; Cypress Hills ! Assiniboia. FAMILY LYMNAZIDZ 77 California ! Oregon! Seattle, Wash.! Sumas Lake, British Colum- bia; Vancouver Island! headwaters of the Yukon! Lake Marsh! Lake Lindeman! Old Fort Yukon, Alaska! Saccatalontan and Nu- lato! Lower Yukon, and in the Yukon delta! Dall River! north of the Yukon in Alaska. Point Romanof, Norton Sound, Alaska! Avacha Bay, Kamchatka! etc. This well known species is almost universally distributed in the quiet waters of boreal America, and in the Pleistocene marls. The distinctions which have been relied on to separate ZL. haydeni Lea, and ZL. exfansa Haldeman, are due to pathologic mutations. JZ. nuttalliana and proxima Lea, are trivial varieties. Lymnza (Stagnicola) reflexa Say. Lymneus reflexus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 167, 1821 ; Am. Conch., Iv, pl. xxxI, fig. 2, 1832 (Lakes Erie and Superior). Limneus elongatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m1, p. 167, 1821; not of Draparnaud, 1805. Limneus umbrosus Say, Am. Conch., Iv, pl. 31, fig. 1, 1832 (new name for e/ongatus Say). Limnea extlis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 114, pl. XIX, fig. 82, 1837 (pathologic mutation). Range.— Northern United States and Canada. Prairie Lake, near Red River of the North; and Beaver Creek, Manitoba. This species barely crosses the boundary and may be one of those captured by the northward drainage when the headwaters of the Mississippi were inter- rupted and turned northward by the changes in the land levels of this region which have been elucidated by the late General G. K. Warren. Lymnza (Stagnicola) catascopium Say. Lymnea catascopium Say, Nicholson's Encycl., Am. ed., 1 (no pagination), pl. 2, fig 3, 1817 (Delaware River). Lymneus catascopium Say, Am. Conch., v1, pl. 55, fig. 2, 1832. Lymnea cornea VALENCIENNES, in Humboldt and Bonpland, Rec. d’obs. de Zool., I1, p. 251, 1832. Limnea sumassi BatrD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 68. — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 43, fig. 57 (not fig. 56), 1865 (British Columbia). Range.— L. catascopium* Northern United States to the Rocky Mountains, Canada and northward; var. sumass?: Idaho, Washing- ton and British Columbia. Ottawa, Canada! Ungava, Labrador! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba! Hudson Bay drainage of Keewatin! Moose River at Moose Factory, Fic. 58. Lym- n@a reflexa Say. 78 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Hudson Bay! Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Winisk, Kawino- gans, and Attawapiskat Rivers, S. E. Keewatin! (McInnes). Fic. 59. Lymnea catascopium Say, var. Fic. 60. Lymnaea catascopium Say sumassi Bd. (British Columbia). (Delaware). Var. sumassi: Snake River, Idaho! Lake Washington, Seattle! Sumas Prairie, British Columbia. Quite variable and frequently confounded with Z. adeline, L. buli- motdes, L. solida, etc. The Pacific Coast form is quite close to the typical form of the species, but is thinner, less uniform, and some- times larger. Binney’s figure 57 is made from a specimen probably of a rather swollen variety of palustris. *Lymneza (Stagnicola) adeline Tryon. Limnea adeline Tryon, Mon. Limn., p. 82 (108), pl. xvi, fig. 6, 1872 (San Francisco, Calif.). Range. — California to Vancouver Island, B. C. A small species, recalling Z. dudimozdes rather than catascopium, and perhaps identical with Lea’s original dudimozdes, as indicated by his types, but not with Z. techella Haldeman, which is very generally labelled dxdz- motdes. Fic. 61.Lym- Tymnea (Stagnicola?) perpolita n. sp. Plate u, nea adeline. fi gs 6.8 . 6, 8. Shell small, translucent, dark amber color, with a darker line at resting stages; smooth, except for fine lines of growth, brilliantly polished; whorls four, tumid, rapidly increasing, separated by a pro- nounced suture; spire short, rather obtuse; aperture ovate, longer than the spire, with a very thin wash of callus on the spire, the pillar lip slightly reflected, with a small perforate umbilicus behind it ; pillar straight, with no twist or fold, outer lip thin, sharp. Length of shell 11; of aperture 7; breadth of shell 8.5; of aperture 4.5 mm. Range. —Nushagak, Bristol Bay, Alaska. This shell is so elegantly polished that it may be an Amphipefilea. It has the rich dark amber color of some Succineas. I have seen but a FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 79 one specimen, but some young shells from Sonoma Co., Calif., col- lected by Hemphill, may belong to it. The latter are proportionally stouter and are of a pale straw color. The polish of the surface and the straight pillar are alike in both, yet I hesitate to unite them. No other American species has an equally polished surface so far as I have observed. Lymneza (Stagnicola) bulimoides Lea. Limnea bulimoides Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 33, 1841 ; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1x, p. 9, 1844. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 44, pl. x10, figs. 9, 10, 1842. — BINNEY, of. cit., p. 61, fig. 96, 1865 (Oregon). Range.—Oregon, California, Texas, New Mexico, Dakota, the United States west of the Mississippi (and northward ?) Oregon ! (Nuttall) Columbia River near Fort Van- couver, Wash. ! Moose Rivei at Moose Factory, Hud- son Bay (Drexler) ? This species has been generally confounded with Z. techella Haldeman, which seems to be distinct, having a more stumpy form and larger umbilicus, recalling, as Binney observes, his Budi- mulus pilula. According to Lea’s types, very few of the localities cited for this species, away from the Pacific Coast, are reliable. I sus- pect the shell from Hudson Bay, collected by Drexler, is a young cata- scopitum or caperata and not the true dulimoides. Lymnza (Stagnicola) caperata Say. Lymneus caperaius Say, New Harmony Disseminator, 1, p. 230, 1829. Limnea caperata HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 34, pl. x1, figs. 1-9, 1842. Limnea umbilicata ADAMS, Am. Journ. Sci., XXXIX, p. 374, 1840; Boston Journ. N. Hist., m1, p. 325, pl. 11, fig. 14, 1840. —GouLp, Inv. Mass., p. 218, fig. 149, 1841. Range.— Northern United States, west to the Rocky Mountains and northward. Manitoba ; at Pine Creek, Pembina, and Lake Win- nipeg. Alberta; at Red Deer and McLeod. The lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg. Hudson Fic. 63. Lym- Bay drainage at Moose Factory. I feel strong doubts n@a caperata. a8 to the validity of this species, which may prove entirely heterogeneous. Fic. 62. Lym- n@a bulimoides Lea. (Typical. ) Lymnza (Stagnicola) anticostiana n. sp. Plate u, figs. 4, 5. Shell acute, slender, with a blunt reddish nucleus and seven well- rounded whorls; suture deep, the whorls slowly enlarging; the last 80 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS whorl subcompressed laterally ; aperture elongate-ovate, about 23 times its length being equal to the length of the shell; margin thickened, and continuous over the body, reflected over an umbilical chink behind the pillar but not quite closing it; pillar with a marked fold; surface with close-set fine axial elevated lines in harmony with the lines of growth, and crossed by microscopic revolving striz which sagrinate the surface ; there are also malleations, obscure sparse revolving ridges, etc., on in- dividual specimens. Length of shell 19; aperture 7.0; max. diam. 7.0, of aperture 4.5 mm. Range.— Pleistocene marl of Marl Lake, Anticosti Island (Sir William Logan and Dr. J. Schmitt). Recent? This interesting species resembles somewhat ZL. deszdiosa, to which it has usually been referred, but it has two more whorls and a more slender and elevated spire, and in most specimens a more parallel-sided aperture. Iam unable to say whether it occurs in the recent state, but — the numerous specimens I have seen are all fossils. Dr. Lea had labelled his specimens ‘ Z. acuta Lea,’ doubtless forgetting his own species of the same name, which is a very different shell. UNCERTAIN SPECIES. There are several nude names in the literature which cannot be iden- tified and yet may puzzle the student who is unaware that they have not been described. Of such are Z. fossaria J. de C. Sowerby (1836), in Richardson’s Fauna Boreali Americana; Z. petztiz Beck (1838), listed from Newfoundland in his ‘ Index’ ; and Z. opacina Bell (1858), listed in the Annual Report of the Canadian Geological Survey. Genus Planorbis Miiller. Planorbis PETIVER, Gazophyl. Nat. et Artis Dec., p. 16, tab. 10, fig. 11, 1702 (not binomial). The species figured is Helix JPlanorbis Linné, Fauna Suecica, p. 527, 1761.—GUETTARD, Mém. Acad. Roy. des. Sci. (1756), Pp. 151, 1762 (not binomial), first sp. Plan. brun., after Lister, Anim. Angl., p- 143, pl. 11, fig. 26 (= Helix corneus Linné).— GEOFFROY, Traite Som. des Coq. Fluv. Paris, pp. 81, 84, 1767 (not binomial), § 1, Helix cornea Linné ; /ézd., translation by Martini, Niirnberg, pp. 10, 75, 1767. Coretus ADANSON, . Hist. Sénégal, p. 7, 1757 (not binomial), sp. figured re- sembles P. parvus Say. < Planorbis MGLLER, Verm. Terr., 1, p. 152, 1774, no type selected ; Prodr. Zool. Dan., pp. XXx, 238, 1775.— BruGuikre, Enc. Méth., I, p. XVI, 1789, nude name.— BoLTEN, Mus. Bolt., p. 51, 1798.— LAMARCK, Pro- drome, p. 76, 1799; Syst. des An. s. Vert., p. 93, 1801.—DRAPARNAUD, Tabl. Cog. Terr. et Fluv., pp. 30, 42, 1801.— SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 255, 1817; not of Perry, 1811. =Flanorbis MONTFORT, Conch. Syst., 11, p. 270, 1810, selects as type P corneus L. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 81 Orbis SCHROTER, Journ. Steinr. u. Konch., 11, p. 10, 1776, an error of cita- tion for Planorbis Argenville. Vortex Anonymous in Mus. Calonn., p. 58, 1797, Helix cornea Linné. Not Vortex Oken, 1815. < Anisus STUDER, Syst. Verz., p. 23, 1820 (=Planorbis +- Physa). > Anisus FrrziNGER, Verz., p. 111, 1833; not of Dujardin, 1821. ? Cornu SCHUMACHER, Essai, p. 255, 1817, not of Born, 1778. > Spiralina HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., tab. 1840. (Nude name.) No type cited. Planorbarius DUMERIL, Zool. Anal., p. 164, 1806. Coretus Gray (not Adanson), P. Z. S., 1847, p. 180, P. cormeus L. — Mrs. Gray, Figs. Moll. An., tv, p. 119, 1850.— Moguin TANDON, Moll. Terr. et Fluv., 1, p. 423, 1855.—Gray’s Turton’s Man., ed. ll, p. 233, 1857. Spirodiscus STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 73, 1850.—MO6rcu, Vidensk. Meddels. Kjobn., 1864, p. 309. —-WESTERLUND, Acta Soc. Fauna Fen- nica, xllI, No. 7, p. 112, 1897 ; Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902; S. corneus (Linné). Tropidiscus \WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 65, 1885, not of Stein ; Acta. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902; Helix plan- orbis Linné. ? Caillaudia BOURGUIGNAT, Hist. Mal. de l’Abyssinié, p. 128, 1883; Ist sp. C. angudata Bourg., pl. vill, figs. 49-52, of. citi WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 139, 1902 (a deformed or monstrous form of Planoréis). Subgenus Planorbis s.s. Type Planorbis corneus Miiller. (Synonymy of the group given under the generic name.) Section PLANORBINA Haldeman. Planorbina HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Phiysadez, p. 14, 1842, no type cited. Menetus FiscHER, Man., p. 509, 1883; P. guadeloupensis Sowerby ; not Menetus Adams, 1855. cease Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181; P. olivaceus Spix ; not Anisus Studer, 1820. Subgenus Helisoma Swainson. Helisoma SWAINSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840; P. bicarinatus Sowerby. Taphius H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 262, 1855; P andecolus Orbigny. ? Anisopsis SANDBERGER, Land u. Siissw. Conch. d. Vorwelt, p. 958, 1875; B loryi Coq., and P. calculus Sandb., Jurassic. Section Przrosoma Dall, nov. Helisoma (sp.) Auct., not of Swainson ; P. trivolvis Say. Section PLANORBELLA Haldeman. oe HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Physade, p. 14, 1842; B campanulatus y. 82 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Adula H. Apams, P. Z.S., 1861, p. 145; P. multivolvis Case, not Adula H. and A. Adams, 1857. Anceus H. Apams, P. Z. S., 1869, p. 275 ; not Anceus Fauvel, 1863. Subgenus Tropidiscus Stein. Tropidiscus STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 76, 1850; P. complanatus Stein (= marginatus Drap. + umbilicatus Miller). Trophidiscus H. and A. ADAMS, Gen. Rec. Moll., 11, p. 263, 1855, in synonymy. Anisus FITZINGER, Verz, p. 111, 1833, ex parte, not of Studer, 1820, nor Dujardin, 1821. Gyrorbis MOQUIN TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. de France, pp. 423, 428. 1885 (not of Fitzinger, 1833); #. carinatus Miller; Gray’s Turton, new ed., p. 237, 1857. Tropodiscus SURBECK, Moll. Faun. Vierwaldstattensis, Rev. Suisse de Zool., VI, p. 435, 1899. > Tropidiscus WESTERLUND, Act. Soc. Fauna Fennica, XIII, p. 113, 1897, Ist sp. P. umbilicatus Miller. > Diplodiscus WESTERLUND, of. cit., p. 115, 1897, Ist sp. A vortex Linné. Section Paraspira Dall, nov. Spirorbis SwWAINSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840; P. rotundatus Poiret (+ P. vulgaris Swains.), not Spivorbis Daudin, Vermes, 1800. Gyrorbis Mércu, Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., for 1863, p. 313, 1864, not of Fitzinger, 1833. Planorbis (sp.) AGAssiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 21, 1837. Anisus (sp.) FITZINGER, Verz, p. 111, 1833; not of Studer, 1820. Subgenus Hippeutis Agassiz. Hippeutis AGASSIZ, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 22, 1837; P. complanatus Drap. (= P. fontanus Lightfoot), — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Erd. u. Sussw. Gast., pp. 51, 87, 1844. — GRAY, in Turton’s Man., ed. II, p. 243, 1857.— MOrcu, Vidensk. Meddel., 1863, p. 316, 1864. fippeutes Mrs. GRAY, Figs. Moll. An., Iv., p. 119, 1859. Section MENETUuUS H. and A. Adams. Menetus H. and A. ApAms, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, p. 262, 1855; no type selected (not of Chenu, 1869, or Fischer, 1883). — BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 125, 1865. Menetus Datu, Ann. Lyc. N. Hist. N. Y., 1x, p. 351, 1870; P. opercularis Gould. — CLessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, XVII, p. 33, 1886. — WESTER- LUND, Act. Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902, P. boissyz Pot. et Mich. Heterodiscus WESTERLUND, of. cit., 1902, not of Sharp, 1886, Jusecta. P. libanicus Westerlund. Section DREPANOTREMA Crosse and Fischer. Drepanotrema C. and F., Miss. Sci. Mexique, 11, pp. 59, 75, pl. XxxII, fig. 2, 1880; P. yzabalensis C. & F.; Fischer, Man., p. 509, 1883. FAMILY LYMNA2IDZ 83 Section BATHYOMPHALUS Agassiz. Bathyomphalus AGassiz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helv., p. 20, 1837 ; P. contortus Drap. — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers. Gast., table, 1840. — WESTERLUND Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 120, 1902. Polygyrus Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181; 2. contortus Miiller ; not of Beck, 1837, nor Polygyra Say, 1818. Bathyomphalus GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 244, 1857. Discoidina STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 82, 1850; P. comtortus Miiller. Subgenus Gyraulus Agassiz. Gyraulus AGASSIz, in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 21, 1837; Ist sp. P. hispidus Drap. (= albus Miller). — HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Gast., v, pp. 89, 95, 1844.— Mogquin TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv., 1, p. 438, 1855- Planaria Brown, Ill. Conch. Gt. Brit., expl. pl. 51, figs. 48, 4942s, 1827 ; not Planaria Miiller, 1776. Trochiea HALDEMAN, Am. Journ. Sci., XLII, p. 216, 1841. Giraulus MoQUIN TANDON, Hist. Moll. Terr. et Fluv. de France, i, p. 423, 1855. Nautiline (pars) STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 80, 1850. Gyrulus GRAY, in Turton, Man., 2d ed., p. 234, 1857, 2m syn. Gyraulus GRAY, op. cit., p. 234, 1857, P. albus Miller.— WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, CLI, p. 121, 1902. Section ArmMIGER Hartmann. Armiger HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers., table, 1840; Gast., v, p. 172, 1842 ; P. crista (L.).— WESTERLUND, Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., CLI, p. 121, 1902. Nauitilina (sp.) STEIN, Schn. u. Muscheln Berlins, p. 81, 1850. Section Torquis Dall, nov. Type P. parvus Say. (lncerte sedis.) ? Section HererRopiscus Westerlund. Hleterodiscus \WESTERLUND, Rad. Jugoslav. Akad. (Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid.), CLI, p. 120, Zodl. Rec., XL, 1903, Moll., p. 63. Type Planorébis Libanicus Westerlund. Not Heterodiscus Sharp, Insecta, 1886. ? = Planorbina HALDEMAN, 1842, q. v. The genus Planorédis is frequently ascribed to Guettard or Geoffroy, neither of whom accepted (in the papers where this name appears) the Linnean nomenclature. If we are to cite non-Linnean authors we must go back much further, for Petiver used the name in 1702 for a species which Linné afterward named Helzx spirorbés. Another non-Linnean name is Corefus of Adanson, which he applied to a minute species an eighth of an inch in greatest diameter. Gray in 1847, by some error cites Planorbis corneus as Adanson’s type, which 84 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS is, of course, absurd. The first author to introduce Planordis to binomial literature was O. F. Miiller, but as he used it, it was applicable to all aquatic Pulmonates with filiform tentacles, thus including Physa. Cuvier in 1798 cited three species, of which P. cormeus was the first and P. cornu-arietis the second. In 1799 Lamarck cited the second species, and repeated this citation in 1801. But P. cornu-arietis, of which the soft parts and operculum were then unknown, does not agree with Lamarck’s diagnosis and cannot be accepted as a type of the genus Planorbis. Draparnaud names no types, and only in 1810 does Montfort establish definitely the type of the genus as P. corneus. Subsequent selection of other types by later authors is, of course, of no effect. Axisus Studer was an exact synonym of Plaxordbzs Miil- ler, not Montfort, but Fitzinger, in 1833, made an effort to retain the name fora section of the true Planorbes. It is probable, however, that the name, which was intended to comprise two older genera already named, should be entirely eliminated from accepted nomenclature, as a gross violation of the rules. At any rate the name was used for a beetle by Dujardin in 1821, and no subsequent use of it is advisable for Mollusks. Little is known of the anatomical characteristics of the various species, but much similarity is noted among those for which data are available. As to the shells, a wide variation is observable in form and sculpture, though as usual the peripheral species grade toward each other in the several groups. The great majority of the species present the peculiarity of the whorls rising above the original apex, which becomes basal, the shell (apparently sinistral) thus becoming what has been called ultra-dextral. The most obvious characters of the latter may be contrasted as follows : Subgenus Planoréis s.s. Shell discoid, ultra-dextral, large, with a moderate number of gradually enlarging whorls rounded above and below ; the aperture slightly and gradually expanded, with its margin simple and sharp. Type P. corneus Miiller. Section Planorbina Haldemann. Shell like Planordis s.s. but verti- cally compressed, with smaller and more numerous whorls and a very oblique aperture. Type P. olvaceus Spix. Subgenus Hed/soma Swainson. Shell of moderate size, few whorled, the whorls carinate above and below and rapidly enlarging; spire and base funicular, aperture suddenly expanded, with a thickened peritreme. Type P. dicarinatus (Say) Sowerby. There is no doubt that Sowerby’s and Say’s species are identical. I am unable to find distinctive characters in figures or diagnoses which FAMILY LYMNAIDZ 85 would differentiate Zaphius Adams from Helisoma;and Anzsopsis Sandberger, from the Jura, is very similar, though the aperture is not preserved in the fossils and may have been simple. Section Prerosoma Dall Shell large, high, with few transversely sculptured whorls; the early whorls carinate and flattened above, funicular below ; in the adult the flattened apex is usually depressed below the upper level of the ultimate whorl ; the aperture is suddenly expanded and thickened. Type P. trivolvis Say. Section Planorbella Haldeman. Like Helésoma but smaller, with more numerous whorls, with the last whorl strongly constricted behind a campanulate aperture; a flattish or even slightly convex upper sur- face; the base funicular. Type P. campanulatus Say. The P. multivolvis Case differs from the type of Planoréella chiefly by its more numerous and closely coiled early whorls. In both a second year’s growth shows a varix due to the retention of the aper- ture of the preceding year. Two preoccupied names were applied to P. multivolvis by Adams, but a study of specimens leads to the con- clusion that its separation is unwarranted. Subgenus Zropfidiscus Stein. Shell depressed, the adult periphery angular or carinate, the aperture oblique, slightly expanded, simple. Type P. umbilicatus Miller (+ P. complanatus Stein). Section Tropidiscus s.s. Shell moderately large and with compara- tively few rapidly increasing whorls of which the junior portions are not keeled. Type P. umézlicatus Miller. “This subgenus was called ‘ Gyrordis Agassiz,’ by Moquin Tan- don, but Agassiz never proposed any such genus or group, the name Gyrorbzs having been applied to a subdivision of Valvata by Fitz- inger. Moquin Tandon’s error was copied by Gray, and later by Westerlund, who, still later, having become aware that Fitzinger’s name existed, proposed for the group already named by Stein, the name Diplodiscus ; which naturally becomes a synonym of 7Trofz- discus Stein. Nevertheless, since Westerlund arranged his really typical ‘ Gyrordis’ under Tropidiscus, and grouped under his new name the species of which P. vortex is an example (though without mentioning any type) and gave a suitable diagnosis, it may not be stretching the rules of nomenclature too far to retain his name for the following section. Section Diplodzscus Westerlund (restricted). Shell small, with numerous slowly enlarging whorls keeled or angulate from the beginning. Type P. vortex Linné. 86 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Section Paraspira Dall, nov. Shell resembling Dzplod7scus, but with the whorls rounded throughout, and the aperture simple, hardly expanded. Type P. rotundatus Poiret. Subgenus Azppeutis Agassiz. Shell small, lenticular, with a small number of rapidly increasing whorls, the last enveloping a large part of the preceding whorl; apex slightly depressed, base with a narrow umbilicus, aperture oblique, with a thin sharp margin. Type P. fontanus Lightfoot, European. Section Drepanotrema Crosse and Fischer. Shell resembling A/7A- peutis, but less depressed, the whorls with a rounded periphery widest at the base, giving a domelike profile, umbilicus variable, from narrow to very wide. Type P. yzabalensis C. and F. This group occurs in the Antilles, Mexico, Central and South America, where it represents the Palearctic Hzppeutzs. Section Menetus H. and A. Adams. Like Azppeutis, but the last whorl not enveloping the preceding whorls to any marked extent. Type Planorbis opercularts Gould. Section Bathyomphalus Agassiz. Shell like Drepanotrema, but with numerous closely coiled whorls, a flattish summit with the periphery nearer to it than to the base, the umbilicus moderate, exposing less of the coil than the summit shows. Type P. contortus Drap. Subgenus Gyraulus Agassiz. Shell small, flattish, with few, rapidly increasing whorls, fully exposed above and below, with a nearly median periphery, spirally striate and hispid; aperture simple, sharp-edged, oblique. Type Planordzs albus Miiller. Section Zorguzs Dall, zov. sect. Like Gyraulus s. s. but with more rounded, less rapidly increasing whorls, not hispid or spirally striate, the aperture expanded and slightly thickened in the adult. Type P. parvus Say. Section Armiger Hartmann. Shell small, with few, rapidly increas- ing, costate whorls, the coste projecting at the periphery; the form in a general way like Gyraulus. A discussion of the species follows. * Planorbis (Planorbina) glabratus Say. Planorbis glabratus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1, p. 280, 1818 (South Carolina). Planorbis lentus Say, Am. Conch., v1, pl. tv, fig. 1, 1834 (New Orleans). This species is by no means always polished, and on a dull speci- men of it I believe the later P. /entus Say to have been founded, though the latter name has been widely misapplied to senile specimens FAMILY LYMNAID& 87 of ¢rivolvis such as occur in the north and east, if not throughout the range of the latter. Planorbis (Helisoma) bicarinatus Say. Planorbis bicarinatus Say, Nicholson's Encycl., rst ed., vol. 11 (no pagina- tion), No. 2, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1817 (Lake Erie) ; not of Lamarck, 1822. — Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 1, p. 123, fig. 205, 1865. Helix engonata RACKETT, 1822 ; + Planorbis engonatus CONRAD, 1834. Range.— The United States east of the Rocky Mountains; east- ern Canada. Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg! Lake Manitoba; Moose Fac- tory, Hudson Bay! the lower Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids ! Knee Lake, Keewatin! Portland, Oregon! Yaqui River, W. Mexico! This well defined species has probably been carried down stream from the sources of the Columbia River, in the same manner as some other east American spe- cies. It cannot be regarded as permanently estab- lished on the Pacific slope, as yet. It varies consider- ably in size, and for exceptionally developedspecimens _ F!- Gy. Plax from Benzie Co., Mich., Walker has proposed the een varietal name major. Planorbis (Pierosoma) corpulentus Say. Planorbis corpulentus Say, Long’s Exp., 1, p. 262, pl. xv, fig. 9, 1824 (not of Binney ef a/.)—BRyANT WALKER, Nautilus, xu, No. 12, April, 1900, pp. 133-138. Range.—Northern Ontario from Lake Simcoe to Rainy Lake, Lake of the Woods, Winnipeg River and Lake! to Vermilion Lake, Lat. 56° 30’, in Athabaska. Knee Lake, Keewatin! Isle 4 Lacrosse Lake! and English River! Rat Portage; northern Michigan and Minnesota. This well marked species was unknown to Binney, Fic. 65. Plan- and has been united mistakenly with ¢rivo/vis and ae others. It belongs to the colder northeastern portion of the continent and its complete range is yet un- known. It has not been identified from the region west of the Rockies. Mr. Walker’s note on this species may be consulted with profit. Planorbis (Pierosoma) binneyi Tryon. Planorbis binneyi Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch., 11, p. 197, 1867.— HALDE- MAN, Mon. Limn., 19, pl. m1, figs. 7-9, 1844.—BInNEy, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., II, p. 103, fig. 175, 1865. 88 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Range.— West of the Rockies and east of the Cascade Mountains on the Pacific slope. Oregon (Nuttall) ; Lewis or Snake River, Oregon! Clear Lake, Calif.! In British Columbia in eastern Kootenai Lake, Lake Siniak- wateen, and Osoyoos Lake! As pointed out by Binney, this is quite distinguishable from any form of ¢rzvolvis ; it differs from the true corpulentus, with which it was long confounded, in its sparser and less regular axial sculpture, larger and less campanulate aperture, and in the greater distance of the carina from the axis. Its whorls increase more rapidly than in P. traskit Lea, or even P. ammon Gould,' and its sculpture is markedly coarser and less regular than in either of the two last cited. It is not known north of British Columbia or east of the Rocky Mountains. Fics. 66,67. Planorbis binneyt#, showing animal and shell. Planorbis (Pierosoma) trivolvis Say. FPlanorbis trivolvis Say, Nicholson’s Encyc., 1st ed., 11 (no pagination), pl. 1, fig. 2, 1817; Am. Conch., vi, pl. 54, fig. 2, 1834 (French Creek, Lake Erie). Planorbis macrostomus WHITEAVES, 1863 (abnormal) ; + P. dentus Gould, and many other writers, but not of Say; + A ‘¢umens various California writers. Planorbis subcrenatus CARPENTER, P. Z.S., 1856, p. 220. Range. — The typical form belongs to the entire Atlantic drainage of North America and the Mississippi Valley and northward to the Etchimamish River. English River, Keewatin; Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba; Cypress Hills! Assiniboia; Prairie Lake, Red River of the North!; the Saskatchewan River, Laggan, Egg Lake, Red Deer, McLeod, and Olds, Alberta; Lake Isle Lacrosse, Athabaska; Great Slave Lake, at Fort Resolution! and the Mackenzie River at old Fort Simp- 1These two species, judged by their types, which are before me, are suffi- ciently distinct from any of those which have been confounded with them. In- deed the true P. fraskiz from Kern Lake, Calif., is one of the most remarkable species in our fauna. It was also found by me at Stockton, Calif., and seems to have been unknown, autoptically, to Binney. FAMILY LYMNAIDZ& 89 son! (N. Lat. 62°). We have it from Moose Factory! the Slave River 25 miles below Peace River! Lake Winnipeg! the Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan River! and hundreds of more southern localities. The variety subcrenatus Carpenter (Oregon, Nuttall) occurs in British Columbia west of the Cascades ; being, according to J. K. Lord, replaced east of them by P. dimneyz. We have it from the Puget Sound drainage! Lake La Hoche! and Sumas Lake, B. C.! A distorted variety (disjectus Cooper) is reported from Lake Tahoe, Calif., at a height of 6,247 feet above the sea. The young shell was described from Pueblo Val- ley, Oregon, by Tryon in 1865, as P. oregonen- sis. In 1870 Cooper called the more common adult (but not senile) form P. occidentalis, and later confounded it with the Mexican P. tumens Cpr., and gave it a range in California from Kern Lake, Tulare Co., north to Puget Sound, and, in the coast drainage, to San Francisco Bay. There is a doubt as to whether Planorbis hornit Fic. 68. FPlanor- bts trevolvis. a c Fic. 69. Planorbis trivolvts var. macrostomus Whiteaves. Tryon (1865), from ‘** Fort Simpson, British America,” came from Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie River, or Fort Simpson, British Columbia ; but the figure looks more like the Pacific variety, of which it is probably only a mutation. We have specimens from various places in California, and Wallawalla, Wash., labelled P. hornzz which are merely a depauperate form of subcrenatus. On the other hand, from the Dall River, a northern affluent of the Yukon in Alaska, in N. Lat. 66°, we have the typical form of frzvolvis 90 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS stretching westward with the Yukon drainage! I have never seen any specimens corresponding exactly to Tryon’s figure of P. hornzz, but the variations I have seen of P. subcrenatus often approach it so closely that I have little doubt of their identity. P. macrostomus seems, from an examination of the types, to be a form of ¢rivolvis which has survived a year longer than usual, in a locality where it was not stinted in lime, resulting in a remarkably fine shell with richly colored aperture. Planorbis (Planorbella) campanulatus Say. Planorbis campanulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 166, Jan., 1821 (Cayuga Lake, N. Y.).— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. g, pl. 1, figs. 7-11, 1844. dem bellus LEA, 1844 (immature shell) + P. complanatus Miller Christy, Range.—The type: New England to Tennessee, Florida and northward ; Anticosti Island! Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan; L. Winnipeg, Red River of the North, Nelson and English Rivers; Moose Factory ! Great Slave Lake, N. Lat. 62°; Lake of the Woods ! Variety rudentis: Knee Lake, Hayes River, Kee- watin, N. Lat. 55° (E. A. Preble) ! This well known species is confined to the Atlantic, Mackenzie, and Hudson Bay watersheds, and has not ecleee vO reported north of Great Slave Lake. So far orbis campanu- Gs es latus Say. as the specimens examined go to show, it is rather re- markably uniform in its characters, the number of whorls remaining always about the same, though the actual size varies with the food supply and healthfulness of the environment. A form which may prove distinct, or a variety of this species, was collected by Mr. Preble at Knee Lake. The comparative measure- ments are: Whorls. Major Diam. Minor Diam. Axis. Type. 4°75 15.0 mm. II mm. 6.5 mm. Variety. 5-25 17.5 14 6.0 Very similar specimens were obtained from Anticosti Island and from Marl Lake, Michigan, in which the coil is even more irregularly wound, a condition I take to be pathological. The most noticeable difference, after the axially shorter whorls and larger size, is in the umbilicus, which in the variety is, as it were, reamed out, exhibiting three and a half whorls ; while in the more compact type the umbilicus when examined with a lens shows only two and a half whorls, which FAMILY LYMNZIDZ gt diminish in size much more rapidly than in the variety. The campan- ulate aperture is about the same size in both forms, but seems larger in the type because the rest of the shell is so much more tightly wound. The suture on the apical side seems deeper and wider than in the type. Nine specimens of the variety were obtained, and I sug- gest for it the name ruden#is, from the similarity of the whorls to a coiled hawser. Planorbis (Menetus) exacuous Say. Planorbis exacuous Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., m, p. 168, Jan., 1821 (Lake Champlain) ; Long’s Exp. Rep., 1, p. 261, 1824. Planorbis exacutus GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 208, fig. 137, 1841. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 21, pl. rv, figs. 1-3, 1844. Paludina hyalina Lea, 1839 (scalariform monstrosity). Range.— Northern United States, east of the Rockies; Canada, etc., south to New Mexico. Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg! Manitoba generally; Moose Factory, Hudson Bay! Left bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon, Alaska, in Pleistocene marl (A. J. Collier) ! Variety megas Dall, zov.: Birtle, Manitoba (R. M. Christy). This species has a number of varieties both in size and form. The typical shell is of a pale brownish horn color, with a somewhat glisten- ing surface, rather rudely striated by the incremental lines, and with faint, almost microscopic, revolving strie. The form is lenticular, coming to an acute angle at the periphery. In 1863 I found in the vicinity of Marquette, Michigan, an unusually depressed brownish variety in which the peripheral keel was delicately serrate. In the northwestern part of its range the tendency is for the species to become whitish and of a larger size than the average New York or New England specimens. This reaches its maximum in specimens col- lected in Manitoba by Mr. R. Miller Christy, for which I propose the varietal name megas. The comparative measurements are as follows : Whorls. Max. Diam. Min. Diam. Axis. Type. 3-33 4-7 mm. 3-7 mm. 1.0 mm. Variety. 3-75 78 6.0 2.0 The variety is of a slightly milky translucency; on the base the whorl is more or less impressed within the peripheral keel and the spiral striation is much more marked than in the typical form. Binney has united with this species Planorbis lens Lea, 1839 (not Brongniart, 1810) = P. Jenticularis Lea, 1844 (not Schlotheim, 1818) = P. brongniartiana Lea, 1842; but an examination of Lea’s 92 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS cotypes, now in the National Museum, makes it evident that Dr. Gould was right in referring this form to P. dilatatus Gould, 1841 (not Pfeiffer, 1841"), or délatus Haldeman, 1844. To this latter form, in my opinion, should be united, as local races, P. duchanensis Lea, 1844, and P. alabamensis Pilsbry. The young of P. exacuous Say frequently approach dzlatatus, but the latter can usually be distin- guished by its axial height being greater, its columella more vertical, and the substance of the shell, especially in southern specimens, more thick and solid. The aperture of the adult dz/atatus is usually dis- tinctly thickened by a deposit of callus, but in exacuous I have never observed more than a very thin wash of shelly matter around the open- ing. I have spelled the name of this species as Say did in two sepa- rate works ; as he gave no derivation it seems to me we have no right to correct his spelling on purely theoretical grounds. - Planorbis (Menetus) opercularis Gould. Planorbis opercularis GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 212, 1847; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 113, Atlas, figs. 132, 132, a—é, 1852 (Sacra- mento River, Calif.). FPlanorbis planulatus COOPER, Rep. Nat. Hist. Wash. Terr., p. 378, 1859 ; Pacific R. R. Rep., xu, p. 378.— Binney, Land and Fw. Shells N. Am.,, pt. II, p. 126, fig. 209, 1865. Planorbis centervillensis Tryon, Mon. Fr. Univ. Moll. U.S., p. 57, Planorbis, pl. vil, figs. 7-9, 1872. Planorbis opercularis var. oregonensis VANATTA, Nautilus, IX, p. 53, Sept., 1895; not P. oregonensis Tryon, 1865. Planorbi callioglyptus VANATTA, Nautilus, IX, p. 54, 1895. a Range.—San Francisco and northward, west of the Sierra Nevada. Type form: California! Oregon! Washington near Seattle! Variety planulatus W. Cooper: Whidbey Island, —t Puget Sound! Shawnigan Lake, Vancouver Island! Fic. 71. Plan- Seattle, Wash.! Freeport, Wash.! Victoria, B. C.! orbisopercularis Campbell’s Creek, B. C.! Pender Island, B. C.! Gould (typical). : " Atka Island, Aleutians, Alaska, near Korovin Bay! Variety centervillensis Tryon: Alameda, Calif.! Noyo River, Calif.! San Leandro, Calif.! Oregon; Unalaska Island, Alaska! Variety oregonensis Vanatta: Salem and Portland, Oregon! 11 learn through Prof. von Martens that Pfeiffer’s species was published in the double part v-vi, of the Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, either in the last part of 1841 or the early portion of 1842, so that Gould’s priority is certain. FAMILY LYMNZIDZ 93 This species is the analogue of P. exacuous Say on the Pacific Coast. The typical form from the Sacramento River and the vicinity of San Francisco Bay is quite lenticular, with the periphery marked by a (frequently marginated) keel. The shell itself is pale yellow or white under a rather strong periostracum, which is almost invariably more or less discolored by deposits GW) of a brown or black color. The sculpture is like that — of exacuous, the spiral sculpture being faint and Fic. 72. Plan- sometimes absent in southern specimens, and tending °7*°Pe” celarts es var. planulatus to be emphasized in northern ones. As a rule the Contax: margin of the aperture is not thickened except in young specimens which have been overtaken by drought or winter before maturity. The keel is generally, but not always, present in southern shells, but those from Oregon and northward show a tend- ency to form a shell either without a noticeable keel, or with the keel forming a margin to a plane upper surface, rather than a median carina. When compared with Cooper’s types in the National Museum Mr. Vanatta’s P. callioglyptus is seen to be identical. The variety ore- gonensis retains the typical form but has stronger spiral sculpture. I regard P. centervillensis of Tryon as a P. planulatus with the keel obsolete. What appear to be intergradational forms are numerous in the large series of the National Museum; though it would seem incred- ible to any one possessing only the extremes that they can belong to the same species. Planorbis (Gyraulus) hirsutus Gould. _ ? Planorbis albus MULLER, Verm. Terr. et Fluv., 11, p. 164, 1774. Planorbis hirsutus GouLtp, Am. Journ. Sci., xxxviI, p. 196, 1840; Inv. Mass., p. 206, pl. x1, fig. 135, 1841. Planorbis borealis (LoVEN) WESTERLUND, Mal. BI., xx; p. 77, 1875. Range. — Washington, D. C.! northward, east of the Mississippi. Lake Superior! Lake of the Woods! Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River! Great Fi ‘Slave Lake! G.73- Plan- ; PG ae Var. borealis Westerlund: Port Clarence, Alaska. Gould. 3. Northern Sweden. This species appears to be common only in New England, if one may trust reports, and it is remarkable how few records there are of it in the literature of American fresh water shells. The shell is variable in form; from having, in what I have re- garded as the type, well rounded nearly cylindrical whorls, it varies to a form more or less depressed and carinate and with an oblique aper- 94 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS ture, which, when it has lost its hispid periostracum, can hardly be distinguished from the shell which is usually called deflectus of Say. This latter form, which, when in perfect condition, is fully as hairy as the typical Azrsutus, is apparently identical with the shell which European writers catalogue under the name draparnaudz or draparnaldi of Sheppard. In its best state this has a peripheral fringe of longer hairs than those elsewhere on the surface, beneath which is usually, but not always, a faint peripheral keel like that of P. deflectus Say, which is distinguishable, so far as the shell is con- cerned, only by its less profuse and hairy periostracum. I should not be at all surprised if the two were eventually shown to be extremes of one specific form, especially as I have been unable to find specimens of typical deflectus which do not somewhere exhibit traces of spiral stri- ation like that of P. htrsutus. The identity of our American species with the so-called P. albus Miiller, of Europe, I do not doubt, but whether the name a/éus is the proper one to use for the latter is open to question, and on the present occasion I prefer to use a name about whose application no doubt can exist. The differences which have been reported to exist between the New England and the European shell are due to the comparison being made between discrepant varie- ties. If a series including all varieties from many different localities in Europe, be compared with a similar American series, parallels for each variation will be found. Planorbis borealis (Loyen MS.) Westerlund, after specimens fur- nished by Westerlund, is merely a somewhat delicately sculptured mutation of this species. Planorbis (Gyraulus) deflectus Say. Planorbis deflectus Say, Long’s Exp. Rep., 11, p. 261, pl. xv, fig. 8, 1824. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 25, pl. Iv, figs. 4-7, 1844 (N. W. Territory). a Planorbis virens ADAMS, 1840; young shell. hd Planorbis obliquus De Kay, 1843. . a Range.—In America the same as that of P. hir- 1G. 74. Flan- ohh: eke CE Say, 2. Ottawa, Canada! Lake of the Woods! Great Slave Lake ! Dall River, Alaska, Lat. 66° N.! Popof Island, Shumagins, Alege (Kincaid) ! Doubtfully distinct from the preceding species. It differs chiefly from the variety draparnaudé by the feebleness or absence of the hispidity of the periostracum. The deflection of the aperture and the consequent form of the mouth of the shell are inconstant characters, FAMILY LYMN£ZIDZ 95 although they have been called ‘ characteristic’ by the very authors whose evidence shows the inconstancy. Planorbis (Torquis) parvus Say. Planorbis parvus Say, Nicholson’s Enc., ist ed., 11 (no pagination), pl. 1, fig. 5, 1817.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 27, pl. Iv, figs. 19-23, 1844 (Delaware R.)— Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., I, p. 133, figs. 222— 223 (not 224), 1865. Planorbis concavus ANTHONY, MS., various catalogues. Planorbis elevatus C. B. ADAMS, Bost. Journ. N. Hist., 11, p. 327, pl. 11, fig. 16, 1840 ; young shell (S. Boston). Planorbis billingsi Lea, 1866, from types (Ottawa, Canada). Range.—In America, the whole of eastern North America from Florida to N. Lat. 67°, and the Yukon drainage system. Ottawa, Canada! northward and westward to Lake Winnipeg! the Saskatchewan River! Alberta at Laggan, Olds and McLeod; Mani- toba at Brandon and Birtle! Methy Lake; Moose Factory! Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River! Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory! Left bank of the Yukon below Fort Yukon, Alaska ! The most striking characteristic of this widespread species is its ‘reamed out’ umbilicus. PP. limophilus Westerlund, its nearest European analogue, may be distinguished at once by its shallow and flattish umbilicus. It rarely shows any trace of spiral sculpture and, when clean, is brightly polished. In the last whorl of the adult the portion above the periphery is usually somewhat flattened or obliquely depressed. Planorbis (Torquis) vermicularis Gould. Planorbis vermicularis GouLD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., CS I, p. 212, 1847; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 112, pl., figs. 131, a, 1852 (Oregon). Range.—Northern California! Oregon! and Van- couver Island, British Columbia ! On comparison, the type of P. vermicularis is seen to have vertically deeper whorls than a specimen of P. j——=4 parvus of the same number and diameter. The aper- Fic. 75. Plan- ture is more expanded, and much larger, as one 97% vermicu- would expect from the greater lumen of the whorl, “7% ld. (mag- Specimens from middle and southern California have pai a different aspect and may prove on more careful study to belong to P. parvus. They certainly do not agree with the Oregon shell, which, however, I have seen from Noyo, California. 96 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Planorbis (Torquis) nathorsti Westerlund. Planorbis nathorsti WESTERLUND, Vega Expd., Iv, p. 168, 1887. — POSSELT, Consp. Fauna Grénl. Moll., p. 162, 1898. Aulatsivik, West Greenland (Sofia Expedition) ; Labrador (Storer). This species is said to approach P. arcticus, but has four anda half turns in a diameter of 3.5 mm., while the latter turns only three and a half times in 5.0mm. J. xathorsté has spiral as well as trans- verse striation. It has not been figured. Some specimens in the National Museum collected in Labrador ex- hibit about four turns in 3.5 mm. diameter, according to my calcula- tion, but so much personal equation enters into the estimation of the extent of the first whorl that I am inclined to think they belong to Westerlund’s species, in which case it is intermediate between parvus and arcticus, but without the excavated umbilicus of the former. Planorbis (Torquis) arcticus Méller. Planorbis arcticus (BECK, MS.) M6.uER, Index Moll. Gronl., p. 5, 1842.— M6rcu, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 32, pl. Iv, fig. 9, 1868.—M6rcu, in Rink’s Danish Greenland, p. 436, 1877. Range. — West Greenland! Fort Chimo, Ungava, Labrador! Species with larger whorls, the last more expanded near the aper- ture, and with the sides of the umbilicus not excavated as in P. parvus Say. Planorbis (Torquis) umbilicatellus Cockerell. Planorbis umbilicatus TAYLOR, Journ, Conch., Iv, p. 351, 1885 ; not of Miil- ler, 1774. Manitoba. Planorbis umbilicatellus COCKERELL, Conch. Exch., 1, p. 68, Nov., 1887,— VANATTA, Nautilus, 1x, No. 10, p. 117, 1896. Range.— From Mesilla, New Mexico! northward, through Col- orado, Montana, Iowa, Minnesota, to Manitoba. Rapid City, Birtle, Brandon! in Manitoba; McLeod, Red Deer, Olds, Laggan, in Alberta. Planorbis (Armiger) crista Linné. Nautilus crista LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 709, 1758. Turbo nautileus LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x11, p. 1241, 1767. Planorbis imbricatus MULLER, Hist. Verm. Terr., 1, p. 165, 1774. Planorbis cristatus DRAPARNAUD, Hist., p. 44, pl. 11, figs. 1-3, 1805. Planorbis nautileus GRAY, Turton’s Man. Land and Fw. Shells, p. 236, pl. VIII, fig. 94, 1857. Planorbis costatus DE TaR and BEECHER, leaflet of one page, Albany, Oct. 25, 1878. Planorbis crista WOODWARD, Brit. Nonmarine Moll., in Journ. Conch., x, p. 355, 1903. ee Sei een —— FAMILY LYMN#IDZ 97 Range. — Europe, Algeria, in the Old World; in America at Cari- bou, Aroostook Co., Maine! Hamilton and Ottawa, Canada; Ann Arbor, Michigan! Red Deer in Alberta; Manitoba. This small and inconspicuous species will doubtless be found in many other localities when thorough search is made. Genus Segmentina Fleming. Segmentina FLEMING (1817, Edin. Encycl., ed. vu, vol. xu, fide Turton Manual, p. 116, 1831); Brit. An., p. 279, 1828. Type Nautilus lacustris (Lightfoot) Montagu.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Iv, p. 14, 1842.— STEIN, Schnecken u. Musch. Berlins, p. 78, 1850.—- WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., v, p. 85, 1885. — WoopwarD, List. Bnt. Nonmarine Moll., p. 355, 1903. Hemithalamus LEACH (1819), Proofsheets, p. 137, fide Turton, Manual, p. 116, 1831.—FITZINGER, Syst. Verz., p. I10, 1833. — ROSSMASSLER, Icon., I, pt. 11, p. 15, 1835.—. nitidus (MULLER) LEACH = P. Aineatus Jeffreys. Segmentaria SWAINSON, Malac., p. 337, 1840 ; dapsus pro Segmentina Fleming. Hippeutis (sp.) AGAssiz in Charpentier, Fauna Helvetica, p. 22, 1837.— HARTMANN, Syst. Uebers, tab., 1840. Dentatus Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181, not of Beck, 1837, P. armaius Gray ; ? = P. armigerus Say + P. armiger Beck. > Planorbula HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Iv, p. 14, 1842, P. armigerus Say. Discus HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., I, p. 4 of cover, July, 1840 (P. armigerus Say), not of Fitzinger, 1883. This genus was founded by Fleming on the Plaxordis nitidus of Miiller, of which Zacustris Lightfoot, is a synonym. I have not been able to verify the reference to the Edinburgh Encyclopedia. Leach’s name was circulated in proof sheets, but not actually published or cited by other authors until after Fleming’s description appeared. Beck called a group of Planorbes ‘Dentatz’ but applied no name to the group, and the transformation by Gray to ‘ Dentatus,’ as if it had been in- tended for a generic or subgeneric name, seems quite unwarranted. The genus may be divided into three groups as follows : Subgenus Segmentinas.s. Base flattened, coil close, margin of the aperture simple, sharp; lamelle ridgelike, several sets persistent in the adult. Type P. xztidus Miller. Palearctic region. Subgenus Planorbula Haldeman. Whorls rounded, coil loose, mar- gin of the aperture simple, sharp, slightly expanded ; lamellz denti- form, only one set persistent in the adult. Type, P. armigerus Say. Nearctic region. Haldemanina Dall, n. sect., whorls carinate above and below, margin of aperture thickened and reflected; lamellz complex, dentiform and ridgelike, one series persistent in the adult. Type, Planorbcs wheatleyi Lea. Coosa drainage of Alabama. 98 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS The lamellation of Segmentina is composed of irregular undulate ridges, radiating from the axis of the shell. In Planorébula there are four dentiform lamellz on the outer and two (one quite small) on the axial side of the throat, in a general way mostly turned in the direction of the coil, and the earlier series are absorbed as the animal grows. The position and shape of these lamella are remarkably uniform in all the species. In Haldemanina the lamelle are more elongate and com- plex, requiring a diagram to define their relations, but on the whole more like Planoréula than Segmentina. (See Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., n, p. 137, figs. 226-7, 1865.) Segmentina (Planorbula) armigera Say. Planorbis armigerus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 164, 1818.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 30, pl. Iv, figs. 11-13, 1844.— GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 205, fig. 138, 1841. Type locality, Upper Missouri. Planorbis armiger BECK, Index, p. 123, 1838. Range. — New England and the Middle States, south to Georgia, westward to Nebraska, and northward to Great Slave Lake. Lake Winnipeg and the Saskatchewan River! Egg Lake, Saskat- chewan: Red Deer: Battle River; Great Playgreen Lake, Manitoba; Fort Ellice and Fort Pelly; Ver- milion Lake; Moose Factory; b a a 2) Pp) WY James Bay! Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake! Fic. 76. Planor- Fic. 77. Teeth Shell biconcave, of five whorls, bula armigeraSay. of P. wheatley? polished, with an olivaceous peri- a,nat.size; 4,teeth Lea, for com- 2 ‘ einaiie. anaes ostracum 5 upper surface slightly concave in the center, the suture deep but not channelled, upper surface of the whorls with an obscure carination, the last part of the last whorl expanded and suddenly de- flected downward, base witha steeply funicular umbilicus, exhibiting in scalar fashion all the whorls, and bordered by an obtuse carina; peri- phery of the whorls median, rounded ; lip simple, hardly thickened, con- tinued across the body by a thin callus; aperture at an angle of 45° to the vertical axis; surface sculptured by fine lines of growth and obso- lete microscopic, inconstant, spiral striation. Max. diam. 8.0; min. diam. 6.5; height 3.0 mm. This common species extends well to the north, but has not yet been reported from any part of the Pacific drainage, where it appears to be replaced by a very similar species, P. deciivis Tate, which however has not yet been collected north of the Umpqua River, Oregon, specimens from that locality and from Nicaragua being in the National Museum. ot ee a a en STE FAMILY PHYSID 99 Segmentina (Planorbula) christyin.sp. Plate 1, figs. ro, 11. Shell resembling P. armigera in a general way but having six whorls, the upper surface nearly flat, the latter part of the last whorl in nearly the same plane as the preceding whorls, with no marked deflection; the whorls rounded, with no carina above or below; the surface sculptured with fine close silky incremental lines and fine sharp spiral strie, giving a minutely reticulate effect when magnified; aper- ture-plane about 25° from the vertical; teeth very similar in form and position to those of P. armigera. Max. diam. 10.0; min. diam. 7.5; height 3.0 mm. High Bluff, Manitoba! (R. Miller Christy) ; Fort Smith, Mackenzie River! (E. A. Preble). After comparing these shells with a large series of P. armigera and finding nothing intermediate, I conclude that this form is worthy of a name. I have examined seven specimens of P. chrizstyz, and several hundred from forty different localities, north and south, of P. armz- gera. The present form is the largest, flattest, and most sharply sculptured of the group. Family PHYSIDZ. Genus Physa Draparnaud. <_Physa DRAPARNAUD, Tableau, pp. 31, 52, 1801 ; Hist. des Moll. de France, pp- 25, 28, 54, 1805; first species Bulla fontinalis Linné. — Roissy, Moll., v, p. 343, 1805.— STUDER, Syst. Verz., p. 25, 1820.— LAMARCK, An. s. Vert., vI, pt. 2, p. 155, 1822. Not of Fitzinger, 1833, nor Wes- terlund, 1902. Enydra HUBNER, Zwei Briefe, 1810 (nomenclature non-Linnean ?). Physa SOWERBY, Genera, fasc. vil (Limnea ), 1822.— FLEMING, Brit. An. p. 276, 1828.— Leacu, Proofsheets, p. 150, fide Turton, Man., p. 127, 1831.— Lreacu, Synops. Moll. Gt. Brit., p. 109, 1852. Rivicola FITZINGER, Verz. Conch., p. 110, 1833. Type 2. fontinalis Linné. Macrophysa MEEK (MS. 1865), Dat, Ann. Lyc. N. H. N. Y., rx, p. 356, 1870; type Physa columnaris Deshayes, Eocene. 100 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS > Costatella Dat, Ann. Lyc. N. H. N. Y., 1x, p. 355, 1870. Type Physa costata Newcomb. > Costella MEEK, Inv. Fos. Upper Missouri, pp. 603-604, 1876; dapsus pro Costatella. > Macrophysa Tryon, Struct. Syst. Conch., 111, p. 103, 1884. Bulinus WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., p. 54, 1885 (not of Adanson, 1757); Acta Acad. Sci. Slav. Merid., Zagrabiz, cLI, p. 119, 1902. : Haldemania CLESSIN, 1880, not of Tryon, 1862. Subgenus Acroloxus Beck. Acroloxus Breck, Ind. Moll., p. 124, 1837, tst sp. A. radiatus Guilding, 1828, not of Orbigny, 1825 ; also includes A. /acustris (L.) Miiller ; Herrmann- sen, Ind. Gen. Mal., 1, p. 16, 1846, selects A. /acustris as type. —W. G. Binney, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., 0, p. 147, 1865. Acroxus BouRGUIGNAT, J. de Conchyl., Iv, p. 169, 1853; a modification of Acroloxus Beck. = Velletia GRAY, in Turton, Man., pp. 66, 230, 250, 1840; sole ex. A. dacusiris Miiller.— HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., p. 14, 1842.— Gray, P. Z. S., 1847, p. 181 ; A. lacustris. — BourcGuienat, J. de Conchyl., Iv, p. 63, 1853; P. Z.S., 1853, p. 79, July, 1854. — FiscHer, Man., p. 504, 1883, Subgenus Ancylastrum Bourguignat. Ancylastrum BOURGUIGNAT, Journ. de Conchyl, Iv, pp. 63, 170, 1853 (Feb.), A. cumingianus Bourguignat (Tasmania) selected as type; P. Z. S., 1853, p. 91 (not p. 80), 1854.— HEDLEY, Proc. Mal. Soc., 1, p. 118, 1894. Not Ancylastrum Clessin, 1880, and Westerlund, 1902. Cumingia CLESSIN, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, Mon. Ancylus, p. 10, 1880; type A. cumingianus Bourg.— TRYON, Struct. Syst. Conch., Ill, p. 107, 1884. Not Cumingia Sowerby, P. Z. S., 1833, p. 34. Legrandia HANLEY, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania for 1871, p. 27, 1872. Type A. cumingianus Bourg. ? Subgenus Gundlachia Pfeiffer. Gunaiachia PFEIFFER, Zeitschr. fiir Mal. for 1849, p. 97, 1850; type G. ancyliformis Pfeiffer, Cuba; cf Nordenskidld, Zool. Anz., XxXvI, pp. 590- 593, July, 1903; and Dall, Nautilus, xvu, Jan., 1904, pp. 97-8, 1904; also J. G. Cooper, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vi, p. 26, 1875. Poeyia BourcuienaT, Spicil. Mal., xctv, Jan., 1862, Rev. de Zool., p. 13, 1862. Sole ex. P. gundlachioides Bourg., = Gundlachia test. juv. fide Fischer. The genus Azcylus cannot be cited as of Geoffroy, first, because that author did not adopt the Linnean nomenclature, and secondly, because his only species was identified by him with Patella lacustris L., which is the type of Acroloxus, and, though Bourguignat and FAMILY PHYSIDZ 109g others have tried to propagate the view that Geoffroy’s species was the A. fluviatilis, their arguments cannot be said to outweigh the positive statement of the original author. The first binomial author to use Ancylus was Miiller, who must be credited with the genus. The name Ancylastrum, published by Bourguignat (though probably suggested by Moquin Tandon) was doubtless intended to be the equivalent of Ancylus s. s., but the publishing author distinctly and repeatedly announced the type to be Axcylus cumingianus, which differs in many respects from typical Azcy/us, and will therefore retain the name, which otherwise would have fallen into the synonymy of Azcylus s.s. Acroloxus Beck, typified by A. dacustris Miller, seems to be a well characterized subdivision. Beck’s first species was examined by Gray and determined to be a Velletia, which is an exact synonym of Acro- loxus. Protancylus was proposed by the Sarasin brothers in 1898, for a form resembling Azcylus, from Celebes, but in which the gill is fully developed. Typical Azcylus seems to be an Old World form, but Acroloxus is represented in both hemispheres. The subdivisions of the typical sub- genus so far recognized are as follows: ? Brondelia Bourguignat, Rev. de Zool, p. 13, 1862; Spic. Mal., xcv, Jan., 1862, type B. drouetiana Bourg., Algeria. This form, which is said to be an air-breather, a fact needing con- firmation, is radiately ribbed and has a sinistral apex. More informa- tion about it is much needed, and it may prove to be an Acroloxus. Lanx Clessin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, pt. 299, p. 10, 1880; type A. zew- berryt Lea, Oregon and California. The type has a smooth or concentrically striated apex, subcentrally situated, obtuse ; the shell is larger and more solid than the majority of the genus. Valvata FitzinGeR, Verz, p. 117, 1833; type V. piscinalis (Miiller). Flanella SCHLUTER, Syst. Verz. Conchyliensammlung, p. 13, 1838; sole ex. Valvata cristata Miiller. Volvata BERGE, Conch. Buch, pp. 17, 20, 26, 1847 ; evr. typ.? Tropidina H. and A. Apams, Gen. Rec. Moll., 1, pp. 343, 344, 1854, type V. tricarinata Lesueur, N. Am. Concinna ‘HUBNER,’ fide H. and A. Adams, of. cét., p. 343, 1854. > Valvata SCHLUTER, of. cit., p. 13, 1854; V. piscinalis Fér. > Cincinna MoOrcu, Vidensk. Meddel. for 1863, p. 321, 1864. — WESTER- LUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., v1, pp. 131, 132, 1886. (Type V. piscinadis Miiller ?) > Tropidina Mbrcu (not Adams), Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb., for 1863, p. 320, 1864, V. minuta Drap., Ist sp. > Jelskia BourGuIGNAT, Descr. Nouv. Gen. Alg., 1877, V. jelskiz Crosse, 1863, Russia, named for Prof. Jelski, of Kieff. > Jelskia WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vI, p. 143, 1886; not of Tacza- novich, Arachnida, 1871. > Gyrorbis WESTERLUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vi, p. 142, 1886. This genus has been subdivided, according to the form of the shell, into the following sections, which appear, however, to have very little value. Valvatas.s. (Gyrorbis Fitz.) Shell planorboid or depressed, without spiral keels. Type V. crzstata Miiller. Cincinna Mérch ( Valvata Fitz.). Shell turbinate, with a mod- ol i ee ee oe el ss ~ Sh 5 hs ait as oe ee wre t. I ee — FAMILY VALVATIDZ£ I2I erate number of whorls slowly enlarging and without spiral keels. Type V. pisctinalis (Miiller). Telskia Bourguignat ( Je/skia West., not Tacz.). Shell turbinate, with few rapidly enlarging whorls and no spiral keels. Type V. Jjelskit Crosse. Tropidina H. and A. Adams. Shell depressed turbinate, with the upper surface of the spire more or less flattened and the whorls spi- rally keeled. Type V. ¢ricarimata (Lesueur) Say. Since Miiller associated but one species with the genus when de- scribed, that species necessarily becomes the type. A failure to rec- ognize this, when subdividing the genus, is responsible for several of the synonyms. Ihave not been able to consult Hiibner’s Zwei Briefe, and cite him on the authority of Westerlund, but, judging by his paper on Cobresia of the same year, his nomenclature was not Linnean, although his artistic capacity seems to have been exceptional. Valvata tricarinata Say. Cyclostoma tricarinata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 13, 1817. Valvata tricarinata Say, op. cit., Ul, p. 173, 1821.—GouLpD, Inv. Mass., p. 225, fig. 156, three views, 1841.—HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., vill, p. 3, pl. 1, figs. 1-4, 1845. Valvata carinata SowERBY, Genera, part XLI, fig. 2, 1834. Valvata unicarinata DE Kay, Zool. N. Y., Moll., p. 118, pl. vi, fig. 129, 1843. Valvata tricarinata var. simplex GOULD, Inv. Mass., p. 226, fig. 156 (right hand figure), 1841. Valvata humeralis MiLEs, Geol. Surv. Michigan, p. 237, 1860, not of Say. Valvata tricarinata var. confusa BRYANT WALKER, Nautilus, xv, No. 11, p. 124, fig. 2, 1902. Range.— From New England and Virginia westward to the Mis- souri, and northward. Type: St. Lawrence River and the Great Lakes! Manitoba, in Great Playgreen and Winnipeg Lakes! and Pine Creek; Red Deer, Alberta; Moose Factory, Keewatin; Saskatchewan River ! Great Slave Lake! Methy Lake in Lat. 57° N. Variety simplex: English River, Keewatin! =e Peace River, Athabaska! Great Slave Lake, at Fort Resolution! upper Mackenzie River at Fort Simp- blag athe : bi vata tricarina- son! in N. Lat. 62°. ta, }. Full grown specimens of this species have three and a half whorls, a maximum diameter of 5, and an altitude of 3 mm. This applies to both varieties, though under exceptionally favorable circumstances it may be somewhat exceeded. The aper- ture is orbicular and almost vertical in plane. I22 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Valvata sincera Say. Valvata sincera Say, Rep. Long’s Exp., Il, p. 264, pl. xv, fig. 11, 1824. Range.— Northwest Territory (Bigsby, fide Say) southeast Kee- watin in Attawapiskat and Kawinogans Rivers (McInnes) and the southwest point of Anticosti (McCann). This shell, according to Say’s original description and figure, is ¢* sub- globose-conic” with ‘‘ nearly four whorls,” ‘finely and regularly wrinkled across,” with a large umbilicus ‘* exhibiting the volutions,’ and a diameter, at right angles to the axis, of slightly less than three millimeters, as engraved on the plate in Long’s Expedition. I have not seen any shell corresponding to these characters from the northern United States, but Dr. Whiteaves has kindly sent me for examination some shells from southern Keewatin and Anticosti which may prove to be Say’s szzcera. Inthe literature and in collections we find the ecarinate ¢ricarinata (simplex Gould) and all the non-carinated forms of the United States generally labelled ‘ stzcera Say,’ ‘ simplex Gould,’ etc. Those specimens of ¢ricarzzata which preserve the ‘ subglobose’ outline have an umbilicus smaller than the carinate shells instead of larger. The very flat and widely umbilicate form which is most gen- erally labelled szzcera, following Haldeman’s figures, is much more like the crzs¢tata of Europe than it is like Say’s shell. The specimens which have been called szucera in the literature of the region we are now interested in are, so far as I have been able to examine them, all of the next species. The only shells in the National Museum which at all resemble Say’s sincera are a series received from Aroostook County, Maine, collected by O. Nylander, which differ sufficiently to be called at least a very marked variety. Valvata (sincera var.?) nylanderi nov. Shell small, subglobose-conic, with four whorls of a pale greenish straw color; surface polished, with faint spiral strie, sculptured axially with thin, sharp, elevated, rather distant lamelle like those on Zoégenttes harpa or Planogyra astertscus Morse; these lamelle are closer and less elevated on the apical part of the shell; vertex, includ- ing most of the first two whorls, somewhat flattish or planorboid, after which the shell becomes subconic; the sutures deep; the base rounded, with a narrow but very deep umbilicus; plane of the aper- ture nearly vertical, the aperture orbicular, with simple sharp edges ; the operculum multispiral, of thesame color as the shell. Axial height 3.2 and 3.4; diameter 3.5 and 3.7; diameter of umbilicus .o5 and ———P ee - ee SS =e FAMILY VALVATIDZ 123 .07; of aperture 1.5 and 1.7 mm., in the broadest and narrowest speci- mens, respectively. Valvata lewisi Currier. Valvata striata Lewis, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1856, p. 260.— BIN- NEY (as var. of sincera), Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Il, p. 12, fig. 18, 1865 ; not of Philippi, 1836. Valvata sincera HALDEMAN (70 parte), Mon. Limn., vit, pl. I, figs. 6, 7, 8, Valuate iewisi CurRRIER, List Moll. Mich., Kent Sci. Inst. Misc. Pub., No. 1, p- 9, 1868 ; new name for V. striata Lewis, not Philippi. Range.— Northern United States from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and northward. New England! Minnesota ! Colorado! Lake Washington near Seat- tle ! San Bernardino Mountains, Calif. ! Utah ! Lake Superior ! Anticosti Island! Pine Creek, Manitoba! Laggan, Alberta, at 5,200 feet elevation ; Assiniboia; Lake La Loche and q Peace River, Athabaska; Great Slave Lake! Fort Simpson, upper Mackenzie River, N. Lat. 62°! Fic.g4. Val- Frances Lake, head of the Liard River! Fort Chimo, vata lewis Cur- Labrador! Sturgeon Lake, Athabaska! Upper Colum- tier; +- bia Lake! (Tyrrell). The name seems to have been originally proposed for a brown muta- tion of V. sincera Haldeman (zon Say), but may well be extended to cover the whole species, which has no other availablename. The shell when normally developed and adult has four whorls with a height of 3-6 and a diameter of 5.75 mm. It has a much wider umbilicus than var. simplex of tricarinata and is a larger shell, yet usually has a smaller protoconch. The sculpture is axial, fine and close, like the winding of thread on a spool. In the typical form this sculpture is coarser and more prominent than in the less common helicotdea. In both it is largely resident in the periostracum, the decorticated shell being nearly smooth. Valvata lewisi var. helicoidea nov. Pl. 11, figs. 1, 2. This form resembles Zewzsz but is more depressed, almost flat above, and more or less flattened toward the suture ; the whorls are more slen- der and near the aperture usually rather suddenly expanded ; the sur- ‘face is polished, the sculpture frequently obsolete, the umbilicus wide, and its bounding coil peripherally diverted during the growth of the last half whorl ; height 2.5; of the aperture 2.0; diameter of shell 5.0mm. Range.— With the type form, to some extent everywhere, but espe- cially toward the Northwest. Lake Bennett, Yukon Territory! near 124 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Old Fort Yukon, Alaska! thirty miles below Tanana on the Yukon River ! Lake Lindeman; East Kootenai district, British Columbia. This form is very close to V. s¢bzrica Middendorff, which however has a more depressed apex and uniform fine sharp sculpture. V. cristata is of the same type, but much smaller. Valvata mergella Westerlund. Valvata mergella WESTERLUND, Vega Exped. Vetens. Iakt., Iv, p. 209, pl. v, figs. 22, a—d, 1885. Range.— Port Clarence, near Bering Strait, Alaska (Vega); Popof Island, Shumagins, in small ponds (Kincaid) ; Stewart River, Yukon district (Canadian Geol. Survey). This is the largest species of its group, measuring 5 mm. high and 7 mm. wide, with four whorls. The aperture is markedly expanded, the sculpture very fine and rather sharp. The protoconch in the Shu- magin specimens is very minute. The expansion of the aperture tends to narrow the umbilicus, as it were at the last moment. Valvata virens Tryon. Valvata virens Tryon, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1863, p. 148, pl. 1, fig. 11.— BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Ill, p. 15, fig. 21, 1865. Range.— Clear Lake, California, to Vancouver Island, at Nanaimo. A well marked species of more than usually tro- choid form, recalling V. pzscznalis of Europe, but Fic.95- Val- Jarge, more solid, and when in good condition of a pe- vata virens Try- ° : ° . oa egeectilons culiarly elegant green tint. The figures given in rojiguiiied. ’ Tryon’s description are of immature specimens. Bin- ney figures an adult specimen but does not give the measurements. Family VIVIPARIDZ. Genus Campeloma Rafinesque. a b aes 5 Fic. 96. Campeloma decisum; 6, operculum. << see Se a FAMILY VIVIPARID I25 Campeloma decisum Say. Limnea decisa Say, Nicholson's British Encyclopedia, rst Am. ed., pl. 11, fig. 6, 1817. ’ Paludina decisa Say, op. cit., 34 ed., pl. ul, fig. 6, 1819. — HALDEMAN, Mon. Limn., Pa/udina, p. 4, pl. 1, 1840. Melantho decisa BINNEY, Land and Fw. Sh. N. Am., Ul, p. 41, figs. 79-82. 1865. Range. — Eastern North America from the Rio Grande to Nova _ Scotia, west to Nebraska, north to the Saskatchewan. Lake Superior to the Saskatchewan (Richardson); Lake of the Woods, Manitoba, (rare, Hanham). It is not unlikely that the extension of the range of this species as far north as the Saskatchewan is unwarranted, so many of the data in Sowerby’s list, in Richardson, seem erroneous, but the presence of the species in the Lake of the Woods seems authentic. NAIADES. In discussing the Naiades, the arrangement proposed by Mr. Chas. T. Simpson, in his recent Synopsis of the Naiades,' is adopted, which see for fuller synonymy. Genus Lampsilis Rafinesque. Lampsilis ventricosus Barnes. Unio ventricosus BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., VI, p. 267, pl. x11, fig, aay cove bases Simpson, Synopsis, p. 526, 1900. Range. Entire Mississippi drainage, the St. Lawrence system, southern drainage into Hudson Bay. Lake Winnipeg; Battle River, Manitoba, and north to Nelson River ! and its tributaries, in north latitude 57°. Lampsilis luteolus Lamarck. Unio luteola LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., VI, p. 79, 1819.—SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvI, Mon. Unzo, pl. Lvuil, figs. 293, a—d, 1867. Lampsilis luteolus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 534, 1900. Range.— Entire Mississippi drainage and southwest to the Brazos River, Texas; entire Dominion of Canada east of the Rocky Moun- tains and north to the Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg! Lower Saskatchewan! Battle River, Manitoba. Hill River, Keewatin! (var. swfertorensts Marsh). Great Slave Lake! Lake Athabaska! Moose Factory, James Bay! Manitoba Lake. 1 Proceedings U. S. Nat. Museum, vol. xx1I, pp. 501-1044, I900. Separate paper No. 1205, with pp. i—viii prefixed. 126 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Lampsilis borealis Gray. Unio borealis GRAY, Ottawa Naturalist, 1882, p. 53, plate with three figures. Lampsilis borealis (GRAY) SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900. Range. —St. Lawrence drainage. Lake of the Woods! Ottawa, Ontario ! Lampsilis radiatus Gmelin. Mya radiata GMELIN, Syst, Nat., VI, p. 3220, 1792. Unio radiatus SPENGLER, Skr. Nat. Selsk, 11, p. 3, 1792 ; III, p. 62, 1793. — CONRAD, Mon., I, p. 24, pl. x, fig. 2, 1836. Lampsilis radiatus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 535, 1900. Range.—St. Lawrence and Atlantic drainage, south to North Carolina. Manitoba. Lake Winnipeg! Saskatchewan River! Nelson River drainage! Great Slave Lake (Kennicott) ! Lampsilis ligamentinus Lamarck. Unio crassus Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., Am. ed., 11, Art. Conchology, pl. 1, fig. 8, 1817. Not Unio crassus Retzius, 1788. Unio ligamentina LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., VI, p. 72, 1819. —KUSTER, Conch. Cab., Mon. Unio, p. 23, pl. 111, fig. 3, 1852. Lampsilis ligamentinus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 539, 1900. Range.— Mississippi drainage, irregularly distributed in the St. Lawrence drainage. Roseau River and Millwood, Assiniboine River, Manitoba. Lampsilis rectus Lamarck. Unio recta LAMARCK, Anim. s, Vert., VI, p. 74, 1819.—KUsTER, Conch. Cab., Mon. Unio, p. 35, pl. vi, fig. 1, 1852. Lampsilis rectus SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 544, 1900. Range.— Entire drainage of the Mississippi and Alabama Rivers ; St. Lawrence system, Red River of the North, Roseau and Assiniboine Rivers in Manitoba! Lampsilis ellipsiformis Conrad. Unio ellipsiformis CONRAD, Mon., VIII, p. 60, pl. XXXIV, fig. 1, 1836. Unio spatulatus LEA (1845), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x, p. 80, pl. vit, fig. 22, 1848. Lampsilis ellipsiformis Stimpson, Synopsis, p. 557, 1900. Range.— Mississippi drainage north of Lat. 38°, St. Lawrence drainage, in part; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba. Lampsilis alatus Say. Unio alatus Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., 1st Am. ed., Art. Conchology, 11, pl. Iv, fig. 2, 1817.—CONRAD, Mon., VU, p. 57, pl. XxxI, 1836. FAMILY UNIONIDZEe 127 Lampsilis (Proptera) alatus Simpson, Synopsis, p. 567, 1900. Range. — Entire drainage of the St. Lawrence; of the Mississippi north of Arkansas; Alabama; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lampsilis gracilis Barnes. Unio gracilis BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., Ist ser., VI, p. 274, 1823.—SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, pl. xxx1Ix, fig. 215, 1866. Lampsilis gracilis Simpson, Synopsis, p. 573, 1900. Range.— Eastern Texas; Mississippi, and St. Lawrence drainage ; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Genus Strophitus Rafinesque Strophitus rugosus Swainson. Anodon rugosus SWAINSON, Zool. Ill., rst ser., 1, pl. xcv1, 1822. Alasmodonta edentula Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, No. 22, p. 340, 1829. Anodonta edentula FERUSSAC, Mag. de Zool., Guerin, 1835, p- 25. Strophitus edentulus CONRAD, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v1, p. 263, 1853. Anodonta undulata H1LDRETH, Am. Journ. Sci., XIV, p. 290, 1828. Anodon areolatus SWAINSON, Zool. Ill., 2d ser., 1, pl. xvim, 1829. Anodonta wardiana LEA (1836), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 46, pl. x1v, fig. 42, 1838. Anodonta tetragona LEA (1845), of. cit., X, p. 82, pl. vim, fig. 25, 1845. Anodonta arkansasensis LEA, op. cit., XI, p. 293, pl. XxIx, fig. 56, 1852. Anodonta shefferiana LEA, op. cit., X, p. 288, pl. xxv, fig. 50, 1852. Anodonta showalteri LEA (1860), Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 215, pl. xxxiil, fig. 284, 1862. Alasmodon rhombica ANTHONY, Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 158, pl. 12, fig. 5, 1865. Anodonta salmonea CLESSIN, Conch. Cab., Mon. Anodonta, p. 91, pl. xxiv, figs. 1-2, 1873. Anodonta pavonia LEA. Range.—St. Lawrence system; the whole of the Mississippi drainage, Texas, Alabama, the Atlantic drainage; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Lake Winnipeg! Great Playgreen Lake! Saskatchewan River. Genus Anodonta Lamarck. Anodonta beringiana Middendorff. Anodonta cellensis var. beringiana MIvD., Sib Reise, 11, p. 284, pl. xxv1ul, figs. 4-7, pl. xx1x, figs. 1-4, 1851. Anodonta youconensis LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., x1, p. 81, 1867. Anodonta youkanensis LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., v1, p. 287, pl. XL, fig. 99, 1868. Range.— Drainage into Bering Sea from Asia and America; also Cook Inlet drainage. Kenai Peninsula! Kuskokwim River near Redoubt Kolmakof! Yukon River below Anvik, in pools and quiet sloughs left by the 128 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS receding freshets! Avacha Bay, Kamchatka! Amur River! eastern © Siberia and Mongolia. Anodonta kennerleyi Lea. Anodonta kennerleyi Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., tv, p. 306, 1860; Journal, v, p. 108, pl. xvitl, fig. 256, 1862. Range.— Puget Sound! British Columbia. Anodonta oregonensis Lea. i oregonensis LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 80, pl. xx1, fig. 67, Hence: (Anodonta) oregonensis LEA, Synopsis, p. 30, 1837. Anodonta cognata GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 1, p. 294, 1850; Rep. on Moll. U.S. Expl. Exp., p. 435, pl. xxxviul, figs. 546, a—d, 1852. Range.— Northern California, Oregon and British Columbia; eastward to Great Salt Lake, Utah. Vancouver Island, B. C., abundant near Victoria, and at Nootka; Sumas Lake, Fraser River valley, B. C. Shushwap Lake; Nicola Lake and Okanogan Lake, B. C.; Kadiak Island, Alaska (Fisher). Anodonta nuttalliana Lea. Anodonta nuttalliana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 77, pl. xx, fig. 62, 1838. Anodonta triangularis TRASK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., 1, p. 29, Feb. 19, 1855. Anodon triangularis SOwERBY, Conch. Icon., Xvi, pl. xxIx, fig. 56 4, 1870. Range.— California in the Sacramento River, and northward to British Columbia, Nootka and Clayoquot Sound, Vancouver Island; Chilliwak Lake, Nicola Lake and Shushwap Lake, British Columbia. Anodonta wahlamatensis Lea. Anodonta wahlamatensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 78, pl. xx, fig. 64, 1838. Anodonta rotundovata TRASK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Calif., 1, p. 29, 1855. Anodon rostratus SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., xvul, pl. 1, fig. 4, 1872. Anodonta laosensis FISCHER, Bull. Soc. N. Hist., d’Autun, p. 219, 1891. Anodonta rotundata Stimpson, Synopsis, p. 629, in synonymy, 1900, not of Trask. Range. — Utah and westward, California to British Columbia in the Pacific. Nootka, Vancouver Island; Sumas Lake and Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia. Anodonta marginata Say. Anodonta marginata Say, Nicholson’s Encyclop., 1st Am. ed., 1m, Art. Con- chology, p. 19, pl. 11, fig. 5, 1817. ee ee ee FAMILY UNIONID 129 Anodonta fragilis LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., vi, p. 85, 1819.—DELESSERT, Réc. Coq. Lam., pl. x11, figs. 2a, 24, 1841. Anodonta lacustris Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 84, 1857. Anodonta flava, pallida, glandulosa and irisans ANTHONY, Am. Journ. Conch., I, pp. 161-3, pl. xIv—xv1, 1865. Anodonta subcarinata CURRIER, Am. Journ. Conch., II, p. 113, pl. vI, fig. 5, 1867. Anodon exilis SowERBY, Conch. Icon., xvui, pl. xxt1, fig. 84, 1869. Range. — Drainage of the St. Lawrence River basin, including the lakes. Anticosti Island, in lake near Becsia River, six miles inland! Battle Creek, Manitoba ! Anodonta implicata Say. Anodonta implicata Say, New Harmony, Diss., 1, No. 22, p. 340, 1822. — CieEssin, Conch. Cab., ed. 11, Anodonta, p. 78, pl. x1x, fig. 3, 1873. Anodonta newtonensis Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vi, p. 79, pl. xx1, fig. 66, 1838. Anodonta housatonica LINSLEY, Am. Journ. Sci., 1845, p. 277. Range.— Atlantic drainage from Virginia northward, St. Law- rence drainage, Saskatchewan basin. Manitoba in Lake Winnipeg! and Souris River; lower Saskatche- wan River! Anodonta grandis Say. Anodonta grandis Say, New Harmony, Diss., 11, p. 341, 1829. —CLESSIN, Mon. Anod. in Conch. Cab., n. ed., p. 96, pl. xxx, figs. 1-2, 1873. Anodonta ovata LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., VI, p. 2, pl. 11, fig. 2, 1838. Anodonta salmonea LEA (pathologic), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., VI, p. 45, pl. xIv, fig. 41, 1838. Anodonia fewisiti Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., Iv, p. 362, pl. vx, fig. 187, 1860. Anodonta footiana Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., vii, p. 225, pl. xx, fig. 44, 1842. Anodonta marryattiana LEA, op. cit., p. 226, pl. xx, fig. 45, 1842. Anodonta gigantea LEA, ak Aa Phil. Soc. 1834, p. 1, pl. 1, fig. 1 (pathologic ? ). Anodonta grandis Simpson, Synopsis Naiades, pp. 641-644, 1900 (with many synonyms). Range. — Entire Mississippi system and southwest to Texas; up- per St. Lawrence drainage; Manitoba. Red River of the North! Shoal Lake; Souris River! Fairford River! and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba! Variety footiana Lea: Souris River, Manitoba! Nipegon River, Lake Hannah. Variety gigantea Lea: Manitoba. This variable and widely extended species is responsible for many synonyms cited by Mr. Simpson. It appears that the Manitoba and I30 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS perhaps the upper St. Lawrence localities may owe its presence to capture of part of the Mississippi drainage, owing to changes of level, elsewhere referred to. Anodonta kennicotti Lea. Anodonta kennicotti Lea, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, p. 56, 1861 ; Jour- nal, n. s., V, p. 214, pl. xxxull, fig. 283, 1862. Anodonta simpsoniana LEA, op. cit., p. 56, 1861; p. 212, pl. xxxm, fig. 281, 1862. Anodonta dallasiana LEA, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, p. 190, 1863; Journal, vi, p. 29, pl. x1, fig. 28, 1866. Range.— Upper and middle St. Lawrence system. Mackenzie drainage to Great Slave Lake. Lake of the Woods; Manitoba Lake; Lake Winnipeg! Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan! Ekwan River, Keewatin; Fort Simp- son, Mackenzie River! Fort Erie and Fort Rae! Great Slave Lake; Buffalo Lake, Methy Portage, Saskatchewan. This is the most characteristic Naiad of the central Boreal region and reaches perhaps farther north (Lat. 63°) than any other species in American waters. Anodonta pepiniana Lea. Anodonta pepiniana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 96, pl. xv, fig. 51, 1838. Range.— Upper and middle St. Lawrence drainage, Saskatche- wan basin. Lake Winnipeg! Manitoba. Attawapiskat River, eastern Keewatin. Genus Gonidea Conrad. Gonidea angulata Lea. Anodonta angulata LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 97, pl. XvI, fig. 52, 1838. Anodon feminalis GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 111, p. 293, 1850 ; Moll. U. S. Expl. Exp., p. 436, pl. xxxvitl, figs. 547, a—d, 1852. Anodonta randalli TRASK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Calif., 1, p. 28, 1855. Anodon biangulata SowERBY, Conch. Icon., xvii, pl. xxl, figs. 8, ad, 1869. Range. — Central California, north to British Columbia and east- ward to Idaho. Columbia River near Fort Colville! This singular shell hardly more than crosses the boundary, so far as reported. According to Stearns and Hemphill this species buries itself obliquely in the rather hard bed of rapid streams, so that the flattened posterior portion lies horizontally even with the bottom, and offers no resistance tothe current. Whether the flattening and consequent angu- lation of the valves is a modification due to the burrowing habit and the influence of its environment, or not, cannot yet be positively stated. = Yee or ee eee! FAMILY UNIONIDZ 131 Genus Anodontoides Simpson. Anodontoides ferussacianus Lea. Anodonta ferussaciana LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v, p. 45, pl. vi, fig. 15, 1834. Anodonta buchanensis LEA, op. cit., p. 47, pl. XIv, fig. 43, 1838. Anodonta argentea LEA, op. cit., VIII, p. 223, pl. XIX, fig. 41, 1842. Anodonta ferruginea LEA, op. cit., VU, p. 225, pl. XIX, fig. 43, 1842. Anodonta plicata HALDEMAN, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 201, 1842. Anodonta denigrata Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., x, p. 285, pl. xxv, fig. 45, 1852. Anodonta oblita LEA, op. cit., p. 46, pl. xxvull, fig. 52, 1852. Anodonta subcylindracea LEA, op. cit., VI, p. 106, pl. xxiv, fig. 117, 1838. Anodonta modesta LEA, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., n. s., Iv, p. 364, pl. LXIIl, fig. 189, 1860. Range.— Mississippi drainage, St. Lawrence, Red River of the North, and Saskatchewan basins. Lake Winnipeg! Lake of the Woods! Genus Symphynota Lea. Subgenus Lasmigona Rafinesque. Symphynota costata Rafinesque. Alasmidonta costata RAFINESQUE, Ann. Gen. Sci. Brux., v, p. 318, pl. LXXxII, figs. 15, 16, 1820. Alasmodonia rugosa BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 278, pl. x1, fig. 21, 1823. Range. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence basins. Manitoba in Roseau River! Subgenus Pterosygna Rafinesque. Symphynota complanata Barnes. Alasmodonta complanata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 278, pl. xrrt, fig. 22, 1823. — BAKER, Moll. Chicago Area, I, p. 60, pl. vit, figs. 1-2, pl. Ix, figs. 1-4, 1898. Complanaria gigas SOWERBY, Conch. Manual, fig. 141, 1839; 2d ed., p. 115, fig. 141, 1842. Unio katherine Lea, Synopsis, p. 35, 1838; Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., v1, p. 143, 1839. Lake Superior. Range. — Mississippi drainage north of Arkansas on the west and Tennessee on the east; Upper St. Lawrence and its tributaries. The variety 4atherine northward from Lake Superior to the Mackenzie and Keewatin. Lake Winnipeg! Shell River and Lower Saskatchewan! Nelson River drainage; Assiniboine River; Red River of the North! Battle River, Manitoba. I32 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Genus Margaritana Schumacher. Margaritana margaritifera Linné. Typical form : Mya margaritifera LINNE, Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 671, 1758, Conch. Cab., v1, pl. I, fig. 5. Alasmodonta arcuata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 277, pl. xm, fig. 20, 1823. Unio elongatus LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., v1, p- 70, 1819. Unio sinuata C. PFEIFFER, 1825; + U. roissyi Michaud, 1831; + U. sristis Morelet, 1845 ; + U. crassissimus (Klein) Lea, 1836. Unio (Alasmodonta) dahuricus MIDDENDORFF (1850), Sib. Reise, 11, p. 275, pl. xxvi, figs. 3-5, 1851. Unio complanatus MIDDENDORFF, Sib. Reise, 11, p. 273, pl. xxvu1, figs. 1-6, 1851. Unio mongolicus, MIDDENDORFF, Sib. Reise, 1, p- 277, pl. xxvul, figs. 7-8, 1851. Margaritana margaritifera SimMPSON, Synopsis, pp. 674-677 (ex parte), 1900. Margaritana margaritifera variety falcata Gould. Alasmodon falcata GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. N. Hist., 111, p- 294, Nov., 1850; Wilkes’ Expl. Exp. Moll., p. 433, figs. 545, a—4, 1852. Unio falcatus SowERBY, Conch. Icon., xvi, Mon. Unio, pl. Lxxv, fig. 390, 1868. Alasmodon yubaénsis TRASK, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1, p. 30, 1855. Range of the type. — The whole of northern Europe and western Siberia. In northeastern Asia from the Upper Amur basin and south- ern Mongolia, Kamchatka, and Sakhalin Island. In America on Anti- costi Island; Quebec Province, eastern Canada; New England and New York. Also, isolated from the eastern area by a wide gap, in the Lower Saskatchewan near Lake Winnipeg. Range of the variety. — California, in the Sierra, Plumas Co., at 7,400 feet above the sea! Sacramento River; Yuba River; Oregon; Washington at Wallawalla; northwestern Montana in the headwaters of the Missouri! (only) above Fort Benton, but not reported lower down; Victoria and Nanaimo! Vancouver Island; Fraser River; Kakwous Lake (4,000 feet elevation) and streams in Lat. 50°, Brit- ish Columbia; Naha Bay, Alaska, abundant near sea level in small lake, Lat. 55°35 North! The most obvious distinction between the typical form and variety Jfaicata lies in the purple nacre of the latter, which is often extremely rich and beautiful, though in old cabinet specimens usually much faded. The specimens above the falls in the headwaters of the Mis- souri may have been captured with streams by orographic changes, or transported in the glochidium stage attached to fishes; at any rate FAMILY UNIONIDZ 133 they are of the Pacific type, and are not found below the site of Fort Benton, so far as yet reported. It is quite evident that much scientific interest attaches to a thorough knowledge of the distribution of this species, with its possible relation to geologic changes and the results of glaciation. It is to be hoped that any data bearing on this matter will be carefully preserved and put on record by travelers and others in these regions. Genus Unio Retzius. Unio complanatus Solander. Mya complanata SOLANDER (after Lister, t. 150, fig. 5), in Cat. Portland Mu- omg p- 100, No. 2190, 1786. — DILLwyNn, Descr. Cat. Rec. Sh., I, p. Pais caepienees Simpson, Synopsis, pp. 720-5, 1900. Range.— Atlantic drainage from Georgia to the St. Lawrence system. Also in the Saskatchewan River. North shore of Lake Superior; Lake Nipissing, etc. Genus Quadrula Rafinesque. Quadrula plicata Say. Unio plicata Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., 1st Am. ed., Art. Conch., pl. 11, fig. I, 1817. Unio crassus BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 118, 1823. Quadrula plicata Simpson, Synopsis, p. 767, 1900. Unio hippopeus Lea, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., Iv, p. 163, 1845 (variety). Range.— Mississippi drainage from Arkansas and Tennessee northward; Western Michigan, Red River of the North, Lake Win- nipeg and the Saskatchewan. The variety 2¢ffopea occurs in Lakes Erie, Michigan, and Win- nipeg. Quadrula undulata Barnes. Unio undulata BARNES, Am. Journ. Sci., v1, p. 120, pl. 1, 1823. Unio costatus Say, Am. Conch., vi, No. 41, 1834; not of Rafinesque. Quadrula undulata Simpson, Synopsis, p. 769, 1900. Range. — Mississippi and St. Lawrence drainage generally, Texas and Alabama; Red River of the North; Lake Winnipeg; the Sas- katchewan River. Quadrula heros Say. Unio heros Say, New Harmony Diss., 11, No. 19, p. 291, 1829.—CONRAD, Mon., XII, p. 107, pl. Lrx, 1840. Unio multiplicatus Lea, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Iv, p. 70, pl. 1v, fig. 2, 1831. Range.— Nuevo Leon, Mexico; Tombigbee River, Alabama. The Mississippi system generally ; Red River of the North, Manitoba. 134 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Quadrula lachrymosa Lea. Unio lachrymosus LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 111, p. 272, pl. vi, fig. 8, 1827. Unio asperrimus LEA, op. cit., IV, p. 71, pl. Vv, fig. 3, 1831. Unio quadrulus Say, Am. Conch., vi, pl. Lu, 1834 ; not of Rafinesque. Quadrula lachrymosa SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 776, 1900. Range. — Entire Mississippi drainage; various localities in the St. Lawrence system; Red River of the North, Manitoba, abundant. Quadrula rubiginosa Lea. Unio rubiginosus LEA, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 11, p. 427, pl. viu, fig. to, 1829. Unio flavus CONRAD, 1834. —Say, Am. Conch., vi, 1834. —CONRAD, Mon., IX, p. 74, pl. x11, fig. 2, 1837. Unio trigonus SOWERBY, Conch. Icon., Mon. Unio, xvi, pl. LxIv, fig. 322, 1868. Quadrula rubiginosa SIMPSON, Synopsis, p. 786, 1900. Range.— Entire Mississippi drainage; eastern Texas; St. Law- rence drainage; Red River of the North! Manitoba; Nelson River! Keewatin; Red and Roseau Rivers and Lake Winnipeg, Manitoba. Family SPHARIIDZ. This family is reviewed in Trans. Wagner Institute, vol. m1, part VI, pp. 1439-60, and a summary of the arrangement adopted is also given in Proceedings Biological Society of Washington, xvi, pp. 5-8, 1903. This arrangement in effect is that which is adopted on the present occasion. The specific synonymy is mainly due to the late Temple Prime, who kindly named the Alaskan specimens collected previous to his death. Some later arrivals have been examined by Dr. Sterki. I have seen no specimens or figures of the species from Port Clarence named by Westerlund, and they are introduced on his author- ity. It is probable that a considerable reduction will eventually be had in the number of nominal species, especially of Corneocyclas. Genus Spherium Scopoli. Subgenus Spherium s. s. Spherium simile Say. Cyclas similis Say, Nicholson’s Encycl., 1st Am. ed., pl. 1, fig. 9, 1817. Cyclas sulcata LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., v, p. 560, 1818. Spherium sulcatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 33, fig. 25, 1865. Range. — United States, east of the Mississippi River; Canada; Manitoba. Lake Superior; Red River of the North; Lake Winnipeg; Pine a i aS ee, ge ak SEN eT Ls ae Play eq) oars FAMILY SPHARIIDZ 135 Creek and Fort Pelly, Manitoba; Lower Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids! Fic. 97. Spherium simile Say. This species is the Cyclas saratogea of Lamarck and has numerous other synonyms. It is the largest species of the group in North America, but, judging by the records, rather irregularly distributed. The Lamarckian locality is Lake George; Say’s specimens are from the vicinity of Philadelphia. Spherium striatinum Lamarck. Cyclas striatina LAMARCK, Anim. s. Vert., v, p. 560, 1818. Spherium striatinum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic, p. 37, fig. 29, 1865. Range.— North America generally, east of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, from Alabama to the Upper Mackenzie. Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage), Montana; Humboldt River, Nevada (Hepburn) ; in Manitoba at Lake Winnipeg; Great Playgreen Lake; York Factory, Keewatin ; Pasqua Lake, Assiniboia ! Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids! Mackenzie River at old Fort Simpson! = So far as the records indicate, the place of this F'- B.. - Sphe- species is east of the Rockies, but in at least two 9 7” *”"@""™™ places it has been transferred to the head-waters of streams flowing westward. In the East it is perhaps the most common of the Spheria, taking much such a place as S. corneum does in the European fauna. * Spherium aureum Prime. Cyclas aurea PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 159, 1851. Spherium aureum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic, p. 35, fig. 26, 1865. Range. — Lake Superior. It is probable that this species crosses the line into Canada, though not yet searched for in that region. ° Fic. 99. Spherium walkeri Sterki. Sih iia Spherium walkeri STERK1, Nautilus, xtv, p. 142, April, 1901. aureum. 136 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Range.— Frances Lake and Finlayson Lake, Yukon District, Liard River drainage (Dawson); Lake Michigan, 12 fathoms (Walker). Identified by Dr. Sterki, a species related to rhomboideum and occi- dentale, but yet unfigured. Sphzrium solidulum Prime. Cyclas solidula PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 158, 1851. Spherium solidulum PRimE, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 36, fig. 27, 1865. Range.— Eastern United States, from New Mexico and Louisiana to the Great Lakes, and Manitoba. In Manitoba, at Winnipeg, Brandon, and the Red River of the North; in Alberta, at Egg Lake. Spherium stamineum Conrad. Cyclas staminea CONRAD, Am. Journ. Sci., xxv, p. 342, pl. 1, fig. 5, 1834. Spherium stamineum Price, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 38, fig. 30, 1865. Range.— Eastern United States, northward to Fic. 100. Sphe- Manitoba. rium stamtne- Manitoba (Hanham). en The type locality for this species is Alabama. In 1865 Mr. Prime united with it the Cyclas fuscata of Rafinesque (Ohio) and the C. bulbosa Anthony from Arkansas. Later collectors have found it widely distributed over the eastern portion of the continent. Spherium rhomboideum Say. Cyclas rhomboida Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 380, 1822. Cyclas elegans ADAMS, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., 1, p. 330, pl. 11, fig. 11, 1840. Spherium rhomboideum Prime, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 39, fig. 31, 1865. IOI 102 103 Fic. 101. Spherium rhomboideum Say. Fic. 102. Sphkerium dentatum Hald. Fic. 103. Sphertum fabale Prime. Range. — New England to Michigan, and northwestward. Lake Superior; Manitoba at Pine Creek and in Lake Winnipeg. FAMILY SPHZZRIIDZ 137 Left bank of the Yukon River, Alaska, 30 miles below the mouth of the Tanana! In duck’s crop at Pender Island, British Columbia. This attractive species is apparently sporadic or local in its habitats, but if intelligently sought for would probably be found mofe often. It is not yet positively known from British Columbia, but there is little reason to doubt it will be found there when the fauna is better known. So far it seems to be rather rare everywhere. *Spherium dentatum Haldeman. Figure 102. Cyclas dentata HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. roo, 1841, Willamette River, Oregon. Spherium deniatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 40, fig. 32, 1865. Range.— California and Oregon. Spokane Falls, Washington. Spherium fabale Prime. Figure 103. Cyclas fabalis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 159, 1851. Spherium fabalis Prime, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 40, fig. 33, 1865. Range.— Eastern United States and northward, Battle River, Alberta. This species was originally described from specimens collected in Lake Superior by Louis Agassiz, but has since been recognized from Georgia, Virginia and Tennessee. It is remarkable for its compressed form and inconspicuous beaks. Spherium occidentale Prime. Cyclas ovalis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 276, 1852, not of Férussac, 1807. Spherium occidentale Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1860, p. 295 ; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 41, fig. 34, 1865. Range.— Northern United States, Vermont to Washington and northward. Hell Gate River (Columbia drainage), Montana! Lower Saskatchewan River, near Lake Winnipeg; Spokane Falls, Wash. *Spherium nobile Gould. Fic. 104. Cyclas nobilis Goutp, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v, p. 229, SP2ere um 1855; San Pedro, Cal. occidentale. Spherium nobile PRimE, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 41, fig. 35, 1865. Range. — California, Washington, Idaho. Blackfoot River, Idaho! Seattle, Wash. This is not figured by Gould in Expedition Shells, as stated by Prime. It closely resembles S. dentatum Hald., but is less inflated, while the young are smooth. 138 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Spherium patella Gould. Cyclas patella GOULD, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 11, p. 292, 1850; U. S. Expl. Exped. Moll., p. 426, pl. xxxv1, figs. 527, a-b, 1852. &) Spherium patella PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 42, fig. 36, 1865. Fic.105. Range. — Northern California to British Columbia. Spher- Vealdsburg, Calif. ! Wallawalla, Vancouver and Seattle, pena Wash.; Nanaimo, and in duck’s crop at Pender Island! British Columbia. Spherium emarginatum Prime. Cyclas emarginata PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 156, 1851. Spherium emarginatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 43, fig. 38, 1865. Range.— Lake Superior; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids, near Lake Winnipeg ! 107 Fic. 106. Spherium emarginatum Prime. Fic. 107. Spherium flavum Prime. * Spherium flavum Prime. Cyclas flava PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 155, 1851. Spherium flavum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 43, fig. 39, 1865. Range.— Lake Superior; Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. Spherium tumidum Baird. Spherium tumidum BatrD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 69. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 44, 1865. Range.— Sumas Prairie, Fraser River valley, British Columbia. This species appears not to have been figured or subsequently recog- nized by collectors. Spherium spokani Baird. Spherium spokant BAIRD, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, for 1863, p. 69. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 44, 1865. Range. — Spokane and Kootenai Rivers, eastern British Columbia. Unfigured, and not recognized by later collectors. Spherium (Musculium) raymondi Cooper. Spherium raymondi J. G. COOPER, Proc. Acad. Sci. Calif., 2d series, 111, p. 74, pl. 1, figs. 1-8, 1890. — i a FAMILY SPHZRIIDZ 139 Primella raymondi COOPER, op. cit., p. 82. Spherium cooperianum PRIME, Cat. Corbic., Am. Journ. Conch., v, p. 152, 1869, nude name. Range.— Alpine region of the Sierra Nevada, Calif.,to 8,700 feet ; Seattle, Spokane Falls, and Chehalis River, Wash. ; Idaho ; Vancouver Island, British Columbia (Roper). Spherium (Musculium) partumeium Say. Cyclas partumeia Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 11, p. 380, 1822. Spherium partumeium PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 45, fig. 42, 1865. Range. — United States from Nebraska eastward, south to the Gulf of Mexico and north to Manitoba. Spherium (Musculium) jayanum Prime. Cyclas jayensis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., tv, p. 157, 1851. Spherium jayanum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 46, fig. 43, 1865. Range.— Northern United States from Iowa eastward, Canada, and northward. Fic. 108. Spherium jayanum Prime. Lake Superior; Fort Ellice, Manitoba; in Alberta at McLeod, Olds, Crow Lodge Creek, and Little Bow River. Spherium (Musculium) tenue Prime. Figure 109. Cyclas tenuis PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 161, 1851. Andros- coggin River, Maine. Spherium tenue PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 47, fig. 44, 1865. Range. — Maine, Canada, British America and northern Alaska. Souris River, Manitoba; Saskatchewan River at Grand Rapids; Upper Mackenzie River at old Fort Simpson! left bank of the Yukon, thirty miles below the Tanana River mouth, Alaska! Spherium (Musculium) transversum Say. Figure r1o. Cyclas transversa SAY, New Harm. Disseminator, 11, p. 356, 1829. Spherium transversum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 48, fig. 45, 1865. Range.—United States east of the Rocky Mountains and northward to Canada and Manitoba. I40 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Stomach of sturgeon, Great Playgreen Lake, Keewatin, N. Lat. 54°. Fic. 109. Sphertum tenue. Fic. 110. Spherium transversum Say, with foot and siphons extended. Fic. 111. Spherium lenticula. Spherium (Musculium) truncatum Linsley. Cyclas truncata LINSLEY, Am. Journ. Sci., vi, p. 234, fig. 3, 1848. Spherium truncatum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 51, fig. 50, 1865. Range. — Eastern United States from Colorado to Maine, south to the Ohio River and northward to Athabaska. Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson). This species is quite similar to the European Cyclas calyculata, type of the subgenus, and was mistaken for it by C. B. Adams in 1841. Sphezrium (Musculium) lenticula Gould. Spherium lenticula (GouLD, MS.) Prime, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., for 1860, p. 36 (syn. exclus.). Spherium lenticula (GOULD) PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 51, fig. 51, (syn. exclus.), 1865. Range.— Carson and Klamath Rivers, California; Nanaimo, Van- couver Island, British Columbia. This species, named in MS. by Dr. Gould and described by Prime, is not the same as the Lucina lenticula Gould, described from Patagonia in the Mollusca of the Exploring Expedition. The latter, by an en- graver’s error, was called on the plate (but not in the text) Cyclas len- ticula, and this seems to have misled Mr. Prime, who may not have had access to the text of this rare volume. * Spherium stagnicola J. de C. Sowerby. Cyclas stagnicola SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., Ill, p. 316, 1836, Methy Lake, Athabaska. *Spherium medium J. de C. Sowerby. Cyclas media SOWERBY, of. cit., Methy Lake, Athabaska. The two names above cited from Sowerby are not described in Richardson’s work and I am unable to find any other reference to them in the literature. I presume they are undescribed. FAMILY SPHZ®£RIIDZZ 141 *Spherium primeanum Clessin. SMe primeanum CLESSIN, Malak. Blatt., xxv, p. 122, pl. v, figs. 1, a-d, 1878. Range. — Portland, Oregon; Seattle, Wash. This species, which has a remarkable resemblance to a Bornza, judging by the figure, is not otherwise known to me, but, if the local- ities given are correct, may also extend to British Columbia. Accord- ing to Roper it closely resembles S. rhomboideum Say. Genus Corneocyclas Férussac. (+ Pisidium C. Pfeiffer.) Corneocyclas (Phymesoda) virginica Gmelin. Tellina virginica GMELIN, Syst. Nat., vI, p. 3236, 1792; based on Lister, Conch., pl. cLix, fig. 15, from Virginia. Cyclas dubia Say, Nicholson's Encycl., 1st Am. ed., pl. 1, fig. 10, 1817. Phymesoda dubia (SAY) RAFINESQUE, Ann. Gen. Sci. Phys., v, p. 319, 1820. Pisidium virginicum BOURGUIGNAT, Amen. Mal., 1, p. 53, 1853. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 61, figs. 61, 62, 1865. Range.— United States, east of the Rocky Moun- tains, northward to British America and Alaska. Lake of the Woods ; Manitoba; Yukon River, Alaska, thirty miles below the Tanana River mouth! also at é Nulato! and the Mission! Lake Superior, near St. orneocyclas wirpielce. Ignace Id., in 8 to 13 fathoms (S. I. Smith). Corneocyclas (Phymesoda?) idahoénsis Roper. Pisidium idahoénse ROPER, Nautilus, Iv, p. 85, Dec., 1896. Range.— Old Mission, northern Idaho (Hemphill) ; Seattle, Wash. Stewart River, Yukon District, Dawson ( fide Sterki). Corneocyclas (Phymesoda) scutellata Sterki. Fisidium scutellatum STERKI, Nautilus, x, p. 66, Oct., 1890. Range.— Lake Michigan to Montana; Lake Patten, Wash., Pine Lake, Mich.; Orchard Lake, Minn.; Sheldon, Montana; Frances Lake, Liard River, Yukon District (fide Sterki), collected by Daw- son in 1887. Corneocyclas equilateralis Prime. Pisidium @quilaterale PRimE, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vi, p. 366, pl. x11, figs. 23-25, 1852; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 63, Fic. 112. figs. 65-66, 1865. bennase - ne to Michi a ce Pisidium ange. — Maine to Michigan, northward and westward eguilate- to Alaska. rale Prime. 142 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Kotzebue Sound, Alaska ! in marl associated with mammoth bones, at Elephant Point. Bering Island, Bering Sea! The specimens above referred to were identified for me by Mr. Prime. Corneocyclas (Cymatocyclas) compressa Prime. Pisidium compressum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 164, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p- 64, figs. 67-68, 1865. Range. — Maine to California ; Canada, the Yukon. Lake Superior, near Ignace Id., in 4-6 fathoms ; White Pine, Nevada; Sierra Nevada to 9,000 feet near Summit, Calif.; Ventura Co., Calif. ; Vancouver Island, British Colum- Fic. 114. Corneocyclas _, eiiiebiie Pivee. bia (Raymond) ; Green Lake, Seattle, Wash. ; Stewart River, Yukon District (fide Sterki). Corneocyclas variabilis Prime. Pisidium variabile PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 163, 1851 ; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 66, figs. 69, 70, 1865. ; Range. — Eastern United States, north of Virginia; Colorado, and northward; Seattle, Wash. Pine Creek, Manitoba ; Stewart River, Yukon District (fide Sterki). Corneocyclas abdita Haldeman. Pisidium abditum HALDEMAN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1, p. 53, 1841.— PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 68, figs. 72, 73, 1865. Range.— North America, from Honduras northward to Alaska. Marl Lake, Anticosti! Lake Superior in 4 to 13 fathoms near Ignace Island; Manitoba; Assiniboia at Qu’Appelle! Alberta, at Laggan, Red Deer, Olds, McLeod, Battle River, up to 5,200 feet elevation; east slope of the Sierra Nevada up to 7,100 feet; in Colorado up to 9,300, feet; west slope of the Sierra below 5,300 feet in Califor- nia; Seattle, Wash.; in Alaska at Seldovia, Cook Inlet! Coal Harbor! Unga Island, Shumagins, in small pools on the tundra; Akun Island! Aleutians; the Yukon River, 30 miles below the mouth of the Tanana! and Bering Island, Bering Sea! This is the most common and widespread species, out of the varieties of which many nominal species have been made. Fic. 115. Corneocy- clas abdita Hald. FAMILY SPHAZRIIDZ 143 *Corneocyclas abyssorum Stimpson. Pisidium (sp.) SMITH and VERRILL, Am. Journ. Sci., 1, p. 448, Dec., 1871. Pisidium abyssomus (StM.) Hoy, Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci., 1, p. 100, 1872 (err. typ.). Pe Pisidium abditum var. abyssorum Stimpson, S. I. Smith in Rep. U. S. Fish Com. for 1872-3, p. 704, 1874. Pisidium abyssorum STERKI, Nautilus, XI, p. 124, March, 1898. Range. — Deep water of the Great Lakes, and of the lake region of northern Michigan and Minnesota. Lake Michigan; Lake Superior to a depth of 159 fathoms (food of Coregonus); Pine Lake, Mich.; Green Lake, Wisconsin. This is another of the extra-limital species which search will probably reveal in Lake Winnipeg and other northern lakes. Corneocyclas ventricosa Prime. Pisiditum ventricosum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 68, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 72, figs. 79, 80, wie ss6 ants. Corneocyclas Range. — Massachusetts, Canada, and northward to zentpicosa. Great Slave Lake. Corneocyclas rotundata Prime. Pisidium rotundatum PRIME, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Iv, p. 164, 1851; Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 72, figs. 81, 82, 1865. Range.—Lake Superior region; Manitoba; St. Paul = rye. 117. Island, Bering Sea! Corneocy- Corneocyclas steenbuchii Miller. “hideag Cyclas steenbuchit MOLLER, Index Moll. Grénl., p. 20, 1842. Pisidium steenbuchii M6rcH, Am. Journ. Conch., Iv, p. 37, 1868; iid., Rink’s Greenland, App., p. 440, 1877. Range.— Greenland, on the west coast! Iceland! Ungava, Lab- rador. This species appears to be unfigured, but there are specimens in the Jeffreys collection from Iceland as well as Greenland. It appears to belong to the section Cyclocalyx. Corneocyclas occidentalis Newcomb. Pisidium occidentale NEwcoMs, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 11, p. 94, 1863. — PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 73, 1865. Range.—California to British Columbia. East slope of Sierra Nevada, in California, to9,700 feet. Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, British Columbia; Spokane Falls, Wash. 144 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS This unfigured species has been regarded by Roper as only a muta- tion of C. addita Haldeman. Corneocyclas ultramontana Prime. Pisidium ultramontanum PRIME, Mon. Am. Corbic., p. 75, fig. 85, 1865. Range. — Canoe Creek, California; Seattle, Wash. ; Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, and Pender Island! British Fie. 118. Columbia. Corneocyclas ultramonta- Corneocyclas arctica Westerlund. na Prime. Pisidium arcticum WESTERLUND, Vega Exp. Vetens. Iakt., Iv, p. 217, 1885. Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska. Corneocyclas nivalis Westerlund. Pisidium nivale WESTERLUND, of. cit., p. 218, 1885. Range. — Port Clarence, Alaska. Corneocyclas glacialis Westerlund. Pisidium glaciale WESTERLUND, of. cit., p. 218, 1885. Range.— Port Clarence, Alaska. * Corneocyclas sibirica Clessin. Pisidium sibiricum CLEsstn, K. Svenska Vet. Ak. Forh., p. 70, fig. 23, 1877; Mon. fisidium, Conch. Cab., ed. u1, pl. vil,figs.. 15-17, 1877. —-WESTER- LUND, Fauna Pal. Reg., vil, p. 23, 1890. Range. — Western Siberia, on the Yenisei River to 60° 50’ N. Lat., ? Port Clarence, Alaska. * Corneocyclas borealis Clessin. Pisidium boreale CLESSIN, in Westerlund, Fauna Pal. Reg., VII, p. 32, 1890. Range. — Western Siberia at Lusino. ? Port Clarence, Alaska. The preceding five species are ascribed to Port Clarence on the authority of the literature solely. I have not seen specimens of any of them. I suspect that the C. szbérica and borealis reappear in the form of new species, among the three nominal species preceding them. Corneocyclas pulchella Jenyns. Cyclas pulchella JENYNs, Trans. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, 1832, p. 306, pl. x, figs., 1812; not of Deshayes, 1835, nor Gassies, 1849. —SOWERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., III, p. 316, 1836. Range.— Middle and Northern Europe to 69° N. Lat. Arctic America? Methy Lake, Athabaska (Richardson). FAMILY SPH/ZRIIDZ 145 * Corneocyclas randolphi Roper. Pisidium randolphi Rover, Nautilus, rx, p. 99, Dec., 1895. Range.— Seattle, Washington. This species is finely striated, very much like C. addzt¢a in general form, but of a peculiar and unique greenish-yellow color. It may very likely extend into British Columbia. Corneocyclas (Tropidocyclas) henslowana Sheppard. Tellina henslowana SHEPPARD, Trans. Linn. Soc., XIV, p. 150, 1825. Cyclas appendiculata (LEACH MS.) TurTON, Man., ed. 1, p. 15, pl. xv, fig. 6, 1831. —SOwERBY, in Richardson, Fauna Bor. Am., Il, p. 316, 1836. Pisidium henslowianum JENYNS, Mon. Cyclas, p. 20, pl. xxI, figs. 6, 7, 1832. Range. — Europe north of the Alps; Canada; British America. Hamilton Bay, Lake Ontario; Lake Superior to Lake Winnipeg (Richardson). The record from Richardson was naturally thought to be a misiden- tification, but the recent discovery in Lake Ontario of undoubted speci- mens of this species, leads to the belief that Sowerby, who certainly should have known a common British species, may after all have been correct. In closing the list of Spheritde I may be allowed to observe that so large a part of it is derived from the literature, and not from the present examination of specimens, that I do not feel the confidence in the validity of all the species, or the correctness of all the identifica- tions that I might have felt under other circumstances. Until the very numerous species which have been named among American Pisidia of late years, shall have been adequately illustrated and some knowledge gained of the range of variation in these minute forms, a healthy skep- ticism in regard to our population of this genus will doubtless continue to prevail among collectors of fresh water shells. BIBLIOGRAPHY Baird, W. 1863 Descriptions of some New Species collected at Vancouver Island and in British Columbia by J. K. Lord, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1863. pp- 66-71. Baker, F. C. 1904 New American Lymnzas, u. Nautilus, xvu, No. 6, Oct., 1904, pp. 62-3. Bell, Robert. 1859 On the Natural History of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the distribu- tion of the Mollusca of Eastern Canada. Canadian Naturalist, rv, No. 3, June, 1859, pp. 197-200; and No. 4, Aug., 1859, pp- 241-242. Binney, W. G. 1861 Catalogue of Land and Freshwater Univalve Mollusks collected in British America by Messrs. Ross, Kennicott and Drexler, and deposited in the Smithsonian collection. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1861, October, p. 330 (Extras p. 59). 1876 On the lingual dentition, jaw and genitalia of Carelia, Onchidella, and other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1876, pp- 183-192, pl. v1; also: Notes on Am. Land Shells, m1, pt. 1, 1876. 1885 Manual of American Land Shells. Bulletin U. S. National Museum, No. 28. Washington, 1885, pp. 18-27. Boettger , Oscar. 1880 Schnecken der Hudson Bai. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., XII, p- 32, 1880. Carpenter, Philip P. 1857 Report on the present state of our knowledge with regard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. Extract from the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1856, London, Taylor and Francis, 1857, 8°, pp. 159-368, pls. vi-rx. Also printed separately with four preliminary leaves, London, 1857; cf. pp. 197-198. 1864 Supplementary Report on the present state of our knowledge with re- gard to the Mollusca of the West Coast of North America. London, Taylor and Francis, 1864. Extract from the Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1863, 8°, pp. 517-686; cf. pp. 604-607. Also issued separately, and reprinted by the Smith- sonian Institution, in Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, No. 252; Dec., 1872, 8°, pp. 3-172. ‘Christy, Robert Miller. 1885 Notes on the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Manitoba. Journal of Conchology (Leeds), rv, July, 1885, pp. 339-349. Cockerell, T. D. A. 1887 Letter to the editor. Conchologist’s Exchange, u, p. 68, Nov., 1887. 147 148 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Cockerell, T. D. A., continued. 1891 The Slugs of British Columbia. The Nautilus, v, No. 3, July, 1891, pp. 30-32. Cooper, William: 1834 List of Shells collected by Mr. Schoolcraft in the Western and North- western Territory. Schoolcraft’s Narrative of an Exp. to Itaska Lake, App., pp- 153-156, 1834. Dall, W. H. 1885 Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No. 111. Report on the Mollusca of the Commander Islands, Bering Sea, collected by Leonhard Stejneger in 1882 and 1883. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1884, vil, pp. 340-349, 1885. 1885 New or specially interesting Shells of the Point Barrow Expedition. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1884, vil, pp. 523-526, 1885. 1885 Report of the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1885, 4°. Natural History, part vi. Report on the Mollusks, pp. 177-184, with plate. 1886 Report on the Mollusks collected by L. M. Turner at Ungava Bay, North Labrador, and from the adjacent Arctic seas. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum for 1886, ix, pp. 202-208. 1886 Contributions to the Natural History of the Commander Islands, No. vi. Report on Bering Island Mollusca collected by Mr. Nicholas Greb- nitzki. Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum for 1886, rx, pp. 209-219. 1899 The Mollusk-Fauna of the Pribiloff Islands. Extract from The Fur- seals and Fur-seal Islands of the North Pacific Ocean. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1899. 4°, Part 111, pp. 539-545, and map. 1905 On the relations of the Land and Freshwater Mollusk Fauna of Alaska and Eastern Siberia. Popular Science Monthly, vol. txv1, No. 4, Feb., 1905, pp. 362-366. Dawson, George Mercer. 1875 Land and Fresh Water Mollusca, collected during the summers of 1873- 1874, in the vicinity of the Forty-ninth Parallel, Lake of the Woods to the Rocky Mountains. British North American Boundary Commission, Report on the Geology and Resources of the region in the vicinity of Forty-ninth Parallel (etc), 1875, App. E., pp. 347-350. (? Dawson, J. W.) 1857 Description of some of the Fresh water Gastropods inhabiting the lakes and rivers of Canada. Canadian Naturalist, 11, No. 3, 1857, pp. 195-215. D’Urban, W. S. M. 1859-60 Observations on the Natural History of the valley of the Rivitre Rouge and surrounding townships in the Counties of Argenteuil and Ottawa. Canadian Naturalist, rv, No. 4, Aug., 1859, pp. 252-256; v, No. 2, Apr., 1860, pp. 81-99. Dybowski, W. 1g0r Studien ueber die Mollusken des Amur-gebietes. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxIII, pp. 129-144, Oct. 1go1. BIBLIOGRAPHY 149 Dybowski, W., continued. 1903 Zur Kenntnis der Ostsibirischen Landschnecken. Nachrichtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xxxv, pp. 7-10, Feb. 1903. 1903 Beitrag zur Kenntniss du Mollusken-Fauna Kamtschatka’s. Annal. Mus. Zool. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, vill, 1903, pp. 40-55, with 8 figures in the text. Fabricius, Otho. 1780 Fauna Groenlandica. Lipsiz, J. G. Rothe, 1780, 8°, pp. xvi, 452, 1 pl. Fulton, Hugh. 1905 On New Species of Helicarion, Ariophanta, Eulota (etc). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. vi, vol. xv, Jan., 1905, pp. 91-93- Gebler, Friedrich August von. 1829 Sur le Musée de Barnaoul en Sibérie. Bull. Soc. Nat. de Moscow, 1, PP- 51-59, 173-188, 1829. Gerstfeldt, G. 1859 Ueber Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Siberiens und des Amur-ge- bietes. Mémoires des savants étrangers, 1x, pp. 507-548, pl. rx, June, 1859. Imp. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg. Graeser, Louis, see Mousson, Albert. Hanham, A. W. 1899 A list of the Land and Fresh Water Shells of Manitoba. The Nautilus, x1, No. 1, May, 1899, pp. 1-6. Heron, Gilbert Clifford. 1880 On the Land and Fresh-water Shells of the Ottawa. Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, 1880, pp. 36-40, pl. 1, figs. 3-8. Krause, Aurel. 1883 Einige Landschnecken von der Tschuktschenhalbinsel und aus den ‘ Sudéstlichen Alaska. Sitzungs-bericht der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 31-37- Krynicki, Johann. 1837 Bull. Soc. des Nat. de Moscou, x, p. 57, 1837. Latchford, F. R. 1882 Notes on the Ottawa Unionide. Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, m1, 1882, pp. 48-57, and plate. 1886 Observations of the Terrestrial Mollusca of Ottawa and Vicinity. Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, m1, No. 2, pp. 1-21, 1886. 18go Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Naturalist, 1890. Extra copies pp. 1-7. 1895 Casselman Shells. Ottawa Naturalist, rx, No. 7, Oct., 1895, p. 156. 1896 Notes on Recent Canadian Mollusca. Ottawa Naturalist, x, No. 1, April, 1896, pp. 14-16. Latchford, F, R., and Fletcher, J. 1894 Report of the Conchological Branch. Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1893. Ottawa Naturalist, vim, No. 6, Sept., 1894, pp. 97-98. Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P. 1884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1883). Transactions of the Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 11, No. 1, 1884, pp. 130-134. I50 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Latchford, F. R., and Poirier, P., continued. 1884 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1884). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, u, No. 2, 1884, pp. 263-266. 1887 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1885). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, m1, No. 3, 1887, pp. 350-351. Lea, Isaac. 1861-62 Descriptions of two New Species of Anodonta from Arctic America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, x11, p. 56. March, 1861; also Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, v, pp. 212-214, pls. xxxIP Xxx1I, 1862. 1867-68 Descriptions of five New Species of Unionide and one Paludina of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, x1x, p. 81, 1867; also Journ. Acad. Nat. Sciences, vi, p. 287, pl. rx, 1868. Lehnert, E. 1884 Alaska Plants and Shells. Science Record (Boston, Mass.), 11, No. 8, pp- 171-172, June 16,1884. Lord, John Keast. 1866 The Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia. London, Richard Bentley, 1866, 2 v.,8°. Cf. Volume u1, Appendix, pp. 356-370, Maack, R. 1853 Notizen ueber einiger Land- und Siissw.-Mollusken, etc., mit Zusatz von Dr. A. Th. von Middendorff. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci., St. Petersburg, x1, p. 372, 1853 ; Mélanges Biol., u, pp. 8-18, and 19-22, 1853. Martens, Carl Eduard von. 1855 Ueber der Verbreitung der Europaeischen Land- und Siisswasser-Gaster- opoden. Inaugural dissertation, Tiibingen, 1855, pp. 144, 8°. 1872 Conchylien aus Alaschka. Malakozoologische Blatter, x1x, pp. 78-80. 1872. 1882 [Shells of the Krause Expedition.] Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf Freunde zu Berlin, 1882, No. 9, pp. 138-143. 1885 Binnen Mollusken aus Mittel- und Ost-Asien. Conchol. Mittheil., 1, heft v, pp. 179-185, 1885. Mayer, Charles. 1869 [Mollusca of the Plant beds] Heer, Flora fossilis Alaskana; Kong. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad. Handl., n.ser., v1, pp. 40-41, pl. x, figs. 7-13, 1869. Middendorff, A. Th. von. 1851 Sibirische Reise. Siisswasser und Land Mollusken, 11, Th. 1, pp. 273- 308, 389-433, 1851. 1851 Beschreibung einen neuen Molluskenarten, nebst einem Blicke auf den geographischen Charakter den Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Nord Asiens. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. St. Petersburg, 1x, pp. 108-112, 1851. Mélanges Biol., 1, pp. 160-164, 1851. See also Maack, R. Miller, H. P. C. 1842 Index Molluscorum Groenlandiz. Hafnie, C. A. Reitzel, 1842, 8°, pp- 26. BIBLIOGRAPHY 151 Mérch, 0. A. L. 1868 On the Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of Greenland. Amer. Jour. Conch., Iv, pp. 25-40, pls. 11, rv, 1868. 1857. Prodromus Fauna Molluscorum Grénlandiz. Rink’s Greenland, App., pp- 75-100, 1857. A second edition, revised and augmented, in the Arctic Manual, London, 1875, pp. 124-135- 1877. The Greenland Fauna, tv, Mollusca. Rink’s Danish Greenland, Lon- don, 1877, Appendix, pp- 435-442- Morelet, Arthur. 1858 Coquilles Terrestres du Kamtchatka. Journal de Conchyliologie, vir Juillet, 1858, pp. 7-9- Mousson, Albert. 1887 Coquilles Terrestres et Fluviatiles recueillies par M. Louis Graeser dans le bassin de Amour (etc.). Journal de Conchyl., xxxv, pp. 10-32, Jan., 1887. Notre.—This paper was only discovered after the completion of the present memoir. Nearly all the species mentioned in it are from the upper waters of the Amur River, or from Vladivostok. Succinea insu- laris Mousson, from an island at the mouth of the Amur, is the only addition to the species properly belonging to the Primorski province, treated of in my discussion of the species of the Northeast coast of Siberia, but several are added to the list of Mongolian elements of the fauna of the Amur drainage. Nylander, Olof 0. 1899 A list of Shells from Northeastern Maine. The Nautilus, x11, No. 8, Dec., 1899, pp. 102-106. 1g0r Distribution of ZLimne@a emarginata Say, and the variety Mighelsit Binney, in Fish River, Aroostook Co., Maine. 8°, pp. 1-4, pl. I-1v, Caribou, Maine, the author, Igor. Pilsbry, H. A. 1888 Lyogyrus, Gill, and other American Shells. Conchologist’s Exchange, Il, p- 113, 1888. 1898 Descriptions of new species and varieties of American Zonitide and Endodontide. The Nautilus, xm, No. 8, Dec., 1898, pp. 85-87. 1899 New and little known species of Pristiloma. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 185-187, pl. rx. 1899 Remarks on the American species of Conulus. The Nautilus, x11, No. 10, Feb., 1899, pp. 113-117. 1899 Notes on a few Northwest American Land Snails. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, for 1899, pp. 314-315. Poirier, Pascal. 1883 Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1882). Transactions Ot- tawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, No. 4, 1883, p. 74. Posselt, Henrik J. 1898 Conspectus Fauna Grénlandice. Meddelelser om Grénland, xxi, pp. xx, 298, 2 pl. andi map. 8°. Kjébenhavn, Bianco Luno, 1898; cf pp. 257-268. 152 LAND AND FRESH WATER MOLLUSKS Provancher, Léon. 1890 Les Mollusques de la Province de Quebec. Le Naturaliste Canadien, xx, No. 9, Mar., 1890, pp. 184-187, and No. 10, April, pp. 203-205. Rackett, Thomas. 1822 Descriptions of some Shells found in Canada. Transactions Linnean Soc., XIII, pp. 42-43, 1822. Randolph, P. B. 1899 Collecting Shells inthe Klondike country. The Nautilus, xu, No. 10, Feb., 1899, pp. 109-112. Reinhart, J. 1883 Die von den Herren Gebriider Krause auf ihrer Reise gesammelten Pupa-, Hyalina-, und Vallonia-arten. Sitzungsbericht der Ges. Naturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1883, No. 3, pp. 37-43- Schrenck, Leopold von. 1867 Reisen und Forschungen im Amurlande in den jahren 1854-1856. 11, (3): Mollusken des Amurlandes und des Nordjapanisches Meeres. St. Petersburg, K. Akad. der Wissenchaften, 1867, 4°, pp. 259-976. Sheppard, Mrs., of Woodfield 1829 On the Recent Shells which characterize Quebec and its environs. Trans. Literary and Scientific Society of Quebec for 1829, 1, pp. 188-198. Shimek, B. 1893 List of the Shells collected on the Lower Saskatchewan in 1892 by C. C. Nutting. Bulletin University of Iowa, Nat Hist., 11, 1893, pp. 291-292. Cf. also Ottawa Naturalist, x, p. 15, 1896. Siemaschko, Julian Marc von. 1849 Bemerkungen ueber einige Land- und Siisswasser-Mollusken Russ- lands. Bull. Phys. Math. Akad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Pétersbourg, vir, 1848, pp. 225-240, 1849. Small, H. B., and Symes P. B. 1882. Report of the Conchological Branch (for 1881). Transactions Ottawa Field Naturalist’s Club, 1, No. 3, 1882, pp. 57-59. Sowerby, James de Carle. 1836 Mollusca. Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana, 111, p. 315, London, 1836. Taylor, George W. 1889 The Land Shells of Vancouver Island. Ottawa Naturalist, m1, No. 3, pp- 84-94, 1889. 1891 Land Shells of Vancouver Island. The Nautilus, v, No. 8, Dec., 1891, Pp- 91-92. 1893 Land and Freshwater Shells in the Rocky Mountains. The Nautilus, vir, No. 8, Dec., 1893, p. 85. 1895 The Land and Freshwater Shells of Alberta. Ottawa Naturalist, rx, No. 9, Dec., 1895, pp. 173-178. 1897 Planorbis nautileus in America. The Nautilus, x, No. 12, pp. 139-140, April, 1897. Taylor, John W. 1885 Description of a New Species of Planorbis from Manitoba. Journal of Conchology, 1v (Leeds), 1885, p. 351. BIBLIOGRAPHY 153 Tryon, George W. 1865 Descriptions of New Species of North American Limnzidz. Amer. Journ. Conch., 1, p. 231, 1865. Vanatta, E. G. 1896 The Geographic Distribution of Planorbis umbilicatellus. The Nautilus, 1x, No. 10, Feb., 1896, p. 117. Westerlund, Carl Agardh. 1883 Von der Vega Exp. in Asien gesammelten Binnen Mollusken. Nach- richtsbl. d. Deutschen Malak. Ges., xv, pp. 48-59, April, 1883. 1885 Land och Sétvatter Mollusker, insamlade under Vega-expeditionen. Vega Exped. Vetenskapliga Iakttagelser, rv, pp. 141-220, 1885. Whiteaves, J. F. 1863 On the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Lower Canada. Canadian Naturalist, Feb., 1863, pp. 50-65. April, pp. 98-107. Extra copies pp. 1-31, 1863. 1880 List of Freshwater Mollusca from Manitoba and the valley of the Nelson River. Geological Survey of Canada, Report of Progress for 1878-79, Montreal, 1880. Report of Explorations of the Churchill and Nelson Rivers, by Robert Bell. Appendix, m1, pp. 61-62, c. 1881 Mollusca. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress for 1879- 80, Montreal, 1881. Report on Hudson’s Bay, by Robert Bell. Ap- pendix, Iv, pp- 75-76, c. 1887 On some Marine Invertebrata dredged, or otherwise collected, by Dr. G. M. Dawson, in 1885, on the coast of British Columbia, with a sup- plementary list of afew Land and Fresh Water Shells (etc.) from the same region. Transactions Royal Society of Canada for 1886, rv, section Iv, 1887, pp. 111-137, with 4 text-figures. 1895 Notes on Recent Canadian Unionide. Canadian Record of Science, vi, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 250-263. 1895 Additional notes on Recent Canadian Unionidz. Canadian Record of Science, v1, No. 5, Jan., 1895, pp. 365-366. 1895 Recent Mollusca from the headwaters of the Ottawa. Ottawa Natural- ist, rx, April, 1895, p- 22. 1g0r Notes on some Land and Freshwater Mollusca from Fort Chimo, Ungava Bay, Ungava. Ottawa Naturalist, x1v, No. 12, Mar., 1901, pp. 221-223. 1902 Notes on some Fresh Water and Land Shells from Keewatin, Northern Ontario and British Columbia. Ottawa Naturalist, xvi, 1902, pp. 91-92. 1905 Notes on some Freshwater Shells from the Yukon Territory. Nauti- lus, x1x, No. 1, pp. I-3, May, 1905. 1905 Lists of a few species of Land and Freshwater Shells from the immedi- ate vicinity of James Bay, Hudson Bay. Nautilus, xrx, No. 1, p. 4, May, 1905. PLATE I. (The figures are natural size.) Fic. 1. Lymnaea preblei Dall. The reflected margin of the aperture below the umbilicus is somewhat broken. See p. 70. 2. A younger specimen of the same species from behind. 3- Lymnea randolphi F. C. Baker; p. 71. 4. The same species, another specimen, from behind; p. 71. - (154) PLATE II. (The specimens are figured natural size except when otherwise stated.) FIGS. I, 2. Valvata helicotdea Dall, magnified four diameters. The umbilicus is partly hidden by a calcareous deposit; p. 123. 3- Lymnea peterst Dall; p. 66. 4,5- Lymnea anticostiana Dall; p. 79. 6 Lymnaea? perpolita Dall; p. 78. 7,9. Lymnaea atkaénsis Dall; p. 66. 8. Lymnea ? perpolita Dall, magnified two diameters; p. 78. 10, 11. Planorbula christy? Dall, magnified two diameters; p. 99. (156) INDEX TO GENERA AND SPECIES New genera and species and the pages on which they are described are in black-face type; synonyms in parenthesis; pages where synonymy of known species or genera is given in #falics; varietal names are treated as specific for the purposes of the Index. Acanthinula 21 Amnicolidz 277 aculeata 21 Ampbhibina 55 harpa (22) avara 55 Acella (60), 64, 72 pfeifferi 55 kirtlandiana 72 Amphibulima (55) Achatinidz 33 cuculata 55 Acmza II3 patula 55 Acroloxus 708, 109 Amphibulimus (55) Acroxus (108) Amphibulina (55) Adelina (60) Amphipeplea 78 elegans 60 Amplexa (104) Adula (82) Amplexis (22) Agriolimax 5 Amplexus (22), (104) agrestis g5 Anczus (82) berendti 46 Ancylastrum 708, 109 campestris 46 cumingianus 108 hyperboreus 45 Ancyllus (108) Alasmidonta costata (131 Ancylus 11, 707, (108), 109 Alasmodon falcata (132) caurinus (110) rhombica (127) cumingianus 108, 109 yubaénsis (132) fluviatilis 107, 108, 109 Alasmodonta arcuata (132) fragilis zzo complanata (131) fuscus 109 dahurica (132) kootaniensis s70 rugosa (131) lacustris 107, 108, 109 Amalia 46 newberryi 109 gagates 46 parallelus zzo hewstoni g6 patelloides 109 Ameria IoI radiatus 108 Amnicola 777 rivularis zog, (110) cincinnatiensis zz8 Anguispira alternata (49) emarginata 78 bruneri (52) granum (118) Angustula milium (32) hindsii (119) Anisopsis (81), 85 lapidaria (119) Anisus 81, (82), 84 limosa 177 Anodon areolatus (127) pallida 777 biangulata (130) porata (117) exilis (129) (157) 158 INDEX Anodon feminalis (130) Anodonta shaefferiana (127) rostratus (128) showalteri (127) rugosus (127) simpsoniana (130) triangularis (128) subcarinata (129) Anodonta 727 subcylindracea (131) angulata (130) tetragona (127) argentea (131) triangularis (128) arkansasensis (127) undulata (127) beringiana Io, 127 wahlamatensis 728 biangulata (130) wardiana (127) buchanensis (131) youconensis (127) cellensis (127) youkanensis (127) cognata (128) Anodontoides 130 dallasiana (130) ferussacianus 730 denigrata (131) Ansulus (108) edentula (127) Ansylus (108) feminalis (130) Aplecta (104), 106 ferruginea (131) Aplexa I00, 102, 704, 105, 107 ferussaciana (130) hordacea 103 flava (129) hypnorum 12, 104, 105, 06, 107 footiana (129), 129 Aplexus (104) fragilis (129) hypnorum 107 gigantea (129) Arctonchis 112 glandulosa (129) borealis 112 grandis 729 Arianta arbustorum 21 housatonica (129) Ariolimax 34, 35, 47 implicata 129 columbianus 47, 48 irisans (129) maculatus 48 kennerleyi 728 steindachneri 48 kennicotti 730 stramineus 48 lacustris (129) Arion andersoni (46) ladsensis (128) foliolatus (47) lewisii (129) Arionide 46 marginata 128 Arionta ptychophora (25) marryattiana (129) Armiger 83, 86 : modesta (131) crista 96 : newtonensis (129) Arnouldia (40) | nuttalliana 728 fulva (41) oblita (131) Aulaca (21) oregonensis 728 Auricella (115) ovata (129) Auricula (115) pallida (129) - Auricularia (60) pavonia (127) Auriculide 175 pepiniana 730 Auriculina (115) plicata (131) randalli (130) Bathyomphalus 8&3, 86 rotundata (128) Bifidaria 27 rotundovata (128) armifera 27 salmonea (127), (129) contracta 27 INDEX 159 Bifidaria holzingeri 28 pentodon 28 Bornia I4I Brachyspira (55) Brondelia 109 drouetiana 109 Buccinum palustre 62, (76) truncatulum 62, (72) Buliminus obscurus 41 Bulimnea (60), 63 megasoma 67, 70 Bulimulus pilula 79 Bulimus (104), 105, (115) harpa (21) hypnorum (106) lubricoides (33) Bulinus (100), (101), (104), 105, 107 hordaceus (104) hypnorum 107 perla 105 pictus 107 senegalensis 105 turritus 105 Bulla (104) fontinalis 99, I0o hypnorum 104, 105, (106) turrita (106) Bullinus (100), (104) fontinalis too turritus (106) Bythinella obtusa 118 Bythinia 105 Caillaudia (81) angulata 81 Campeloma 124 decisum 124, 125 Carinifex 63 Carychium 775, 116 exiguum I15, 776 exile 776 minimum II5 Cepza hortensis (20) Chilostoma (22) Chlamydea 36 Choanomphalus 62 Cincinna (120) Cincinnatia cincinnatiensis 118 Cionella lubrica (33) Circinaria (22), 33 chocolata 34 hemphilli 35 hybrida 35 sportella 34, 75 vancouverensis 25, 74, (35) voyana 35 Circinariidz 33 Cobresia (35), 121 Cochlicopa 33 lubrica 33 Cochlohydra (55) Complanaria gigas (131) Concinna (120) Conulus (39) alaskensis 41 arcticus (45) chersinus (41) fulvus (40), (41) trochiformis (41) Coretus (80), (81), 83 Corneocyclas 3, 134, I4I abdita 742, 143, 145 abyssorum 143 zxquilateralis 7gz arctica 744 borealis 744 compressa J42 glacialis z4g henslowana 745 idahoénsis zr nivalis 74g occidentalis 743 pulchella zgg randolphi 74g rotundata 743 scutellata rgr sibirica 74¢ steenbuchii 747 ultramontana 14g variabilis zg2 ventricosa 147 virginica 747 Cornu (81) Costatella (100), zor Costella (100) Cumingiza (108) Cyclas appendiculata (145) aurea (135) 160 Cyclas bulbosa 136 calyculata 140 dentata (137) dubia (141) elegans (136) emarginata (138) fabalis (137) flava (138) fuscata 136 jayensis (139) lenticula 140 media (140) nobilis (137) ovalis (137) partumeia (139) patella (138) pulchella (144) rhomboida (136) saratogea (135) similis (134) solidula (136) stagnicola (140) staminea (136) steenbuchii (143) striatina (135) sulcata (134) tenuis 139 transversa (139) truncata (140) Cyclocalyx 143 Cyclolimnza 64 Cyclostoma lapidaria (119) tricarinata (121) Cymatocyclas compressa 142 Dentati 97 Dentatus (97) Diastropha (99) contorta 100 Diplodiscus (82), 85, 86 Discoidina (83) Discus (97) Drepanotrema 82, 86 Endodontidz 49 Enydra (99) Epiphragmophora 21 fidelis 21 Erinna (61), 62, 65 INDEX Erinna newcombi 61, 65 Euconulus 39, 40, 45 fabricii 41, 42 fulva 42 fulvus 39, (40), (41) trochiformis go, 41, 42 Euhadra fiscina 11 Eulimneus (61) Eulota fiscina 11 flexibilis rr weyrichi II Ferrissia 109 parallelus 110 rivularis 110 Ferussacia subcylindrica (33) Fluminicola 279 nuttalliana 77g virens 779 Fossaria (61) Galba (60), 62, 64 desidiosa 73 galbana 73 holbolli 74 humilis 73 truncatula 72 vahlii 74 Gallandia (36) Gastrodonta 43 gularis ¢? Giraulus (83) Glaphyra (22) Glyptophysa Ior Gonidea 730 angulata 730 Goniobasis 776, 117 plicifera 776, 117 silicula 776, 117 Gonyodiscus 50 striatella (50) Gulnaria (60) Gundlachia 708, 109 ancyliformis 108 Gyraulus 83, 86 deflectus 94 hirsutus 93 Gyrorbis (82), 85, (120) Gyrulus (83) Haldemania (108) Haldemanina 97, 98 Helicidz 3, 19, 20 Helicodiscus 52 lineatus 52 Helicogona subpersonata II Helicolimax (35), (36) Helisiga (55) sanctehelene 55 Helisigna (55) Helisoma 87, 84, 85 bicarinatus 87 Helix 20, (39), (59), (115) albolabris (26) alternata (49) amarula 59 amurensis (21) arborea (42) arboreus (42) arbustorum (21) asiatica (23) asteriscus (51) attenuata 54 auricularia (60) baskervillei (24) belcheri 54 bidentata 41 breweri (42) chersina (41), 42 columbiana (24) conspecta (53) cooperi 52 cornea 8o, 81 corneus 80 costata (23) crenella (23) cronkhitei (50) devia (24) dubia (49) egena (41), 42 electrina (38) engonata (87) fabricii (41) fidelis (21) floccata 51 fulva (40) germana (25) gularis (43), 44 hammonis (38), 42 INDEX Helix harpa (21) haydeni (52) hortensis 20 indentata (39) labiosa (24) labyrinthica (27) limitaris (49) lineata (52) lubrica (33) lucida (42) mandralisci (40) milium (43) minuscula (43) minuta (22) minutissima (53) monodon (26) morsei (39) mortoni (40) nitida 41, (42) nitidula (39), (40) nuttalliana (21) paludosa (22) pellucida 35, (36) ptychophora (25) pulchella (22), (23) putris 55 pygmea (53) radiatula (38) rudis 54 solitaria (49) spirorbis 83 sportella (35) stagnalis 59, (60), (62), (65) striatella (50) strigosa (51) subglobosa (20) townsendiana (25) trochiformis (40) trochilus (40) trochulus (40), 41 vancouverensis (34) vellicata (34) virgata 52 Hemithalamus (97) nitidus 97 Hemphillia 48 camelus 48 glandulosa 48 161 162 Heterodiscus (82), 87 Hippeutes (82) Hippeutis 82, 86, (97) Hyalina (35), (39) arborea (42) arctica (45) binneyana (39) binneyi (39) fulva (40), (41) indentata (39) nitida (42) pellucida (38) viridula (38) Hyalinia (39) fulva (40) trochiformis (41) Ielskia (120) Isidora 100, IOI, 105 wahlbergi Ior Isthmia ventricosa (31) pygmexa 33 Jelskia (120), 121 Lzvapex 109 fragilis 110 kootaniensis IIo Lampsilis 725 alatus 126, 127 borealis 1726 ellipsiformis 126 gracilis 727 ligamentinus 126 luteolus 725 radiatus 126 rectus 726 superiorensis 125 ventricosus 125 Lantzia. See Hrinna. Lanx I09 Lasmigona I31 Leachia (60) stagnalis 60 Legrandia (108) Le Liri 111 Leptolimnza glaber 64 Leptolimnea (60), 62, 64 elongata 60 INDEX Leptolimnea glaber 60 Leptolimneus (61) glaber 61 Limacide 45 Limacina (35) Limax agrestis (45) berendti 46 columbianus (47) hemphilli 46 hewstoni (46) hyperborea (45) Limnza (60), (61), 62, (105) ampla (68), (69) angulata (68) arctica (75) binneyi (69) bulimoides (79) canadensis (69) decisa (125) decollata (68) elodes (76) elongata (75) emarginata (69) exilis (72), 77 ferruginea (72) glabra 61 grénlandica (75) haydeni (76) holbolli (74) kingi 61 kirtlandiana (72) lanceata (72) leucostoma (75) megalosoma (67) megastoma (67) mighelsi (€$) minor (75) mdlleri (75) nuttalliana (76) philadelphica (74) plebeia (76) proxima (76) scalaris (69) senegalensis (75) stagnalis (65) traski (74) umbilicata (79) vahlii (74) velutina 61, 65 163 INDEX Limnzus decollatus (68) Lymnza bulimoides 78, 79 elodes (76) canadensis 68 elongatus (77) caperata 79 Limnea (60) catascopium 77, 78, 79 adeline (78) columella 70 caperata (79) desidiosa 73, 75, 80 catascopium (68) emarginata 68,69 cochlea (59) expansa 77 columella (70) ferruginea 73 desidiosa (73) fossaria 80 expansa (76) galbana 73 fragilis (76) glaber 60, 62 galbana (74) glabra 60 gracilis 60 gracilis 64 humilis (73) haydeni 77 megasoma 60, (67) holbolli 74 serrata (69) humilis 77 Limneus (60) involuta 64 desidiosus (73) jugularis (65) emarginatus (68) kingi 64 minutus (72) kirtlandiana 72 ontariensis (68) lagorii 61, 63 palustris (76) lanceata 72 stagnalis (60) lepida 67 umbrosus (77) malleata 75 Limnophysa (60), 62 megasoma 63, 67, 70 holbolli (74) mighelsi 68, 72 palustris 60 nitida 75 senegalensis 75 nuttalliana 77 vahlii (74) obrussa 73 Limnus (61) opacina 80 Liria (111) palustris 62, 64, 68, 75, 76, 78 Liriola zzz pereger 60 thersites III perpolita 78 Lucena (22), 55 petersi 66 oblonga 55 petitii So pulchella 55 pingelii (75) Lucina lenticula 140 preblei 70 Lymnza 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 66, 68, 72, proxima 74, 77 100, 102 randolphi 66, 77 acuta So reflexa 60, 62, 72, 77 adeline 78 rowelli 76 ampla 71, 72 solida 78 anticostiana 79 solidula 75 appressa (65) stagnalis 61, 63, 65, 66 arenaria 63 sumassi 66, 69, 71, 72, (77), 78 atkaénsis 66 techella 78, 79 auricularia 60, 61, 62, 64 tenuicostata 64 binneyi 69, 70 traskii 74 164 INDEX Lymnea truncatula 60, 61, 62,64, 72,73 Muretia (111) tryoni 74 tryoniana 74 vahlii 74, 75 wormskioldi (75) zrmanje 61, 65 Lymnezide 59 Lymnezus (60) columellus (70) emarginatus (68) Lymnea (60) cornea (77) Lymneus (60) caperatus (79) desidiosus (73) emarginatus (68) galbanus (73) humilis (73) megasomus (67) minutus (72) reflexus (77) Lymnophysa (61) Lymnula (60) Lymnus (60) Lyogyrus 278 granum 778, 119 lehnerti (117) Macrocyclis 33 vancouverensis (34) Macrophysa (100), zor Margarita oregonensis (128) Margaritana 131 falcata 132 margaritifera II, 732 Melania 117 canaliculata (116) conica (116) plicifera (116) silicula (116) Melantho decisa (125) Menetus (81), 82, 86 exacuous 9I opercularis 92 Microphysa 99 lansingi 44 pygmea (53) stearnsii (44) Mouretia (111) Musculium jayanum 139 lenticula 140 partumeium 139 raymondi 138 tenue 139 transversum 139 truncatum 140 Mya complanata (133) margaritifera (132) radiata (126) Myxas (104) Naiades 225 Nauta (104) hypnorum (106), (107) polaris (107) Nautilina (83) Nautilus crista (96) lacustris 97 Neritostoma 55, (61) Odostomia (115) Oligolimax (36) Omphalia (61) Omphalolimnus (61), 63 Omphiscola 60, (61), 62 Onchidella zzz borealis 772, 113, I14 carpenteri 113 celtica 112, 113, II4 floridana 114 Onchidiide zr2 Onchidium 772, 114, 115 boreale (112) celticum 113 nigricans I12 schrammi 114 typhe 112 Orbis (81) Oreohelix 57 cooperi 52 stantoni 52 strigosa 57, 52 Oxyloma 55 hungarica 55 Pazana (36) Paludina cincinnatiensis 118 INDEX Paludina decisa (125) emarginata (118) grana (118) hyalina (91) limosa (117) lustrica 120 nuclea (119) obtusa (118) porata (117) seminalis (119) virens (119) 82, 86 Parmacellina (36) vitrineformis 36 Patella (107) lacustris 107, 108 Patula 49 asteriscus (51) cronkhitei (50) occidentalis 49 pauper 50, 51 solitaria (49) striatella 50 Patulastra pugetensis (43) Periophthalmus 115 Petasia (39) fabricii (41) fulva 40 trochiformis (40) Phenacarion foliolatus (47) hemphilli (47) Phenacolimax (36) Phymesoda dubia (141) idahoénsis (141) scutellata 141 virginica 141 Physa 11, 63, (81), 84, 99, (100), Ior, - 102, (104), 105, 107 albofilata (102) ampullacea so? ancillaria zo2 bullata (103) columnaris 99, IoI contorta 99 costata 100, IOI crassa (102) elongata (106) elongatina 107 fontinalis 11, 99, (102), 105 165 Physa fragilis (101) glabra (106) globosa 99 guildingii 99, 100 gyrina zor heterostropha Jos, 103 hildrethiana 102 hordeacea 7037, 107 hypnorum (106) lata (101) lordi 02, 103 microstoma 99 obesa (102) oleacea (102) parkeri (102), 103 philippii (ror) plicata (101) polaris 107 primeana (101) propinqua so; turrita (106) vinosa Io2 Physastra (61), 62, 64 vestita 61, 64 Physella (99), 100 Physidz 99, 101 Physodon (99), I0o Physopsis 100, Ior Phyza (99), (104) Pierosoma 81, 85 binneyi 87 corpulentus 87, 88 trivolvis 88 Pisidium 3, 141 abditum (142), (143) abyssomus (143) abyssorum (143) zquilaterale (141) arcticum (144) boreale (144) compressum (142) glaciale (144) henslowianum (145) idahoénse (141) nivale (144) occidentale (143) randolphi (145) rotundatum (143) scutellatum (141) 166 Pisidium sibiricum (144) steenbuchii (143) ultramontanum (144) variabile (142) ventricosum (143) virginicum (141) Planaria (83) Planella (120) Planogyra 51 asteriscus 57, 122 Planorbarius (81) Planorbe brun 80 Planorbella 87, 85 campanulatus go Planorbina 87, 83, 84 glabrata 86 Planorbis 63, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 102, (104), 105 alabamensis 92 albus 83, 86, (93), 94 ammon 88 andecolus 81 arcticus 96 armatus 97 armiger 97, (98), 99 armigerus 97, (98) bellus (90) bicarinatus 81, 84, 87 billingsi (95) binneyi 87, 88, 89 boissyi 82 borealis (93), 94 brongniartiana 91 buchanensis 92 calculus 81 callioglyptus (92), 93 campanulatus 81, 85, go carinatus 82 centervillensis (92), 93 complanatus 82, 85, 90 concavus (95) contortus 83, 86 corneus 80, 81, 83, 84 cornu-arietis 84 corpulentus 87 costatus (96) crista 96 cristatus (96) declivis 98 Planorbis deflectus 9g dilatatus 92 disjectus 89 draparnaldi 94 draparnaudi 94 elevatus (95) engonatus (87) exacuous 97, 92, 93 exacutus (91) fontanus 82, 86 glabratus 86 guadeloupensis 81 hirsutus 93, 94 hispidus 83 hornii 89, 90 imbricatus (96) lacustris 97 lens 91 lentus (86), (88) libanicus 82, 83 limophilus 95 lineatus 97 loryi 81 macrostomus (88), 89, 90 major 87 marginatus 82 megas o1 multivolvis 82, 85 nathorsti 96 nautileus (96) nitidus 97 obliquus 94 occidentalis 89 olivaceus 84 opercularis 82, 86, 92 oregonensis 89, (92), 93 parallelus (52) parvus 83, 86, 95, 96 planulatus 92, 93 rotundatus 82, 86 rudentis 90, 91 subcrenatus (88), 89, 90 traskii 88 trivolvis 81, 85, 87, 88, 89, 9e tumens 88, 89 turritus (106) umbilicatellus 96 umbilicatus 82, 85, (96) vermicularis 95 Planorbis virens 9¢ vortex 82, 85 vulgaris 82 wheatleyi 97, 98 yzabalensis 82, 86 Planorbula (97), 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Plesiophysa Io Pleurocera 176 canaliculata 776 Pleurolimnza (60), 63, 64 tenuicostata 60 Poeyia (108) gundlachioides 108 Polita (39) fulva (40) Polygyra 24 albolabris 26 columbiana 24, 34 devia 24 germana 25, 26 labiosa (24) megasoma 26 monodon 26 ptychophora 25 santacruzensis 24 townsendiana 25 Polygyrus (83) Polyrhytis (61), 63, 64 Pomatiopsis z79 lapidaria 119, (120) Pompholyx 63 Primella raymondi (139) Pristiloma ¢¢ arctica g5 idahoénse 4¢ lansingi ¢¢ pilsbryi ¢¢ stearnsi (44), 45 stearnsii 4g taylori gg Prophysaon 46 andersoni 46 ceruleum 47 dubium (47) fasciatum (47) flavum (46) foliolatum 47 INDEX 167 Prophysaon hemphilli (46), 47 humile 47 marmoratum (46) obscurum (47) pacificum (46) pallidum (46) suffusum (46) Proptera alatus (127) Protancylus 109 Pseudohyalina minuscula (43) pugetensis (43) Pterosygna 131 Pulmobranchia Ior Punctum 57 asteriscus 53 clappi 51, 53 conspectum I0, 53 minutissimum (53) pugetensis (43) pygmxum 53 randolphi 53 Pupa alticola (54) arctica (32) armifera (27) badia (28) bigranata (28) blandi (28) columella (54) contracta (27) corpulenta (29) costulata (21) decora (29) edentula (54) exigua (116) gouldii (30) gredleri (54) holzingeri (28) hoppii (29) lundstromi (28) milium (32) modesta (29) pentodon (28) pygmza (33) signata (28) simplex (54) steenbuchi (29) superioris (33) Pupidz 27 Pupilla 28 168 Pupilla badia (28), (29) blandi 28 muscorum 28, (29) Pyramidula 49 alternata 49 asteriscus 57 cronkhitei 50, 51 limitaris 49 randolphi (53) ruderata 50, 51 solitaria 49 striatella 50 Quadrula 133 heros 2373 hippopea 133 lachrymosa £33 plicata 133 rubiginosa 1374 undulata 133 Radix (60), 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 71, 72 binneyi 69 columella 70 mighelsi 68 randolphi 71 Rivicola (99) Sandria 65 Saraphia (115) tridentata I15 Segmentaria (97) Segmentina 97, 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Selenites 33 vancouverensis (34) Semilimax (35), (36) Siphonaria zzz sipho III thersites zzz Siphonariide zzz - Spheriide 134, 145 Spherium 134 aureum 135 cooperianum (139) corneum 135 dentatum 136, 237 emarginatum 7238 INDEX Spherium fabale 137 fabalis (136) flavum 138 jayanum 7379 lenticula zzo medium 740 nobile 737 occidentale 136, 137 partumeium 739 patella 738 primeanum s4r raymondi 138 rhomboideum 736, 141 simile 734 solidulum 1376 spokani 1378 stagnicola rgo stamineum 736 striatinum 135 sulcatum (134) tenue 779, 140 transversum 139 truncatum 740 tumidum 138 walkeri 135 Sphyradium 54 edentulum 54 Spiralina (81) Spirodiscus corneus (81) Spirorbis (82) Stagnicola (60), 62, 64, 68, 71, 72, 74 adeline 78 anticostiana 79 bulimoides 79 caperata 79 catascopium 77 communis (76) emarginata 68 palustris 76 perpolita 78 reflexa 77 Stenotrema germanum (25) Strepomatide 776 Striatura milium (43) Strobila labyrinthica 27 Strophitus 727 edentulus (127) rugosus 727 Succinea (55), 55, 71, 105 Succinea alaskana 58 annexa (59) aurelia (59) avara 55, 56, 57 campestris (58) chrysis 10, 59 decampi (56) dunkeri 55 elegans 55 greeri (58) grénlandica 57 grosvenori 57 hawkinsi 57 haydeni (56) lineata (59) minor (56) nuttalliana 58 obliqua 58 oblonga 55 oregonensis 56 ovalis 55, (56), (58), 59 pfeifferi 55 putris 55 retusa (56), 57, 58 rusticana 58 sillimani 57 totteniana 55 vermeta (57) verrilli 57 wardiana (57) Succineide 55 Succinia (55) Symphynota 131 complanata 737 costata 77Z katherine 131 Tanousia (61), 62, 65 Tapada (55) Taphius (81), 85 Teba (39) Tellina henslowana (145) virginica (141) Torquis 83, 86 arcticus 96 nathorsti 96 parvus 95 umbilicatellus 96 vermicularis 95 INDEX 169 Trimusculus (111) Trochilus terrestris mortoni 40 Trochlea (83) Trochoyvitrina (36) Trochula 40 Trochulus (40) trochiformis (41) Trochus (39) terrestris (40) Trophidiscus (82) Tropidina (120), 121 Tropidiscus (81), 82, 85 Tropidocyclas henslowana 145 Truella (55) elongata 55 Turbo (104), (115) muscorum (28) nautileus (96) stagnalis (106) Unio II, 133 alatus (126) asperrimus (133) borealis (126) complanatus (132), 273 costatus (133) crassus (126), (133) dahuricus (132) ellipsiformis (126) elongatus (132) falcatus (132) flavus (134) gracilis (127) heros (133) hippopzus (133) katherine (131) lachrymosus (133) ligamentinus (126) luteolus (125) mongolicus (132) multiplicatus (133) pictorum 13 plicatus (133) quadrulus (133) radiatus (126) rectus (126) rubiginosus (134) sinuatus (132) 170 Unio spatulatus (126) trigonus (134) undulatus (133) ventricosus (125) Vallonia 22 albula 237 asiatica 27 costata 23 gracilicosta 23 minuta (22) pulchella 22, 23 rosalia (23) Valvata 85, (120) carinata (121) confusa (121) cristata 120, 122, I24 helicoidea 123 humeralis 121 jelskii 120, 121 lewisi 123 mergella r2g minuta 120 nylanderi 122 piscinalis 120, 121, 124 sibirica 124 simplex (121), 122, 123 sincera 122, (123) striata (123) tricarinata 120, 727, 122 unicarinata (121) virens 724 Valvatide 220 Valvearius (120) Velifera 36 Velletia (108), 109 Velutinopsis (61), 62, 65 Vertigo 3, 29 approximans (31) arctica 32 arthuri (31) binneyana 37 bollesiana (30) borealis 30 callosa (33) castanea (29) columbiana 30 elatior (31) gouldii 30 INDEX Vertigo hoppii 29 krauseana 32 lagganensis (31) milium 32, 33 modesta 29 Ovata 31, 32 parietalis (29) pentodon (28) pygmea 33 simplex (54) ventricosa 37 Vertilla milium (32), 33 Vesica (59) Vitrea 38, (40) binneyana 39 fulva (41) indentata 39 nitidula 39 radiatula 78 Vitrina 35, (36), 37 alaskana 37, 38 americana (37) angelice 36, 37 beryllina 37 bicolor 36 conoidea 36 diaphana 36 exilis 37, (38) lederi 36 limpida 37 major 36 pauluccie 36 pellucida 36, (37) pfeifferi (37) Vitrinozonites 36 Vitrinus (35) Vivipara I1 Viviparide 124 Vortex 81 Vorticifex 63 Zagrabica (61), 65 brusiniana 65 naticoides 61 Zonites (39) conspectus (53) fulvus (40) lansingi 44 nitidulus (39) « *- - - m - > = - . ~*~, ~ oe ~ . -j o 5 - 2 * — ‘ « ~ = : . — -——- . = o - = — ~ ™ ‘ ~ '. ~ A = » i “ oS o . anes : . - = _ FS « ’ E an - r 4 ‘ * . % =" = . =e ee = + > ¢ - : ie er a on z —_ «> ote Ps “ > - i ae a @ = J > a Pag PS 5 - ge et = ‘ : = = . 7 = a “ 7 x= = - -- ” “ e . a > ¢ eg zs : - Fi - : a 7 > - x - ~ F cf ™ * 255 - = = - -« - — ’ : — 1 * . eae ~ - = ‘ Z - ‘é . The following paper on the Hydroids of the Expedition, by Pro- fessor C. C. Nutting, of the University of Iowa, was originally pub- lished in the Proceedings of the Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 11, pp. 157-216, May 11, 1901. It is here reprinted from the same electrotype plates, so that it may be quoted exactly as if it were the original. The original pagination has been preserved and transferred to the inner or hinge side of the page, where it is enclosed in brackets, thus [159]; while the consecutive pagination of the present volume has been added in the usual place. In the plates the original number and running headline, slightly abbreviated, have been preserved [in brackets], while the volume designation and serial plate number have been added in the usual place. The original text references to the plates are unchanged. The present headpiece and title have been sub- stituted for the running heading of the Academy’s Proceedings and the original title, which was: Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. XXI. The Hydrotds. No other alterations have been made. EpITor. (174) a AL <= Se So ee HYDROIDS OF THE EXPEDITION BY Cc. C, NUTTING CONTENTS MET arene ase sss em ks Sh ae wee ee. 80 66 8 8. 175 OE EE OP ta ee er kn 176 EM MMOD 2-6 6 «0s ss 6 + bis 0 6 0 0 eh ee we eee 181 INTRODUCTION. The collection of Hydroida secured by the Harriman Ex- pedition is of exceptional interest, and proves to be one of the most important and most extensive collections of these beautiful forms of marine life thus far made in Alaskan waters. Our pre- vious knowledge of the Hydroid fauna of this region rested almost exclusively on the collection made by Dr. W. H. Dall and his associates during the years 1871-1874 and reported on by Dr. S. F. Clark.‘ The number of species listed in Clark’s report is 41, in which was included Copfrnia arcta, now known to be merely the gonosome of Lafwa. Of these 40 species, 15 are well known British forms, and only one was then known from the Atlantic coast of the United States. The remaining 24 species were new. * Report on the Hydroids collected on the coast of Alaska and the Aleutian Islands by W. H. Dall, U. S. Coast Survey, and party, from 1871 to 1874, inclusive. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, 1876. [157] (175) 176 NUTTING [158] In 1878 C. Mereschkowsky’ added a single species to the Alaskan fauna, bringing the total up to 41. No other additions were made until 1899, when I added eight, of which three were well known British species and five were new.” That made a total of 49 species reported prior to the Harriman Expedition. The collection here treated of comprises 53 species, 24 of which had been previously reported. Of the remainder, 9 were previously recorded from other localities, and 20 are new. Thus the Harriman Expedition has added about 60 percent to the number of species hitherto known from Alaskan waters. More than half of the species secured are new to Alaska and nearly 40 percent are new to science. The whole number of species of hydroids now known from Alaska is 78. Considering the small amount of collecting that has been done in that region, compared with the extensive ex- plorations of the coasts of Europe and the Atlantic coast of the United States, one may confidently expect that the waters of the far Northwest will prove to be very rich in hydroid life. GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION. A table is here given to indicate, first, the localities at which each species was collected by the Harriman Expedition, and second, the extent to which Hydroids have been distributed south- ward along meridional lines from what appears to have been a polar center of distribution. No attempt has been made to represent the complete distribution of the species. A glance at the part of the table showing the distribution as represented in the collection secured by the expedition, shows an apparent poverty of the Hydroid fauna of the western, as compared with the eastern, portion of the territory explored. For convenience in such comparison the stations are arranged consecutively from east to west. The largest series were ob- tained at Berg Inlet in Glacier Bay ; Yakutat Bay; and at Orca in Prince William Sound. These localities are all in deep bays, sheltered from storms and surrounded by rocky shores. On 1New Hydroida from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka, and other parts of the North Pacific Ocean. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec., 1878. 2Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. xxi. (No. 1171.) s pero * Pak ehy ah te alge a GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE HYDROIDS COLLECTED BY THE HARRIMAN EXPEDITION. tint Distribution of Specimens in the Harri | | Unalaska. Dutch Harbor, East Coast U.S. Pacific Coast South of Alaska, Popof Island. ‘| 3\ 2 i ++ | Arctic Regions, + | Europe. ++} | Alaska only, oe 7s ak BD A oot aces = a al ig tna | fs jot eas * = ucnpaieaergaa] Mil Bal wr ll ir AL Ee : — PE +d +i +E + | Juneau. i+} ++ : H : . +i +h} + 44 F 5 5 a : i ve ~}- : = speciosa. a + | ---2} + inal pints ee ee piscine “Pe [a nesal seandiasowd suscelaqven| Poeessl open dondjsuanee es + *Campanulariareduplicata. |.....|..... wenee] fee Pacethae RS | ees Bas Aare el *Campanularia regia. eS EN) Reel a) SSe er Ae _}- Clytia caliculata. wo] seve] - |oecee] sess] sonee] sence] soeee|] | -- |---| - |... Clytia compressa. elo canes ccincell A~ Sacdatitnsighon set seece!! Waeaciiccad whacavi caved ~ Obelia plicata. si we egahsuresl T+ Aaeenghesseselasctel cane ft 4- ee ae ae eo Obelia dichotoma.- _—k..... +) +}.....) + }.....).- i+ ad a + i... *QObelia borealis. BS epee AR eed force here here acale - *Qbelia dubia. = sie... val Gig nieweal CE ta ol donecisamadun ton Panaiel anes bees ahaaasaie — Hebella pocillum. REL ecg HEA oe cidlecacdlctens +\/+i+}) + |... *Gonothyrxa inornata. _b....|..... wnat =F Lopsncl suese Rese] PS Se fat Sie es Lee ee ulina rugosa. & a Sees eee slavokalouccel anaes & \. Ese SS ea SE — Calycella syringa. | + |- De a ase MBE Valine +)+i+] + |... Lafcea dumosa. mc Doms PSGRs PSE OSS esscclessesfereee| f |} +} +) +] + és Lafoea gracillima. SF eseacl =9> fcacsalsecschsmabescs +)+i+) + aoe Lafcea fruticosa, fo fences] FE fececefecsce] SP [a cnce]ec sce] ences +i+ti+); + i... *Lafocaadhzrens, —E_f..«.| ....}-- ead saxsck oR Lapavelawesdl axis ERE COR EN, RE Fe Filellum serpens. a ER FE PE ee} | — ee i - + teal MEER 15S eA = eR wap st Thuiaria thuiarioides. phend seacshcwionh E- laaans estes waiecel aamaet sons Gomahl aeieeal cokind *Thuiaria elegans. peseniuacesd Po fecaclosacl sored seacs aged Ckeael Lanod FPRES BOGE Are 5-2 + *Thuiaria costata. mae ERs See sa) ee (Ra mas Fad toel PEER Ta Poe cngl bos Rekacsd Taam w+ Plamalaria lagenifera. oss) {| or oen enn ovon ese) [eee| oven nen Ty el Plumularia palmeri. AG (IGS Pact (Selle CBT RED Hoke, See ea | OE) DS A, a RS eee Totals. 10| 4 | 12} 15/13} 8.| 31) 2/4 |! 19/18/14! 20 | 25 1 Species marked by a * are new. 178 NUTTING [160] account of the presence of perpetual ice in the form of glacier fronts and bergs, the water must be very cold the year around. Such a combination of conditions is particularly favorable to Hydroid life and accounts for the remarkably rich collections made at these places and also for the presence of so many arc- tic species. In this connection it is interesting to note the fol- lowing paragraph written about twenty five years ago by Dr. Dall: ‘*The material derived from the northwestern coasts of America, from Cook’s Inlet south and east, indicates a series of Arctic colonies in favored localities, the future exploration of which offers a labor of the highest interest. These colonies are situated where the depth of water, the drippings of glaciers, and the high and adjacent shores of the Great Archipelago combine to reduce the temperature of the water below its apparently normal isotherm. Cook’s Inlet affords one of them, one exists in the Gulf of Georgia, and others only await further explora- tion.”* It should be noted, however, that nearly all of the Arctic species are well known forms belonging to the ‘ Holarctic Province’ of authors, and that these species are of practically continuous distribution on all coasts in northern regions so far as explored. In the same paper, Dr. Dall divides the coasts of America from Monterey, California, north and west, into three faunal areas, as follows: (a) the Oregonian, extending from Monterey to the Shumagin Islands; (4) the Aleutzan, extending from the Shumagin Islands to the end of the Aleutian chain, and north- ward to the winter line of floating ice in Bering Sea; (c) the Arctic, limited on the shore line to the winter line of floating ice and passing southward indefinitely in deep water. This paper deals chiefly with what Dr. Dall would call the Oregonian Fauna, only seven species having been secured to the westward of the Shumagin Islands. Of these seven species five are also found in his Oregonian Fauna, and the other two are new and known, thus far, from only one locality. Dr. Clark, in reporting on the collection made by Dr. Dall, enumerates 25 species that occur west and north of the Shu- magin Islands. Of these 25 species we now know that sixteen 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 206, 1876. {161 ] THE HYDROIDS 179 also occur to the eastward of the Islands, while five have not been reported from any locality other than the ones where they were originally discovered. Our present knowledge therefore does not support the validity of Dr. Dall’s division of faunz at the Shumagin Islands. It rather indicates a continuity of fauna from southern Alaska to the end of the Aleutian chain. Hydroid life appears to decrease as we go westward, but this may be only apparent and due to the more extensive exploration of the shores east of the Aleutian Islands. Dr. Dall extends his Oregonian fauna down to Monterey, California. Reasoning again merely from the known distribu- tion of hydroids, it would seem that Puget Sound is a natural region of demarcation between faune, although the region from Puget Sound to San Francisco has been very little explored. In 1876 Dr. Clark published a paper on ‘ The Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States south of Vancouver Island,’ in which he gives a list of twenty-four species; of these only two, Lafea dumosa and Sertularia argentea, have as yet been reported north of Puget Sound. The same author, in reporting on Dr. Dall’s collections from Alaska, notes as one of the main points of interest, the ‘small number of species that are com- mon to the Alaskan coast and the western shores of the United States from Vancouver Island southward.’ In 1899 the present writer published a paper on ‘ Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound ’* in which it appears that out of twenty-two species from Puget Sound, only four have been reported farther south, while fifteen are now known to occur in Alaska. In the same year Mr. G. N. Calkins published a paper entitled ‘Some Hydroids from Puget Sound,’? in which some thirty species are noted, only two of which are known to occur south of Puget Sound. From this study of the distribution of the Hydroids of the northwest coast of America, therefore, I am strongly persuaded that the region south of Puget Sound constitutes one distinct faunal area, and that the region from Puget Sound north and west to the end of the Aleutian chain constitutes another un- 1Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., Vol. m1, pp. 250-251, 1876. 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 212, 1876. 3Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, Vol. xx1, No. 1171, 1899. *Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvii, No. 13, 1899. 180 NUTTING [162] broken faunal area that might properly be designated as Alaskan. From the number of arctic species included in this area it is not improbable that it extends northward along the shores of Bering Sea. Dr. Clark agrees with Dr. Dall that there is a distinct faunal difference between the region east of the Shumagin Islands and that west of them. The material added since the publication of his paper, however, seems to prove that this difference is only apparent and due solely to lack of exploration. The most important thing to be noted in that part of the table devoted to general distribution is the Holarctic distribution of a number of species. Of the eighteen species known to occur in the Arctic region, no less than fifteen also occur on the European coast, fourteen on the Atlantic coast of the United States, and thirteen on the Pacific coast as far south as Puget Sound. An examination of the table shows further, that the Hydroid fauna of Alaska, as represented by the Harriman collection, includes fifty-three species in all, of which eighteen are Arctic in fact, having been secured in Arctic waters; four others are in all probability Arctic, being found both in European and American waters; four are, so far as is known, confined to the Alaskan and Pacific coast south to Puget Sound ; twenty-five are thus far known from Alaska only, and two are Californian. If we rec- ognize the Alaskan faunal region as extending to Puget Sound, and include those species actually known to be Arctic, together with those in all probability Arctic, in a group which may justly be called Arctic, the following significant analysis of the faunal rela- — tions of the collection may be made: Alaskan species, twenty- nine ; Arctic species, twenty-two ; Californian species, two. This shows that fifty-five percent of the hydroid fauna as a whole is peculiar to Alaska, but that there has been a strong invasion from the Arctic regions of the Holarctic species constituting about forty-one percent of the collection, and that only two species, or less than four percent, are Californian. If all the species known to occur in Alaska were included in the computation the result would be a larger percentage of Alaskan species, a cor- responding decrease of the Arctic species, and the addition of one or two Californian species. [163] THE HYDROIDS 181 SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION. The writer deems it unnecessary to attempt a complete syn- onymy of the well known European species contained in the Harriman collection and considers it sufficient to give, first, and in all cases, the original reference to the species; second, all obtainable references to the occurrence of the species on the Pacific Coast of America, and, ¢hzrd, a reference to verify the ‘General Distribution’ as given in the table just discussed. In this latter case only one reference will be given to verify the occurrence of a given species in each of the regions included in the right hand portion of the table. As to the classification employed in this report, it seems best, on the whole, to pursue a conservative course, following pretty closely the lines laid down by the able British naturalists, Hincks and Allman. While it is true that the classification is in an unsatisfactory state, the writer does not feel that a thor- ough revision of the entire group of Hydroida should be at- tempted here, and frankly confesses his conviction that recent attempts in that direction have not been successful, though each contains valuable suggestions. Levinsen, for example, has made a notable contribution to our knowledge of the Campanu- linide in his able and careful exposition of the differences in the opercula of various species, but his genera founded solely on these structures appear to be artificial, as usually happens when a single character is made the basis of classification.’ In his terse characterization of the genera of Sertularide this author has been most fortunate, as well as in his masterly clearing up of the mystery concerning the gonosome of Lafea. Schneider,’ also, has attempted to rearrange the Hydroida on a logical basis. Instead of multiplying groups, as has been the tendency of late, he has, in my opinion, gone far to the other extreme, uniting families that almost any other student acquainted with the group would regard as surely distinct. It seems un- likely that he will be followed in uniting such groups as the Tubularide and Pennaride in a single family, although one 'Meduser, Ctenopherer og Hydroider fra Grénlands Vestkyst, Copenhagen, 1893. : *Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst iibersicht iiber das system der hydro- polypen in allgemeinen. Zool. Jahrb., Syst. Abth., Vol. x, 1897. 182 NUTTING [164] writer, Calkins,’ has followed his classification quite closely, and includes representatives of what would ordinarily be regarded as at least eleven families in five families as defined by Schneider. It is not likely that classifications will ever represent anything but individual opinion, and it is probable that there will always be two sets of extremists who on the one hand will be too ready to multiply groups, and on the other will be too conservative to recognize real progress. The Hydroida offer unusual difficul- ties and consequently students of that group find agreement, even along the most general lines, practically impossible. The objective point of systematic discussion has been the attainment of a system of classification by which genera could be distin- guished by means of the trophosome alone. This end, although in theory greatly to be desired, appears to be unattainable. The writer has chased this will-o-the-wisp for years, and is ready to abandon its pursuit as unprofitable. Abler men have had the same experience, and it appears to be pretty well established that in practice we must base generic distinctions on the gono- some alone, although the judgment of students will inevitably differ as to the extent to which this can be profitably done. Botanists have encountered the same difficulty in their study of the lower plants, such as the fungi, and have come to the same conclusion. In neither case has nature been working for the convenience of naturalists, and the fact should be accepted without a bootless chase after the unattainable. GYMNOBLASTEA. Hydroida in which well differentiated hydrothece and gonangia are not present. What might be called ‘ pseudo-hydrothece ’ are found in some species as in Hudendrium vaginatum (see description of that species on pages 167-168). Family COR YNIDZ. Trophosome.—Hydranth with a terete body and proboscis and scat- tered capitate tentacles only. Gonosome.—F ixed sporosacs, or free meduse witha very long manu- brium, four marginal tentacles and four sense-bulbs with eye-spots. 1Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvul, No. 13, 1899. [165] THE HYDROIDS 183 CORYNE. Trophosome.—Characters of the family. Gonosome.—Reproductive elements produced in fixed sporosacs growing on the hydranth body. CORYNE BRACHIATA sp. nov. (Plate x1v, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony forming a dense tuft of irregularly branching stems, sometimes attaining a height of about 34 inch. Stems and branches profusely and regularly annulated throughout, fairly stout ex- cept at the proximal ends where they taper gradually to their point of origin; distal ends of many of the branches bear a more or less regular whorl, or radiating cluster, of annulated branchlets just below the hydranth body, reminding one of the whorls of cirri around the stems of the stalked crinoids. Hydranths large, with long, slender body and proboscis and numerous (20-35) capitate tentacles arranged in a scattered or sub-verticillate manner over nearly the whole surface. Gonosome.—Gonophores very numerous, borne among the tentacles on the hydranth bodies, globular in outline and showing no traces of radial canals or other medusoid structures. The specimens secured were females and the gonophores were packed full of develop- ing ova. Distribution.—All the specimens were secured in Yakutat Bay, Alaska, by Dr. W. R. Coe of the Harriman Expedition. This interesting species seems to be nearest to C. puszi/a Gaertner, if Allman has properly identified that species. It differs from other members of the genus in the curious whorl of short branchlets which bear neither hydranths nor gonophores and are situated a short distance below the terminal hydranth of the stem or branch to which they are attached. Another character not shown in the figures of this genus published by Hincks and Allman, is the narrowing at the proximal ends of the stems and branches. The specimens were found immersed in sponge so far that only the hydranths extended above the surface of the sponge. SYNCORYNE. Trophosome.—Characters the same as those given for the family. Gonosome.—Reproductive elements produced in free medusz with along manubrium and four marginal tentacles, each having a sense bulb with an eye-spot at its base. 184 NUTTING [166] SYNCORYNE EXIMIA Allman. (Plate xiv, figs. 3, 4.) Coryne eximia ALLMAN, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. rv, p. 141. Aug., 1859. Syncoryne eximia ALLMAN, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. x11, Pp. 357. May, 1864. This appears to be the first record of the occurrence of this species in American waters. There are many specimens in the collection, but all are from the same locality. Distribution.—Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Expedition); Great Britain (Allman and Hincks) ; Lofoten Islands, Norway (Sars). Family BIME RIDE. Trophosome.—Hydranths with a conical or dome-shaped proboscis, around the base of which is a whorl of filiform tentacles. Gonosome.—Sexual products developed in fixed sporosacs. GARVEIA. Trophosome.—Colony branched; perisarc conspicuous. Gonosome.—Gonophores borne on distinct branchlets which have a chitinous investment ending in a cup-like expansion just below the gonophore. GARVEIA NUTANS Wright. Garveia nutans WRIGHT, Edinburgh New Phil. Jour., p. 109. July, 1859. Eudendrium bacciferum ALLMAN, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. Iv, p. 52, July, 1859. This is another species that has not before been reported from American waters. The specimens were fragmentary, making the identification somewhat uncertain, although I have little doubt of its correctness. Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska. (Harriman Ex- pedition.) Originally described from the British Coast. GARVEIA ANNULATA sp. nov. (Plate xv, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of 1% inches, consisting of a number of closely aggregated and sparingly and irregularly branched stems. Stems strongly and evenly annulated throughout, the perisarc expanding distally into thin chitinous pseudo-hydrothece which cover the hydranth body nearly to the level of the tentacles. Hydranths with [167] THE HYDROIDS 185 a conical, or rather conoid, proboscis and about sixteen tentacles all of which appear to be held more or less erect. Gonosome.—Gonophores borne either on the stem or hydrorhiza, more frequently the latter, oval in shape, borne on pedicels enveloped in a chitinous perisarc which ends in a slightly expanded collar a little below the gonophore. The specimens collected were female and the gonophores were packed with apparently mature ova. Color.—The label accompanying the specimens bore the following statement: ‘‘ Bright orange throughout, heads, stems and all.” Distribution.—Y akutat and Sitka, Alaska. Collected by the Har- riman Expedition in considerable quantities. This species can be sharply distinguished from its British relative by the very distinct and beautiful annulation which covers the entire stem and branches. It is much less extensively branched than the British species, and the gonophores are more generally borne on the roots. The structure that I have designated above as a * pseudo-hydrotheca’ is of considerable morphological interest, for it may throw light on the origin of the hydrotheca. The extension of the chitinous perisarc of the stem over the body of the hydranth appears to be attached to the latter. A true hydrotheca would be formed if the perisarc around the hydranth body should become thicker and detached. Family EUDENDRIDZ. Trophosome.—Colony branching. Hydranths with a single whorl of filiform tentacles and a trumpet-shaped or hemispherical proboscis which is expanded distally and contracted proximally, thus being sharply distinguished from the hydranth body. Gonosome.—Reproductive elements developed in fixed sporosacs at- tached to a usually more or less degenerated hydranth body below the tentacles. This family contains but one genus, Eudendrium, which needs no further definition. EUDENDRIUM VAGINATUM Allman. (Plate xv, figs. 3-6.) Eudendrium vaginatum ALLMAN, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Se- ries, Vol. x1, p. 10, Jan., 1863. As the gonosome of this species has not heretofore been described, the following is inserted here: Gonosome.—Gonophores (female) in dense clusters around the bodies of hydranths that are usually devoid of tentacles. Each gono- 186 NUTTING [168] phore is borne on a pedicel which resembles those of Garveza, having a distinct expanded collar a short distance below the hydranth. Distribution.—Sitka Harbor and Yakutat, Alaska, abundant (Harri- man Expedition) ; Shetland Island, Scotland (Allman). This beautiful species bears considerable resemblance to Huden- drium annulatum Allman, especially in its gonosome which Allman describes as follows: ‘‘ The gonophores are grouped in clusters, con- sisting of from eight to twenty egg-shaped bodies attached around the axis of gonoblastidea, which are of moderate length.” ? Were it not for a peculiar character of the trophosome, z. e., the ex- panded pseudo-hydrotheca investing the body below the tentacles much as in Garveza, there might be some suspicion that 2. vaginatum and E. annulatum are synonyms, particularly in view of the fact that both were described from the Shetland Islands. It also seems not improbable that Hudendrium pygmeum Clark? may be another synonym of &. vaginatum, as Clark’s description of the gonosome agrees well with the gonosome described above. If this be true, it is also likely that the dried stems described by Clark from Santa Cruz, California, will be found to belong to this same species. Family TUBULARID. Trophosome.—Hydranths large, with a basal whorl of filiform ten- tacles and a distal set of closely crowded shorter filiform tentacles. Gonosome.—Reproductive elements developed in sessile meduse borne in clusters just above the basal tentacles and producing actinules instead of planulz. TUBULARIA. The only genus included in the family in the sense here used. TUBULARIA HARRIMANI sp. nov. (Plate xv.) Trophosome.—Stem usually unbranched, attaining a height of 1% inches, irregularly and sparingly annulated and increasing in size from the proximal to the distal end, but more rapidly on the basal portion ; a marked constriction some distance below the hydranth body; stem canaliculated between the constriction and the hydranth. Hydranth with forty to fifty basal tentacles and about twenty in the distal set. Gonosome.—Gonophores borne in about twelve very long and densely crowded racemes, which are supported by long, tentacle-like 1 Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Series, Vol. x11, p. 83, Jan.. 1864. 2Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 232, 1876. 2 oe [169] THE HYDROIDS 187 pedicels arising above the proximal row of tentacles. Gonophores (fe- male) with three to five long tentacular processes which are sometimes half the length of the gonophore. The actinule at birth is without a distal row of tentacles, and the gonophore has no indication of radial canals. Distribution.—Orca, Prince William Sound, Alaska (W. E. Ritter). Exclusive of this species there have now been described four species of Tubularia from the Pacific Coast of North America; Parypha microcephala (A. Agassiz),’ which differs from the present species in having flattened, instead of round, tentacular processes to the gono- phores; 7udbularta elegans Clark,’ which has mere tubercles instead of the filiform processes to the gonophores; 7uédularia borealis Clark,* which differs in having laterally compressed processes to the gonophores; and 7udularia larynx Ellis and Solander* (reported by Gary S. Calkins), which differs from 7. Aarrimani in the number of both proximal and distal sets of tentacles, as well as in several other characters. The species seems to be abundant at Orca, as numerous specimens were found. CALYPTEROBLASTEA. Hydroida in which hydrothecz are developed for the protection of the hydranths and gonangia for the protection of the gonophores. Family CAMPANULARID_Z. Trophosome.—Hydrothece well developed, non-operculate, never adnate nor immersed in the stem and always with a septum partially dividing the hydrothecal cavity from the stem cavity. Hydranths usually with conical proboscis and a single whorl of filiform tentacles. Gonosome.—Gonophores producing planulz or free medusz. It would be hard to find two authorities who would agree as to the adopted is substantially the same as that used by the writer in another work now in press.* It is not offered asa final solution of the diffi- culty, but as a convenience in discussing the group in the present connection. ? North American Acaleph2, p. 195. ? Transactions Conn. Acad. Sci., Vol. m1, p. 253, 1876. *Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 231, 1876. *Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvum, No. 13, p. 335- 5 Handbook of the Hydroids of the Woods Hole Region. To be published by the U. S. Fish Commission. 188 NUTTING [170] CLYTIA. Trophosome.—Stem not regularly branched. Hydrothece with toothed margins, or with excessively thick walls and with long pedicels. Gonosome.—Reproduction by means of free medusz. CLYTIA CALICULATA (Hincks). (Plate xvu, figs. 1, 2.) Campanularia caliculata H1ncks, Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 2nd ser., Vol. XI, p. 178, March, 1853.—VERRILL, Preliminary check-list of Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, etc., p. 16, 1879. -MARKTANNER-TURN- ERETSCHER, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen, Zool. Jahrb., Vol. vim, p. 406. 1895.—CaALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvui1, No. 13, p. 351, 1899. Some authors, as Levinsen, regard this species as identical with C. integra Macgillivray. The mode of reproduction is so different, however, that the two would go into different genera in the classifica- tion here adopted. Distribution.—Y akutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast (Hincks) ; Spitzbergen (Marktanner-Turneretscher) ; New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Calkins). CLYTIA COMPRESSA (Clark). (Plate xvu, figs. 3, 4.) Campanularia compressa CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, Bisictia eeetbati (Von LENDENFELD)? Uber Coelenteraten der Sudsee, Iv, Mitth. Zeitsch. Wiss. Zool., XxXVIII, p. 497, 1883. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Shumagin Islands (Clark). The figures given of this species well illustrate the great variation in thickness of the hydrothecal walls. All the speci- mens thus far discovered were found attached to Laminaria, over which they creep in great profusion. Von Lendenfeld makes his Zucopella campanularia the subject of one of his masterly monographic papers and it appears to agree in every particular with the species under discussion. If I am correct in supposing the two species identical, the name ucopella companularia will become a synonym and a very exceptional distribution will be re- corded for Clytia compressa. It is interesting to note that von Lendenfeld’s species was also found growing on Laminaria. The present writer does not agree with Calkins in his suggestion that C. compressa is a synonym of C. caliculata. al) CURR e eatin, RCTS - i ES ult at aay ~] [171] THE HYDROIDS 189 CAMPANULARIA. Trophosome.—Colony unbranched or regularly branched; stem simple or fascicled; hydrothece campanulate, never completely ses- sile nor with operculum. Gonosome.—Gonophores producing planulz without the interven- tion of medusz. CAMPANULARIA VERTICILLATA (Linn.) Sertularia verticillata LInn., Syst. Nat., roth ed., p. 811, 1758. Campanularia verticillata Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p- 46, 1873.—VERRILL, Preliminary check-list of Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, p. 16, 1879. Distribution.—Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; North Cape, Norway (Sars) ; New England Coast (Verrill). CAMPANULARIA DENTICULATA Clark. Campanularia denticulata CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p- 213, 1876. Distribution. —Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Port Etches, Alaska (Clark). CAMPANULARIA LINEATA Nutting. Campanularia lineata NuttT1NG, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, p. 744, 1899. Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Ex- ped.) ; Puget Sound (Nutting). CAMPANULARIA RITTERI sp. nov. (Plate xvut, fig. 5.) Trophosome.—Colony usually consisting of unbranched pedicels growing directly from a creeping rootstock. Pedicels long and slender, usually with a single distinct annulation at the distal end just below the hydrotheca and about three less distinct ones at the proximal end, the middle portion not being annulated. Hydrothecz cylindrical, large, delicate in structure and with a perfectly even rim. Gonosome.—Unknown. Distributicn.—Juneau, Alaska, 20 fathoms. Collected by Prof. Wm. E. Ritter to whose efforts the fine series of Hydroids here dis- cussed is so largely due, and for whom this species is named. CAMPANULARIA SPECIOSA Clark. (Plate xvi, fig. 3, Plate xrx, fig. 3.) Campanularia speciosa CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 214, 1876.—LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Grén- lands Vestkyst, p. 25, 1893. 190 NUTTING [172] Campanularia crenata ALLMAN, Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida, Linnzan Society Journal, Zoology, Vol. x1, p. 258, 1876. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Yukon Harbor, Big Koniuji, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark); Japan Coast (All- man); Greenland (Levinsen). CAMPANULARIA URCEOLATA Clark. (Plate xvut, fig. 2.) Campanularia urceolata CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 215, 1876. Distribution.—yY akutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Lituya Bay, Alaska (Clark). The specimens collected by the Harriman Expedition were growing profusely over the stems and branches of 7huzaria costata in com- pany with another parasitic species. CAMPANULARIA REDUPLICATA sp. nov. (Plate xvu1, fig. 1.) Trophosome.—Colony consisting of unbranched stems or pedicels springing from a creeping rootstock. Pedicels one to three times as long as the hydrothecz, and strongly annulated throughout. Hydro- thece deeply campanulate, thick-walled; margins armed with twelve to fourteen rather pointed teeth, and reduplicated once or twice, giving a striking and unusually ornate appearance. Gonosome.—Gonangia roughly ovate, irregular in outline, with a short neck, small terminal aperture and a very short pedicel. They were empty in the specimens examined, so that it was impossible to ascertain whether they produced planule or medusz. Distribution. —Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). All the specimens were found growing in a parasitic manner over colonies of Thutaria costata, in company with Campanularia urceolata. The two species were often so intimately interwoven as they crept over the stems and branches of the sertularian that I, at first, thought them dimorphic forms of one species. However, in all cases careful dissection showed that they were entirely separate colonies. The reduplication of the hydrothecal margins seems to be a constant feature and adds peculiar beauty to this striking little campanularian. CAMPANULARIA REGIA sp. nov. (Plate xrx, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony consisting of a creeping rootstock without annulations, giving forth strong pedicels that are sometimes longer [173] THE HYDROIDS Igl than the hydrothece and sometimes considerably shorter, without a definite swelling below the hydrothece. Hydrothece immense, in one case nearly 3, of an inch in height, long, tubular-urceolate, ex- panded distally, with slightly everted and broadly sinuous margin. The margin is reduplicated in one specimen. Hydranth with about twenty tentacles. Gonosome.—Not known. Distribution.—Orca, Prince William Sound, Alaska (W. R. Coe, Harriman Exped.). This species 1s closely allied to C. grandis Allman,’ and may be identical with it although it differs from Allman’s description in the character of the pedicels which he describes as having distinct node- like enlargements immediately below the hydrothece. The hydro- thece are larger than those of any other campanularian known to me. But one small colony was found and it was creeping over another hydroid. OBELIA. Trophosome.—Colony regularly branching; stem simple or com- pound. Hydrothece campanulate, thin, never with greatly thickened walls. Gonosome.—Reproduction by means of meduse which are disk- shaped, with four radial canals, more than eight marginal tentacles, eight interradial lithocysts and a short manubrium without mouth ten- tacles. OBELIA DICHOTOMA (Linn.). Sertularia dichotoma Lixn., Systema Nature, Ed. x, p. 812. 1758. Obelia dichotoma SCHULZE, Nordsee Expedition, Hydroida, p. 129, 1872.— VERRILL, Preliminary check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic coast, p. 16, 1879.—-CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvii, No. 13, p. 256, 1899. Distribution.—Sitka, Berg Inlet, and Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); British Coast (Hincks); Helgoland (Schulze); Puget Sound (Calkins). OBELIA PLICATA Hincks. Obelia plicata Hincks, British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 159, 1868.—NuTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, No. 13, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Puget Sound (Nutting) ; British Coasts (Hincks). ?Diagnoses of new Genera and Species of Hydroida; Linnzan Soc. Jour. Zoology, Vol. x1, p. 259. 192 NUTTING [174] OBELIA BOREALIS sp. nov. (Plate xix, figs. 4, 6.) Trophosome.—Colony sometimes attaining a height of eighteen inches, but usually much shorter; stem not truly fascicled, although several stems may be interwoven, exceedingly long and slender, sinu- ous, giving off lateral branches in pairs on proximal portion and more often singly on distal portion; branches with a strong tendency to ver- ticillate arrangement, forming oblique angles with the stem and divided into numerous branchlets in a flabellate manner. Pedicels short and completely annulated, or long and annulated only at ends, set on broad shoulders of the stem. Hydrothece funnel-shaped, the sides usually straight, aperture with an even rim. Hydranths not well preserved in specimens examined. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne in axils of branches and branchlets, oblong-ovate, truncated above, having a collar in mature specimens; aperture apparently very large, pedicels strongly annulated. The gonangia of the specimens examined were filled with developing medusz of the regular Obelia type. Distribution.—Y akutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). This fine species is related to O. flabellata, but the hydrothece are much deeper than in O. flabellata, in which they are sub-triangular in outline. It also bears some resemblance to O. commissuralis, which, however, is a much more delicate species, with smaller and more campanulate hydrothece. OBELIA DUBIA sp. nov. (Plate xx, fig. 1.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of about 34 inch; stem sparingly branched, the main stem and larger branches sinuous or slightly geniculate, giving forth pedicels singly or in opposite pairs at the bends. Pedicels rather long and annulated throughout, the stem also more extensively annulated than in most species of the genus. Hydrothece very large, deep, tubular, with very shallow undulations around the margin, from between which lines run down for a short distance on the surface of the hydrothece. Gonosome.—Unknown. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). This species bears some resemblance to O. d¢dentata Clark, found on the New England Coast, but differs in the nature of the hydrothe- cal teeth which are mere sinuosities, instead of being mucronate with two denticles each as in the latter species. [275] THE HYDROIDS _ 193 HEBELLA. Trophosome.—Pedicels arising from a creeping rootstock, very short. Hydrothece tubular, with entire margins, without opercula, and having their cavities separated from those of the stems by a partial septum. Hydranths with a conical proboscis. This genus was originally instituted by Allman.’ As here defined it includes several species heretofore included in the genus Zafea. HEBELLA POCILLUM (Hincks). Lafea pocillum H1ncxs, British Hydroid Zoophytes, p. 204, 1868.—CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 215, 1876.—VERRILL, Pre- check-list Marine Vertebrates of Atlantic coast, p. 17, 1879.— BERGH, Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, p. 333, 18387. * Diéstribution.—Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Nunivak Island, Alaska (Clark) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ; British Coasts (Hincks) ; New England Coast (Verrill). GONOTHYRZA. Trophosome.—Much as in Odelia. Gonosome.—Planulz produced in sessile medusaform gonophores which remain attached to the top of the gonangia until the spermatozoa or planulz are discharged. GONOTHYRZA INORNATA spp. nov. (Plate xx, figs. 2-4.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of about two inches and consisting of a main stem which almost immediately breaks up into a number of very slender, erect, almost straight branches which are ornamented with about three annulations immediately above the origins of the pedicels. Pedicels alternate, erect, much broader below than above and with seven to ten annulations. Hydrothece funnel-shaped, with entire margins. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne in the axils of the pedicels, slender, obconic, with a tendency to annulation. Each gonangium contains a single sporosac which when mature rests upon the summit of the go- nangium and has little indication of radial canals or tentacles. Distribution.—Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). This species differs from others of the genus in having but one sporosac to each gonangium and in the obliteration of most of the medusoid characters of the sporosac. The entire margin of the hydro- theca is also an exceptional character. 1 Allman, Challenger Report, Hydroida, Second Part, p. 29, 1888. 194 NUTTING [176] Family CAMPANULINIDZ. Trophosome.—Colonies branched or unbranched. Hydrothece borne on pedicels, tubular, ending in an operculum composed of several converging segments or triangular flaps. Hydranth with a conical proboscis. Gonosome.—Gonangia producing free medusz or planule. CAMPANULINA. Trophosome.—Hydrothece thin-walled, the upper portion cleft so as to produce very long and slender teeth which form an operculum by the convergence of their free ends. Gonosome.—Gonangia producing bell-shaped meduse, with four radial canals, two or four marginal tentacles, and eight lithocysts. CAMPANULINA RUGOSA sp. nov. (Plate xxu1, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of about % inch. Stem irregularly branched; branches tending to an alternate arrangement, straggling, geniculate; stem and branches strongly and regularly annu- lated throughout. Pedicels very short, with three to six annulations. Hydrothecz ovoid-oblong, the distal third being composed of the oper- culum consisting of ten or twelve segments. The hydranths have about sixteen tentacles. Gonosome.—Gonangia in axils of the pedicels and branches, some- times aggregated on certain branches to the exclusion of hydrothece. They are oblong-ovoid in shape and somewhat flattened on their distal ends. Each gonangium contains a single medusa when mature. Distribution.—Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). The speci- mens were found growing on Oéedia. CALYCELLA. Trophosome.—Stem a creeping rootstock sending forth short an- nulated pedicels. Hydrothece tubular, thick-walled, with opercula that are distinct from the hydrothecal teeth, and composed of several tri- angular segments. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne on the rootstock, and, when mature, bearing acrocysts. CALYCELLA SYRINGA (Linn.). Sertularia syringa LINN., Systema Nature, Ed. x11, Tom. 1, Pars Il, p. 1311, 1767. —— [177] THE HYDROIDS 195 Calycella syringa CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 210, 1876.—VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrata Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879.—BERGH, Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, p- 335, 1887.—NutTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Berg Inlet and Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Coal Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ; British Coasts (Hincks); New England Coast (Verrill); Puget Sound (Nutting). Family LAPE@IDA. Trophosome.—Hydrothecz tubular, margins without teeth or oper- cula, the hydrothecal cavity not divided from the stem cavity by a par- tial septum. Gonosome.—Gonangia forming a ‘ Coppinia’ mass. LAFGA. Trophosome.—Colony with a fascicled stem, and with hydrothece either free or partially immersed in the stem, the distal portion not be- ing abruptly turned upward. Gonosome.—A ‘ Coppinia’ mass. LAFC@A DUMOSA (Fleming). Sertularia dumosa FLEMING, Edinburgh Phil. Jour., 11, p. 83, 1828. Lafea dumosa Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 45, 1873.—CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 210, 1876.— VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879.—NuTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Dutch Harbor, Unalaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Port Etches, Alaska (Clark) ; North Cape, Norway (Sars); British Coast (Hincks) ; New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; California Coast (Clark). LAFG@A GRACILLIMA (Alder). Campanularia gracillima ALDER, Catalogue Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, p. 39, 1857. Lafea gracillima CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia, p. 216, 1876.—VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879.—-MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen, Zoolog. Jahrbuch., Vol. vill, p. 410, 1895.—NuTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xx1, P- 741, 1899. Distribution.—Juneau, Berg Inlet and Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark) ; British Coast (Alder) ; 196 NUTTING [178] Spitzbergen (Marktanner-Turneretscher) ; New England Coast (Ver- rill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting). LAFGA FRUTICOSA M. Sars. Lafea fruticosa M. SARs, Bemerkninger over 4 norske Hydroider Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1862.—G. O. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p- 26, 1873.—CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila., p. 216, 1876. Distribution.—Juneau, Berg Inlet and Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Kiska Harbor, Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark); British Coasts (Hincks); Lofoten, Norway (G. O. Sars); New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting, MSS.). LAFG@A ADHERENS sp. nov. (Plate xx1, figs. 3, 4.) Trophosome.—Colony forming an encrusting mass of adherent root- stocks disposed both longitudinally and transversely over colonies of other Hydroids, the tubes of the rootstock interwoven much like the threads of a fabric. Hydrothece sessile, tubular, often more or less curved, aperture facing upward, entire; margin slightly expanded. The hydrothece are very irregularly disposed, being much more crowded in some places than in others. Gonosome.—The ‘ Coppinia’ mass is much like that of Lafwa du- mosa, being composed of closely packed gonangia interspersed with long, tubular, variously curved modified hydrothece. The gonangia are flask-shaped, with a tubular neck and small aperture. Each gonangium apparently contains a single ovum. Distribution.—Kadiak Harbor, Alaska. Growing over stems of Thuiaria turgida (Harriman Exped.). This interesting species is so different in appearance from the others of the genus that I was at first inclined to make it the type of a new genus. GRAMMARIA. Trophosome.—Stem fascicled, composed of an axial tube from which the hydrothece spring and to which they are partly adnate, completely enclosed by a definite number of peripheral nonhydro- thecate tubes. Gonosome.—A ‘ Coppinia’ mass. GRAMMARIA IMMERSA sp. nov. (Plate xx1, figs. 5, 6.) Trophosome.—Stem rigid, erect, giving forth scattered, stiff and straight, alternate branches forming nearly a right angle with the stem. [179] THE HYDROIDS 197 Height of a fragmentary specimen about 34 inch. Stem and branches sharply constricted proximally, composed of an axial tube which gives off the eight or nine series of hydrothece, and a number of peripheral tubes enclosing the axial tube completely, thus burying all the hydro- thecz nearly to their distal ends. Hydrothecz arranged in about eight or nine longitudinal series, forming spirals. The distal ends of the hydrothece are abruptly bent outward, so that the round, even aper- ture is vertical. When the peripheral tubes are removed the hydro- thece are seen to be long, tubular, doubly curved, narrowing prox- imally, but without true pedicels, and all springing from the axial tube. Gonosome.—Unknown. Distribution.—St. Paul harbor, Kadiak (Harriman Exped.). FILELLUM. Trophosome.—Stem a creeping, slender rootstock, parasitic on other hydroids, often forming a reticulate structure. Hydrothece curved, decumbent, and partly adherent; margin entire, without operculum. Gonosome.—A ‘ Coppinia’ mass. FILELLUM SERPENS (Hassell). Campanularia serpens HASSELL, Zoologist, No. 69, p. 2223. Filellum serpens Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 29, 1873.—VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates of Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879. Distribution.—Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast (Hassell) ; Lofoten, Norway (Sars). Family HALE CIDE. Trophosome.—Hydrothece reduced to the form of saucer-shaped or collar-like hydrophores, usually borne on broad tubular pedicels; margins even, often reduplicated. Hydranths large, incapable of re- tracting within the hydrophores, and with a conical or dome-shaped proboscis. Gonosome.—Gonangia producing planulz, and usually differing in the two sexes. HALECIUM. Trophosome.—No specialized defensive ‘ persons’ developed. Gonosome.—Female gonangia often surmounted by a pair of hydranths. HALECIUM HALECINUM (Linn.). Sertularia halecina Linn., Systema Nature, Ed. x, p. 809, 1758. 198 NUTTING [180] Hlalecium halecinum VERRILL, Preliminary Catalogue Marine Invertebrates Atlantic Coast, p. 17, 1879. -MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen, p. 428, 1895.—NuTTiINnG, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xx1, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Kadiak, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast (Hincks) ; Greenland (Marktanner-Turneretscher); New England Coast (Verrill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting). HALECIUM MURICATUM (Ellis and Solander). Sertularia muricata ELLIS AND SOLANDER, Nat. Hist. Zoophytes, p. 59, 1786. Halecium muricatum VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates Atlantic Coast, etc., p. 17, 1879.—-LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Grénlands Vestkyst, p. 61, 1893.—CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 217, 1876. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Expd.); British Coasts (Ellis and Solander) ; Greenland (Levinsen) ; New England Coast (Verrill). HALECIUM SCUTUM Clark. FHlalecium scutum CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, p. 218, 1876. —BONNEVIE, Norwegian N. Atlan. Exped., p. 57, 1899. Distribution.—Berg Inlet and Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Unalaska (beach) and Shumagin Islands, Alaska (Clark); North Cape, Norway (Bonnevie). HALECIUM REVERSUM sp. nov. (Plate xxi, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony attaining a height of about one inch. Main stem fascicled, branches simple and alternate, making a flabellate colony. Nonfascicled part of the stem and branches divided into inter- nodes, each of which bears one or two pedicels springing from its proximal portion. Pedicels long, of even diameter throughout, often rugose on proximal portion. Hydrophores with large everted margins and a distinct row of dots. Reduplication of margins distant, when present. Hydranth small for this genus, with about twenty tentacles. Gonosome.—Not present in type specimen. Distribution.—Juneau, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). This species possesses the very exceptional, if not unique, character of having the pedicels spring from the proximal part of the internode instead of the distal portion, as in all other species of Halectum with which I am acquainted. This character appears to be constant. The specimen was dredged from a depth of twenty fathoms. [181] THE HYDROIDS 199 HALECIUM ORNATUM spp. nov. (Plate xxu1, figs. 3, 4.) Trophosome.—Colony parasitic, branching irregularly. Stems not fascicled, the stem and branches sparsely and irregularly annulated. Pedicels long, of equal diameter throughout. Hydrophores with broad, everted margins, occasionally reduplicated. Hydranth large, with twenty-four to thirty tentacles. Gonosome.—A single apparently young gonangium was borne on a pedicel just below the hydrophore. It was in form a truncated and deeply annulated cone. Probably the mature gonangium would resemble that found in the next species. Distribution. — Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska. Growing on Lafea gracillima (Harriman Exped.). HALECIUM SPECIOSUM sp. nov. (Plate xx, figs. 1, 2.) Trophosome.—Colony small, attaining a height of about % inch. Stem not fascicled, the main stem and branches apparently formed of series of stout pedicels, each giving origin to another pedicel just below the hydrophore. The pedicels thus take the place of stem joints, bending alternately to the right and left, giving a geniculate appearance to the series. Pedicels broad, corrugated proximally and smooth distally. Hydrophores large, with broadly expanded but not everted margins, and a well marked row of dots. There appears to be no re- duplication of the margins. Hydranths very large with twenty-four to thirty short tentacles, a broad oral disk occupied by the low dome- shaped proboscis. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne on rather long annulated pedicels be- low the hydrophores, particularly on the upper part of the colony; regularly ovoid in outline, and evenly and beautifully annulated throughout. Distribution.—Yakutat Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). This is the most strikingly ornamented species of Halectum known to the writer. Its manner of growth is exceptional, although not un- known among its allies, and the hydranth is more like the polyp of some actinozoon than of a hydroid. The gonangia are beautiful struc- tures. They seemed to be filled with a granular, ovoid mass, probably a single large sporosac. 200 NUTTING [182] HALECIUM ROBUSTUM sp. nov. (Plate xx111, figs. 3, 4, 5-) Trophosome.—Stem very thick and fascicled, consisting of an im- mense number of wavy tubes. In the single specimen collected, the main stem divides near its base into three heavy fascicled branches, which themselves branch and subdivide extensively, the fasciculation continuing nearly to the tips of the branches. The entire height of the colony is about three inches. The branching is so profuse that the arrangement of the internodes is obscure. The ultimate branches give off short pedicels and sessile hydrophores in what appear to be clusters or whorls. Pedicels short, tubular, ending in an exceedingly shallow hydrophore. Hydrophores reduced to a mere narrow rim, marked by the internal diaphragm and circlet of dots, the only distinction between pedicel and hydrophore, as the margin of the latter is not appreciably everted. Most of the hydrophores are sessile, being set on mere shoulders of the branch from which they grow. The circlet of dots can only be made out with great difficulty and the use of high magnifi- cation. Hydranths exceedingly numerous and large, covering the branches so as to almost entirely conceal them from view. Tentacles about twenty, surrounding a low conoid proboscis. Gonosome.—Unknown. Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Ex- ped.). This species bears some relation to Halectum densum Calkins, * but differs from that species in the hydrophores, which are not reduplicated and have straight, not everted, margins. The hydranths are so crowded that a branch resembles an expanded colony of Alcyonaria, and appears to be made up entirely of hydranths. Family SERTULARIDZ. Trophosome.—Hydrothece sessile, more or less adnate by their side to the stem and branches upon which they grow; always in more than one longitudinal row on each branch, the arrangement usually biserial. Hydranth with a conical proboscis. Gonosome.—Reproduction always by means of planule, which are developed within the gonangia. No medusz. SERTULARELLA. Trophosome.—Stem and branches divided into regular internodes, each bearing one or two hydrothece; nodes oblique. Hydrothece 1 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 28, no. 13, p. 343, 1899. [183] THE HYDROIDS 201 alternate, borne on opposite sides of the stem and branches. Margin usually more or less toothed, aperture usually provided with an oper- culum consisting of more than one segment. SERTULARELLA TRICUSPIDATA (Alder). Sertularia tricuspidata ALDER, Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumber- land and Durham, Trans. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club, p. 21, 1857. Cotulina tricuspidata A. AGASSIz, North American Acalephe, p. 146, 1864. Sertularella tricuspidata CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phila., p. 224, 1876.—MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen, p. 425, 1895.—NuTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Juneau, Berg Inlet, and Yakutat, Alaska (Harri- man Exped.); Shumagin Islands, Semidi Islands, Unalaska, Port Etches, and Kiska Harbor, Alaska (Clark) ; British Coast (Alder) ; New England Coast (A. Agassiz) ; Greenland (Marktanner-Turner- etscher) ; Puget Sound (Nutting). SERTULARELLA POLYZONIAS (Linn.). Sertularia polyzonias LINN., Systema Nature, Ed. x, p. 813, 1758. Sertularella polyzonias GRAY, List of the Specimens of British Animals in the British Museum, part 1, Radiata, London, 1847.—-Sars, Bidrag til Kunds- kaben om Norges Hydroider, p. 44, 1873.—-CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 224, 1876. Cotulina polyzonias AGASSIZ, Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, Vol. Iv, p. 356, 1864. Sertularella conica CALKINS, Some Hydroids from Puget Sound, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, p. 359, 1899. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Port Etches and Nunivak Island, Alaska (Clark); British Coasts (Gray); North Cape, Norway (Sars) ; New England Coast (Agassiz) ; Puget Sound (Calkins). Calkins, in the reference cited above, identifies a small specimen otherwise identical with S. Aolyzontas, as the species S. conica All- man, and says: ‘* The only character, and that a small one, by which to distinguish it from the very wide-spread S. folyzonias is the well- marked wrinkling on the adcauline side of the hydrotheca.” Speci- mens from Alaska in the Harriman Collection, agreeing with Calkins’s description and figures, have the characteristic gonosome of S. foly- zonias, and I therefore consider that I am justified in regarding his specimen as belonging to that species. SERTULARELLA SACCATA sp. nov. (Plate xxiv, figs. 1-3.) Sertularella rugosa CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 224, 1876. 202 NUTTING [184 | Sertularella geniculata MARKTANNER-TURNERETSCHER, Die Hydroiden Des k, k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums, p. 222, 1890, Trophosome.—Colony consisting of a sparingly branched, non- fascicled stem attaining a height of about one inch. Stem annulated and nonhydrothecate proximally, otherwise bearing alternate hydro- thecz, one to each internode; stems and branches erect. Hydrothece roughly ovate in genera] outline, with a laterally inclined, broad, smooth, round neck or collar surmounted by a four-toothed aperture and a four-flapped operculum; below the neck the body of the hydro- theca has three or four broad annular corrugations. Hydranths with about sixteen tentacles. Gonosome.—Gonangia large, oblong-ovate in general outline, with several, seven to nine, broad annular corrugations. The mature ova are enclosed in an ovoid acrocyst resting on the top of the gonangium. Distribution. —Popof Island, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Un- alaska, Shumagin Islands, St. Paul Island and Nunivak Island, Alaska (Clark) ; Jan Mayen (Marktanner-Turneretscher). The specimens of this species secured by the Harriman Expedition agree well with the figure given by Clark of specimens that he identi- fied as S. rugosa. The very conspicuous neck, however, would seem to be sufficient to distinguish S. saccata from S. rugosa, and the same difference exists between the gonangia of the two forms. The figure given by Marktanner-Turneretscher for S. gexzcudata Hincks differs greatly from Hincks’s original description and figure, and agrees well with the present species, except that the hydrothece are more closely approximated in the latter. THUIARIA. Trophosome.—Colony branched, the branches divided into unequal internodes, each bearing several pairs of opposite or subopposite hy- drothece. Hydrothece usually deeply immersed in the stem or branch to which they are attached. The branches are alternate, and each springs from an unpaired hydrotheca. Gonosome.—Much as in Sertularia. THUIARIA ARGENTEA (Ellis and Solander). Sertularia argentea ELLIS and SOLANDER, The Natural History of many curious and uncommon Zoophytes, etc., p. 38, 1786.—CLARK, Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States south of Vancouver Island, Trans. Conn. Acad., Vol. 11, p. 251, 1876.—VERRILL, Preliminary Check-list Marine Invertebrates Atlantic Coast, etc., p. 18, 1879.—BERGH, Gople- olyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet, p. 335, 1887.—NutTTING, Hydroida fom Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xX1, p. 741, 1899. [185] THE HYDROIDS 203 Diéstribution.—Y akutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; British Coast (Ellis and Solander) ; Kara Sea (Bergh) ; New England Coast (Ver- rill) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; California (Clark). THUIARIA SIMILIS (Clark). Sertularia similis CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., p. 219, 1876. Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Hagmeister Island, Alaska (Clark) ; Puget Sound (Nutting, MSS.). THUIARIA VARIABILIS (Clark). Sertularia variabilis CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p, 221, 1876. Distribution.—Orca, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; numerous sta- tions in Alaska (Clark) ; San Miguel Island, California (Clark) ; Puget Sound (Nutting, MSS.). THUIARIA CUPRESSOIDES (Clark). Sertularia cupressoides Clark, Proc: Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 220, 1876. Distribution.—Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Shumagin Islands and Port Moller, Alaska (Clark). THUIARIA COEI sp. nov. (Plate xxv, figs. 1-3.) Trophosome.—Colony consisting of a single flexuous stem giving forth regularly alternate branches. Stem three inches high, and divided into irregular internodes each bearing a branch and two hydrothece on one side and one hydrotheca on the other. Branches divided into irregular internodes, each usually bearing several pairs of hydrothece. Hydrothecez subopposite, turgid basally, narrowing distally to a hori- zontal aperture which is pointed on its outer side. An upward pro- jecting point of chitine at the bottom of each hydrotheca. Gonosome.—G onangia top-shaped, or obconical, with a pronounced round collar and rather broad aperture. Proximal portion broadly cor- rugated, and narrowing basally to a short curved pedicel. Distribution. — Dutch Harbor, Alaska (W. R. Coe, Harriman Exped.). This is a very distinct species, and the top-shaped gonangia are quite different from any others of the genus that I have seen. THUIARIA FABRICII (Levinsen). (Plate xxrv, figs. 4, 5-) Sertularia fabricit LEVINSEN, Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Grén- lands Vestkyst, p. 48, 1893.—-CALKINS, Some Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xxvuit, p. 361, 1899. 204 NUTTING [186] Distribution.—Dutch Harbor, Alaska (Harriman Exped.) ; Green- land (Levinsen) ; Puget Sound (Calkins). A specimen in the Harriman collection agrees perfectly with the descriptions and figures of both Levinsen and Calkins. I have directly compared it with specimens of Sertudaria argentea from England, and find that the two species are evidently distinct, 7. fadbricz7 differ- ing from S. argentea in the following particulars. The colony is much more bushy in appearance, and more compactly branched. The hydro- thece are more nearly in pairs, and much more closely approximated, are more densely corneous and have a more delicate and less clearly defined aperture. The gonangia are considerably larger and of thinner texture, and are only occasionally armed with lateral spines. It should be explained that Levinsen regards his Sertularia fabricté as identical with the Sertularia argentea of authors, and gives it the name S. fabrictz. My opinion is that the species is distinct, and I recognize the name given by him because he has correctly described and figured the species, although not classing it as distinct. It should, however, be placed in the genus Zhuzaria, for it comes well within that genus as here defined. THUIARIA TURGIDA Clark. (Plate xxv, figs. 4-6.) Thuiaria turgida CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 229, 1876.—Nut- TING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Sitka, Orca, Popof Island, and Dutch Harbor, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Port Etches, Shumagin Islands, Semidi Islands, and many other points in Alaska (Clark). THUIARIA GIGANTEA Clark. Thuiaria gigantea CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 230, 1876—NuT- TING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S, Nat. Mus., Vol. XxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution. — Kadiak and Popof Island, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); St. Paul Island, Hagmeister Island, Unalaska and Kiska Harbor, Alaska (Clark) ; St. Paul Island (Nutting). THUIARIA THUIARIOIDES (Clark). Sertularia thuiarioides CLARK, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 223, 1876. Distribution.—Yakutat, Alaska (Harriman Exped.); Nunivak Island and Chignik Bay, Alaska (Clark). [187] THE HYDROIDS 205 THUIARIA ELEGANS sp. nov. (Plate xxv, figs. 1-3.) Trophosome.—Colony consisting of a central nonfascicled stem branching in a plumose manner and attaining a height of about six inches. Stem bearing hydrothece throughout its length, divided by oblique nodes into long and irregular internodes, each of which usually bears three or four branches; branches alternate, pinnately arranged, unbranched proximally, and distally dividing into a number of branch- lets; internodes of stem irregular, but each bearing normally more than one pair of hydrothece. Hydrothece subalternate, short, pitcher- shaped, with a double curve in front and an even aperture much like the top of a pitcher; operculum composed of a single flap. Gonosome.—Gonophores borne on the upper sides of the distal ends of the branches in a closely set double row. The individual gonangium is slender, oblong-oval, with a truncated top, an internal distal plug which appears as a dark collar, and an internal mass of developing sex elements. Distribution.—Berg Inlet, Glacier Bay, 20 fathoms; Dutch Har- bor, Alaska (Harriman Exped.). THUIARIA COSTATA spp. nov. (Plate xxvi, figs. 4-9.) Trophosome.—Colony usually a single stem giving forth alternate branches, the whole having a plumose appearance, stem simple, straight, the lower part composed of regular internodes, each bearing a pair of subopposite hydrothece, the upper part divided into regular internodes, each bearing a branch and three hydrothece; nodes oblique. Branches alternate and themselves branching dichotomously, divided into unequal internodes, each bearing more than two suboppo- site hydrothece. Hydrothecz turgid below and narrowing above into a short neck which ends in a round aperture facing upward. A chiti- nous spine projects downward from the lower inner side of each hy- drotheca. Gonosome.—Gonangia borne profusely on both faces of the stem and often on the proximal ends of the branches; oblong-ovate, with a short, small neck and round terminal aperture, the gonangia are orna- mented with about five compressed longitudinal ridges, the crests of which are colored black. General color of the gonangia orange brown. Distribution.—Yakutat, Alaska. Abundant (Harriman Exped.). This species resembles Sertularia inconstans Clark, but differs considerably, particularly in its gonosome, which is very strongly marked. 206 NUTTING [188] Family PLUMULARIDZ. Trophosome.—Hydrothece cup-shaped, usually more or less adnate to the stem or branches, and always arranged on one side only of the hydrocladia, or branches, on whichthey grow. Nematophores present. Gonosome.—Reproduction by means of planule. No meduse. PLUMULARIA. Trophosome.—Hydrocladia unbranched alternate, nematophores on slender pedicels ; hydrothecez without marginal teeth. Stem not canal- iculated. Gonosome.—Gonangia oval, without corbule or protective struc- tures of any kind. PLUMULARIA LAGENIFERA Allman. Plumularia lagenifera ALLMAN, Jour. Linn. Soc. Zool., x1x, p. 157, 1885.— NutTTINnG, American Hydroida, Part 1, The Plumularidz, p. 65, 1900. Plumularia californica MARKTANNER TURNERETSCHER, Annalen des k. k. Naturhist. Hofmuseums, v, No. 2, p. 255, 1890.—NuTTING, Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxI, p. 741, 1899. Distribution.—Berg Inlet,Popof Island, Alaska( Harriman Exped.) ; Puget Sound (Nutting) ; Coast of California (Nutting). PLUMULARIA PALMERI Nutting. Plumularia palmeri NuTTING, American Hydroida, Part 1, The Plumularide, p- 65, Ig00. Distribution.—Victoria, B. C. (Harriman Exped.) ; San Diego. California (Nutting). This is the only species in the collection that was not from Alaska. It seemed best to include it in the list, particularly as a new locality is thereby noted. [189] THE HYDROIDS 207 BIBLIOGRAPHY. The following list includes all the publications referred to in this Report on Hydroida. It does not include papers that were consulted and found to contain nothing pertinent to the immediate subject of the report. Agassiz, Alexander. 1865. North American Acalephe. Illustrated Catalogue, Museum Compara- tive Zoology, No. II. Agassiz, Louis. 1862. Contributions to the Natural History of the United States, IV. Alder, Joshua. 1857. A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Trans. Tyneside Naturalists’ Field Club. Allman, G. J. 1859. Notes on the Hydroid Zoophytes. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. IV, pp. 52 and 141. 1864. On the Constuction and Limitation of Genera among the Hydroida. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Third Series, Vol. XIII, No. 77. 1870-1872. Monograph of the Gymnoblastic or Tubularian Hydroids, Ray Society. 1888. Report on the Hydroids dredged by H. M. S. Challenger, Part 2. 1885. Description of Australian, Cape and other Hydroids, mostly new, from the collection of Miss H. Gatty. Journ. Linnzan Society, Vol. XIX. Bergh, R. S. 1887. Goplepolyper (Hydroider) fra Kara-Havet. Bonnevie, Kristine. 1898 Zur Systematik der Hydroiden. Zeitschr. Wissen. Zoologie, Jahrb. 63. 1899. Hydroida of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition. Calkins, G. M. 1899. Some Hydroids from Puget Sound. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, No. 13. Clark, S. F. 1876. Report on the Hydroids collected on the Coast of Alaska and the Aleu- tian Islands, by W, H. Dall. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Philadelphia. 1876. Description of New and Rare Species of Hydroids from the New Eng- land Coast. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., III. 1876. The Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of the United States, South of Van- couver Island. Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., II. Ellis and Solander. 1786. The Natural History of many Curious and Uncommon Zoophytes. Fleming, J. 1828. A History of British Animals. Edinburgh Philos. Journ., XIIi. Hartlaub, Clemens. Die Hydromedusen Helgolands. Wissench. Meeresuntersuchungen. II Band. 208 NUTTING [190] Hincks, Rev. Thomas. 1868 British Hydroid Zoophytes 1880 On New Hydroida and Polyzoa from Berent’s Sea. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist,, Fifth Series, VI. Kirchenpauer, G. H. 1884. Nordische Gattungen und Arten von Sertulariden. Abhand. a. d. Geb. d. Naturwiss., herausgegeb. vom Naturwiss., Verein, VIII, Pt. 3. Lamarck, J. B. P. A. de. 1836. Histoire Naturelle des Animaux sans Vertebres, 2d Edition. Lendenfeld, R. von. 1883 Uber Coelenteraten der Sudsee, V. Mittheilung. Zeitschrift fur Wis- sensch. Zoologie, XX XVIII. Levinsen, G. M. R. 1886 Annulata, Hydroida, Anthozoa, Porifera, in: Vid. Udbytte af Kanon- baaden, Haucks Togter i. 1892 Om Fornyelsen af Erneringsindividerne hos Hydroiderne. Szrtryk af Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturhist. Fornening i Kbhvn. 1893 Meduser, Ctenophorer, og Hydroider fra Grénlands Vestkyst, Copen- hagen. Linnzus, C. 1758 Systema Nature, 10th Edition. 1767 Systema Nature, 12th Edition, Pt. II. Marktanner-Turneretscher, Gottlieb. 1890 Die Hydroiden des k. k. Naturhist. Hofmuseums, V. 1895 Hydroiden von Ost-Spitzbergen. Zool. Jahrb., VIII. Abth. Mereschkowsky, C. 1878 New Hydroida from Ochotsk, Kamtschatka, and other parts of the North Pacific Ocean. Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. Nutting, C. C. 1899 Hydroida from Alaska and Puget Sound. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. XXI, No. 1171. 1g0o American Hydroids, Part I., The Plumularide. U.S. Nat. Museum, Special Bulletin No. 4. Sars, M. (?) 1862 Bemerkninger over fire norske Hydroider; Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1873 Bidrag til Kundskaben om norges Hydroider. Schultz, Franz Eilhard. 1872 Nordsee Expedition, III, Ccelenteraten. Schneider, K. C. 1897 Hydropolypen von Rovigno, nebst iibersicht iiber das system der Hy- dropolypen in allgemeinen. Zool. Jahrb., Syst. abth. bd., ro. Segerstedt, M. 1899 Bidrag til Kannedomen om Hydroid-Faunen ved Sveriges Vestkust, Stockholm. Verrill, A. E. 1873 Brief Contributions to Zoology from the Museum of Yale College, No. XXIII, American Journal of Science. [191] THE HYDROIDS) _ 209 Verrill, A. E. 1874 Invertebrate Animals of Vineyard Sound. 1879 Preliminary Check List of the Marine Invertebrates of the Atlantic Coast, from Cape Cod to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Winther, Georg. 1879 Fortegnelse over de i Danmark og dets Nordlige Bilande fundne Hy- droide Zoophyter. Wright, J. Strethill. 1859 Observations on British Zoophytes. Edinburgh New Philos. Journ., New series, Vol. VII. PLATE III. [ Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XIV.} Fic. 1. Coryne brachiata Nutting. Part of colony. 2. Single gonophore (enlarged). 3. Syncoryne eximia Allman. Part of colony. 4. Single hydranth with budding medusa. [192] H. A £. VOL. Xi, PLATE Wi [pR. WASH. A. S., I, PL. xiv] pe ee x A.20ES SCO BArTIMOEE ELIZASETH 8. OARROW, DEL artere Cc. C wn. ALASKA HYDROIDS PLATE IV. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XV.] Fic. 1. Garveia annulata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydranths and gonophores. . Single hydranth, showing pseudo-hydrotheca (enlarged). . Eudendrium vaginatum Allman. Part of colony, showing hydranths and gonophores. . Single hydranth, showing pseudo-hydrotheca (enlarged). . Cluster of female gonophores. . Single gonophore, with expanded chitinous collar (enlarged). 94] Ww N An > [ (212) _ H. A. E. VOL. XIN, PLATE IV sf Fp) if) . . a ar f i \) ‘ YF cs : “6 4 . Xi, PLATE V [epR. WASH. A. S., I, PL. xvil H. A. E. VOL. Xt RE ELIZASETH S. DARROW, DEL. A.BOEN 6 CO._BALTTMO! . “ ALASKA HYDROIDS PLATE VI. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol, III, Pl. XVII] Fic. 1. Clytia caliculata (Hincks). Single hydrotheca (enlarged). 2. Another hydrotheca (enlarged). 3. Clytia compressa (Clark). Hydrothece (enlarged) showing ditierent degrees of thickening of the hydrothecal walls. 4. Single gonangium (enlarged). 5. Campanularia ritteri Nutting. Part of colony (enlarged). [198] (216) H. A E. VOL. XI, PLATE vi ALASKA HYDROIDS fpR. WASH. A. S, mI, PL. xvi) AFTER ©. com. eS de a. Z ? Sy . . ' - 4 ° ,% Aare ; . Oa PLATE VII. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XVIII.] Campanularia reduplicata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydro- thece and gonangium (enlarged). Campanularia urceolata Clark. Part of colony, showing hydrothece and gonangia (enlarged). - : 3. Campanularia speciosa Clark. Single hydrotheca (enlarged). [200 Fic. 1. (218) H. A. E. VOL. XII, PLATE Vi m, PL. xviti} [PR. WASH. A. S., A SOREN 6 CO. BALTTMOFE ALASKA HYDROIDS PLATE VIII. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XTX.] . I. Campanularia regia Nutting. Single hydrotheca, showing hydranth (much less enlarged than the other figures). 2. Another hydrotheca, showing reduplication of margin. 3- Hydrotheca of C. speciosa Clark (drawn to the same scale as fig. 1, to show comparative size). 4. Obelia borealis Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothece and gonangium (enlarged). 5 and6. Gonangia (greatly enlarged). [202] (220) oa ditties Paes A UEN 4CO BALTIMOEE H. A. E. VOL. XIN, PLATE vil ALASKA HYDROIDS ‘ 4 arr rst mf : ’ 7 i ey * (he Bi AS sss sonciasaes ah OME Ki {PR. WASH. A. S., IN, PL. xix! Pui Z PLATE IX. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XX.] Fic. 1. Obelia dubia Nutting. Part of colony (enlarged). 2. Gonothyrea inornata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothece © and gonangium (enlarged). 3 and 4. Gonangia (enlarged). [204] (222) A.HOEN & CO BALTIMCRE. H. A. E. VOL. XIil, PLATE 1x ALASKA HYDROIDS [PR. WASH. A. S., III, PL. xx] PLATE X. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXI.] Fic. 1. Campanulina rugosa Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothece and gonangia (enlarged). 2. Gonangium, showing developing medusa (enlarged). 3. Lafea adherens Nutting. Part of trophosome (enlarged). 4- Part of transverse section of gonosome (enlarged). 5. Grammaria immersa Nutting. Part of main stem (enlarged). 6. Portion of branch with the peripheral tubes removed to show connection of hydrothece with axial tube (more enlarged than fig. 5). [206] (224) A KOEN @CO BALTIMORE H. A. E. VOL. Xill, PLATE x ALASKA HYDROIDS {PR. WASH. A. S., 1, PL. xxi] ELIZASETH 8. DARROW, DEL AFTER C. C. M. PLATE XI. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXII. Fic. 1. Halecium speciosum Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrophores and gonangia (enlarged). 2. Single hydranth (greatly enlarged). 3. Halecium ornatum Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrophores (enlarged). 4. Single immature gonangium (enlarged). [208] (226) A ROEN 6 CO_BALTIY °RE H. AE. VOL. Xiil, PLATE Xi ALASKA HYDROIDS (PR. WASH. A. S., 1, PL. xx] PLATE XII. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXIII.] Fic. 1. Halecium reversum Nutting. Part of colony, showing internodes and hydrophores (enlarged). 2. Single hydranth with hydrophore (enlarged). 3. Halectum robustum Nutting. Tip of branch, showing expanded hy- dranths (enlarged). 4. Part of branch with soft parts removed to show the hydrophores (en- larged). 5. Single hydranth with its hydrophore (greatly enlarged). [210] (228) (PR. WASH. A. S., Hi, PL. xxi] H. AE. VOL XIN, PLATE xI TTA eee stint mt Aig Wade: wn sal be A HOEN & CO BALTIMORE ALASKA HYDROIDS PLATE XIII. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXIV.] Fic. 1. Sertularella saccata Nutting. Part of colony, showing hydrothece and gonangia with acrocysts (enlarged). 2. Three hydrothece (still more enlarged). 3. Single hydrotheca, showing operculum (drawn to same scale as fig. 2). 4. Thuiaria fabricid (Levinsen). Part of branch showing hydrothece and gonangia (enlarged). 5. Front view of part of branch (enlarged). [212] (230) H. A. E. VOL. Xi, PLATE Xt [PR. WASH. A. S., I, PL. xxiv] A NOES 6 CO SALTIMCRE- ALASKA HYDROIDS S ak pe 45 1 _ PLATE XIV. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXV.] Fic. 1. Thutaria elegans Nutting. 2. Front view of branch (much enlarged). 3- Gonangium (much enlarged). _ 4. Thutaria turgida Clark. 5. Two pairs of hydrothece (much enlarged). 6. Front view of branch (enlarged). ; [214] fPR. WASH. A. S., I, PL. xxv] H. A. E. VOL. XM, PLATE XIV A S0EN SCO SALTTHOSE ALASKA HYDROIDS PLATE XV. [Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., Vol. III, Pl. XXVI.] Fic. 1. Thuiaria coed Nutting. Part of branch, showing hydrothece and gonangia (enlarged). 2. Lateral view of hydrotheca (enlarged). 3. Single gonangium (enlarged). 4. Thuiaria costata Nutting. Part of main stem, showing origin of branches (enlarged). 5. Front view of terminal branches (enlarged). 6. Two pairs of hydrothece (greatly enlarged). 7, 8, 9. Gonangia (enlarged). [216] (234) H. A. E. VOL. XIN, PLATE XV AHOEN SCO BALTIMORE. ALASKA HYDROIDS INDEX New genera and species and the pages on which they are described are in black-face type; synonyms in parenthesis: pages where synonymy of known species or generais given in italics; subspecies are treated as species for the purposes of the Index. Acanthinula 21 Amnicola porata (117) aculeata 21 Amnicolide 177 harpa (22) Amphibina 55 Acella (60), 64, 72 avara 55 kirtlandiana 72 pfeifferi 55 Achatinide 33 Amphibulima (55) Acmza I13 cuculata 55 Acroloxus 708, 109 patula 55 Acroxus (108) Amphibulimus (55) Adelina (60) Amphibulina (55) elegans 60 Amphipeplea 78 Adula (82) Amplexa (104) Agriolimax 45 Amplexis (22) agrestis g5 Amplexus (22), (104) berendti 46 Anceus (82) campestris 46 Ancylastrum 708, 109 hyperboreus 45 cumingianus 108 Alasmidonta costata (131) Ancyllus (108) Alasmodon falcata (132) Ancylus 11, 707, (108), 109 rhombica (127) caurinus (110) yubaénsis (132) cumingianus 108, 109 Alasmodonta arcuata (132) complanata (131) fluviatilis 107, 108, 109 fragilis zzo dahurica (132) fuscus I0g rugosa (131) kootaniensis 70 Amalia 46 lacustris 107, 108, I0g gagates 46 newberryi Iog hewstoni ¢6 parallelus zzo Ameria IoI patelloides 109 Amnicola 777 radiatus 108 cincinnatiensis 778 emarginata 178 rivularis zog, (110) Anguispira alternata (49) granum (118) bruneri (52) hindsii (119) Angustula milium (32) lapidaria (119) Anisopsis (81), 35 limosa 117 Anisus 81, (82), 84 pallida 777 Anodon areolatus (127) (235) 236 Anodon biangulata (130) exilis (129) feminalis (130) rostratus (128) rugosus (127) triangularis (128) Anodonta 127 angulata (130) argentea (131) arkansasensis (127) beringiana Io, 727 biangulata (130) buchanensis (131) cellensis (127) cognata (128) dallasiana (130) denigrata (131) edentula (127) feminalis (130) ferruginea (131) ferussaciana (130) flava (129), footiana (129), 129 fragilis (129) gigantea (129) glandulosa (129) grandis 729 housatonica (129) implicata 229 irisans (129) kennerleyi 728 kennicotti 730 lacustris (129) laésensis (128) lewisii (129) marginata 128 marryattiana (129) modesta (131) newtonensis (129) nuttalliana 728 oblita (131) oregonensis £28 ovata (129) pallida (129) pavonia (127) pepiniana 770 plicata (131) randalli (130) rotundata (128) INDEX Anodonta rotundovata (128) salmonea (127), (129) shaefferiana (127) showalteri (127) simpsoniana (130) subcarinata (129) subcylindracea (131) tetragona (127) triangularis (128) undulata (127) wahlamatensis 728 wardiana (127) youconensis (127) youkanensis (127) Anodontoides 130 ferussacianus £30 Ansulus (108) Ansylus (108) Aplecta (104), 106 Aplexa 100, 102, 70g, 105, 107 hordacea 103 hypnorum 12, 104, 105, £06, 107 Aplexus (104) hypnorum 107 Arctonchis 112 borealis 112 Arianta arbustorum 2I Ariolimax 34, 35, 47 columbianus 47, 48 maculatus 48 steindachneri g8 stramineus 48 Arion andersoni (46) foliolatus (47) Arionidz 46 Arionta ptychophora (25) Armiger 87, 86 crista 96 Arnouldia (40) fulva (41) Aulaca (21) Auricella (115) Auricula (115) Auricularia (60) Auriculide 115 Auriculina (115) Bathyomphalus 83, 86 Bifidaria 27 Ae) 4 4 3 = co i rs _ og / a x INDEX 237 Bifidaria armifera 27 contracta 27 holzingeri 28 pentodon 28 Bornia 141 Brachyspira (55) Brondelia 109 drouetiana I09 -Buccinum palustre 62, (76) truncatulum 62, (72) Buliminus obscurus 41 Bulimnea (60), 63 megasoma 67, 70 Bulimulus pilula 79 Bulimus (104), 105, (115) harpa (21) hypnorum (106) lubricoides (33) Bulinus (100), (101), (104), 105, 107 hordaceus (104) hypnorum 107 perla 105 pictus 107 senegalensis 105 turritus 105 Bulla (104) fontinalis 99, I0o hypnorum I04, 105, (106) turrita (106) Bullinus (100), (104) fontinalis too turritus (106) Bythinella obtusa 118 Bythinia 105 Caillaudia (81) angulata 81 Calycella 194 syringa 177, 194-195 Campanularia 189 caliculata (188) compressa (188) crenata (190) denticulata 177, 189 gracillima (195) grandis 191 lineata 177, 189 reduplicata 177, 190, 218 regia 177, 190, 220 Campanularia ritteri 177, 189, 216 serpens (197) speciosa 177, 189-790, 218, 220 urceolata 177, 190, 218 verticillata 177, 289 Campanulina 194 rugosa 177, 194, 224 Campeloma 724 decisum 124, 125 Carinifex 63 Carychium 775, 116 exiguum 115, 116 exile 776 minimum II5 Cepza hortensis (20) Chilostoma (22) Chlamydea 36 Choanomphalus 62 Cincinna (120) Cincinnatia cincinnatiensis 118 Cionella lubrica (33) Circinaria (22), 33 chocolata 34 hemphilli 35 hybrida 35 sportella 34, 35 vancouverensis 25, 34, (35) voyana 35 Circinariide 33 Clytia 188 caliculata 177, 788, 216 “compressa 177, 288, 216 integra 188 Cobresia (35), 121 Cochlicopa 33 lubrica 33 Cochlohydra (55) Complanaria gigas (131) Concinna (120) Conulus (39) alaskensis 41 arcticus (45) chersinus (41) fulvus (40), (41) trochiformis (41) Coppinia arcta 175 Coretus (80), (81), 83 Corneocyclas 3, 134, I4I abdita 742, 143, 145 238 Corneocyclas abyssorum /43 equilateralis zgz arctica 74g borealis 74g compressa /42 glacialis r4g henslowana 745 idahoénsis rgr nivalis rgg occidentalis rg? pulchella rgg randolphi zg¢ rotundata 743 scutellata rgr sibirica 744 steenbuchii 247 ultramontana r4¢ variabilis 742 ventricosa 743 virginica rgr Cornu (81) Coryne 183 brachiata 177, 183, 210 eximia (184) Costatella (100), zor Costella (100) Cotulina polyzonias (201) tricuspidata (201) Cumingia (108) Cyclas appendiculata (145) aurea (135) bulbosa 136 calyculata 140 dentata (137) dubia (141) elegans (136) INDEX Cyclas saratogea (135) similis (134) solidula (136) stagnicola (140) staminea (136) steenbuchii (143) striatina (135) sulcata (134) tenuis 139 transversa (139) truncata (140) Cyclocalyx 143 Cyclolimnza 64 Cyclostoma lapidaria (119) tricarinata (121) Cymatocyclas compressa 142 Dall, W. H., land and fresh water mollusks 1-171 Dentati 97 Dentatus (97) Diastropha (99) contorta 100 Diplodiscus (82), 85, 86 Discoidina (83) Discus (97) Drepanotrema 82, 86 Endodontide 49 Enydra (99) Epiphragmophora 21 fidelis 21 Erinna (61), 62, 65 newcombi 61, 65 Euconulus 39, 40, 45 fabricii 41, 42 emarginata (138) fulva 42 fabalis (137) fulvus 39, (40), (41) flava (138) trochiformis go, 41, 42 fuscata 136 Eucopella campanularia (188) Eudendrium annulatum 186 bacciferum (184) jayensis (139) lenticula 140 media (140) pygmezum 186 nobilis (137) vaginatum 177, 182, 185, 212 ovalis (137) Euhadra fiscina 11 partumeia (139) Eulimneus (61) patella (138) Eulota fiscina 11 pulchella (144) flexibilis 11 rhomboida (136) weyrichi 11 INDEX 239 Ferrissia 109 Halecium 197 parallelus 110 rivularis IIo Ferussacia subcylindrica (33) Filellum 197 serpens 177, 297 Fluminicola 779 nuttalliana z7g virens 779 Fossaria (61) Galba (60), 62, 64 desidiosa 73 galbana 73 holbolli 74 humilis 73 truncatula 72 vahlii 74 Gallandia (36) Garveia 184 annulata 177, 184, 212 nutans 177, 784 Gastrodonta 43 gularis 43 Giraulus (83) Glaphyra (22) Glyptophysa Ior Gonidea 130 angulata 130 Goniobasis 776, 117 plicifera 776, 117 silicula 776, 117 Gonothyrza 193 inornata 177, 193, 223 Gonyodiscus 50 striatella (50) Grammaria 196 immersa 177, 196, 224 Gulnaria (60) Gundlachia 708, 109 ancyliformis 108 Gyraulus 83, 86 defiectus 94 hirsutus 93 Gyrorbis (82), 85, (120) Gyrulus (83) Haldemania (108) Haldemanina 97, 98 halecinum 177, 197-798 muricatum 177, 798 ornatum 177, 199, 226 reversum 177, 198, 228 robustum 177, 200, 228 scutum 177, 198 speciosum 177, 199, 226 Harriman, E. H., species named for 186 Hebella 193 pocillum 177, 793 Helicide 3, 19, 20 Helicodiscus 52 lineatus 52 Helicogona subpersonata II Helicolimax (35), (36) Helisiga (55) sanctehelene 55 Helisigna (55) Helisoma 87, 84, 85 bicarinatus 87 Helix 20, (39), (59), (115) albolabris (26) alternata (49) amarula 59 amurensis (21) arborea (42) arboreus (42) arbustorum (21) asiatica (23) asteriscus (51) attenuata 54 auricularia (60) baskervillei (24) belcheri 54 bidentata 41 breweri (42) chersina (41), 42 columbiana (24) conspecta (53) cooperi 52 cornea So, 81 corneus 80 costata (23) crenella (23) cronkhitei (50) devia (24) dubia (49) 240 Helix egena (41), 42 electrina (38) engonata (87) fabricii (41) fidelis (21) floccata 51 fulva (40) germana (25) gularis (43), 44 hammonis (38), 42 harpa (21) haydeni (52) hortensis 20 indentata (39) labiosa (24) labyrinthica (27) limitaris (49) lineata (52) lubrica (33) lucida (42) mandralisci (40) milium (43) minuscula (43) minuta (22) minutissima (53) monodon (26) morsei (39) mortoni (40) nitida 41, (42) nitidula (39), (40) nuttalliana (21) paludosa (22) pellucida 35, (36) planorbis (80), 81 ptychophora (25) pulchella (22), (23) putris 55 pygmza (53) radiatula (38) rudis 54 solitaria (49) spirorbis 83 sportella (35) stagnalis 59, (60), (62), (65) striatella (50) strigosa (51) subglobosa (20) townsendiana (25) trochiformis (40) INDEX Helix trochilus (40) trochulus (40), 41 vancouverensis (34) vellicata (34) virgata 52 Hemithalamus (97) nitidus 97 Hemphillia 48 camelus g8 glandulosa ¢8 Heterodiscus (82), 87 Hippeutes (82) Hippeutis 82, 86, (97) Hyalina (35), (39) arborea (42) arctica (45) binneyana (39) binneyi (39) fulva (40), (41) indentata (39) nitida (42) pellucida (38) viridula (38) Hyalinia (39) fulva (40) trochiformis (41) Hydroids 173-234 bibliography 207-209 genera and species, systematic dis- cussion 181-206 geographic distribution 176-180 plates and plate descriptions 2I10- 234 Telskia (120) Isidora 100, IOI, 105 wahlbergi Ior Isthmia ventricosa (31) pygmea 33 Jelskia (120), 121 Levapex 109 fragilis 110 kootaniensis IIo Lafoea 175, 181, 193, 195 adhzrens 177, 196, 224 dumosa 177, 179, 795 fruticosa 177, 196 We a ee eee eee ee Lafcea gracillima 177, 195 pocillum (193) Lampsilis 725 alatus 726, 127 borealis 726 ellipsiformis 226 gracilis 727 ligamentinus 726 luteolus 725 radiatus 126 rectus 726 superiorensis 125 ventricosus 125 Lantzia. See Zrinna. Lanx 109 Lasmigona 131 Leachia (60) stagnalis 60 Legrandia (108) Le Liri 111 Leptolimnza glaber 64 Leptolimnea (60), 62, 64 elongata 60 glaber 60 Leptolimneus (61) glaber 61 Limacide 45 Limacina (35) Limax agrestis (45) berendti 46 columbianus (47) hemphilli 46 hewstoni (46) hyperborea (45) Limnza (60), (61), 62, (105) ampla (68), (69) angulata (68) arctica (75) binneyi (69) bulimoides (79) canadensis (69) decisa (125) decollata (68) elodes (76) elongata (75) emarginata (69) exilis (72), 77 ferruginea (72) glabra 61 INDEX imnza grénlandica (75) haydeni (76) holbolli (74) kingi 61 kirtlandiana (72) lanceata (72) leucostoma (75) megalosoma (67) megastoma (67) mighelsi (68) minor (75) mélleri (75) nuttalliana (76) philadelphica (74) plebeia (76) proxima (76) scalaris (69) senegalensis (75) stagnalis (65) traski (74) umbilicata (79) vahlii (74) velutina 61, 65 Limnzus decollatus (68) elodes (76) elongatus (77) Limnea (60) adeline (78) caperata (79) catascopium (68) cochlea (59) columella (70) desidiosa (73) expansa (76) fragilis (76) galbana (74) gracilis 60 humilis (73) megasoma 60, (67) serrata (69) Limneus (60) desidiosus (73) emarginatus (68) minutus (72) ontariensis (68) palustris (76) stagnalis (60) umbrosus (77) Limnophysa (60), 62 241 242 Limnophysa holbolli (74) palustris 60 senegalensis 75 vahlii (74) Limnus (61) Liria (111) Liriola zzz thersites I1I Lucena (22), 55 oblonga 55 pulchella 55 Lucina lenticula 140 Lymneza 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 66, 68, 72, 100, 102 acuta 80 adeline 78 ampla 71, 72 anticostiana 79 appressa (65) arenaria 63 atkaénsis 66 auricularia 60, 61, 62, 64 binneyi 69, 70 bulimoides 78, 79 canadensis 68 caperata 79 catascopium 77, 78, 79 columella 70 desidiosa 73, 75, 80 emarginata 68, 69 expansa 77 ferruginea 73 fossaria 80 galbana 73 glaber 60, 62 glabra 60 gracilis 64 haydeni 77 holbolli 74 humilis 77 involuta 64 jugularis (65) . kingi 64 kirtlandiana 72 lagorii 61, 63 lanceata 72 lepida 67 malleata 75 megasoma 63, 67, 70 INDEX Lymneza mighelsi 68, 72 nitida 75 nuttalliana 77 obrussa 73 opacina 80 palustris 62, 64, 68, 75, 76, 78 pereger 60 perpolita 78 petersi 66 petitii 80 pingelii (75) preblei 70 proxima 74, 77 randolphi 66, 77 reflexa 60, 62, 72, 77 rowelli 76 solida 78 solidula 75 stagnalis 61, 63, 65, 66 sumassi 66, 69, 71, 72, (77), 78 techella 78, 79 tenuicostata 64 traskii 74 truncatula 60, 61, 62, 64, 72, 73 tryoni 74 tryoniana 74 vahlii 74, 75 wormskioldi (75) zrmanjz 61, 65 Lymneide 59 Lymneus (60) columellus (70) emarginatus (68) Lymnea (60) cornea (77) Lymneus (60) caperatus (79) desidiosus (73) emarginatus (68) galbanus (73) humilis (73) megasomus (67) minutus (72) reflexus (77) Lymnophysa (61) Lymnula (60) Lymnus (60) Lyogyrus 778 granum 778, I19 ae ~~, ft ah Se yee ee INDEX 243 Lyogyrus lehnerti (117) Macrocyclis 33 vancouverensis (34) Macrophysa (100), zor Margarita oregonensis (128) Margaritana 131 falcata 732 margaritifera II, 132 Melania 117 canaliculata (116) conica (116) plicifera (116) silicula (116) Melantho decisa (125) Menetus (81), 82, 86 exacuous 9I opercularis 92 Merriam, C. Hart, preface v Microphysa 99 lansingi 44 pygmea (53) stearnsii (44) Mollusks 1-171 bibliography 147-153 fresh water shells, distribution 1-6, 9-15 genera and species, systematic dis- cussion 19-145 land shells, distribution 7-15 plates and plate descriptions 154, 156 Mouretia (111) Muretia (111) Musculium jayanum 139 lenticula 140 partumeium 139 raymondi 138 tenue 139 transversum 139 truncatum 140 Mya complanata (133) margaritifera (132) radiata (126) Myxas (104) Naiades z25 Nauta (104) hypnorum (106), (107) Nauta polaris (107) Nautilina (83) Nautilus crista (96) lacustris 97 Neritostoma 55, (61) Nutting, C. C., hydroids 173-234 Obelia 191 borealis 177, 192, 220 dichotoma 177, z9Z dubia 177, 192, 222 plicata 177, 191 Odostomia (115) Oligolimax (36) Omphalia (61) Omphalolimnus (61), 63 Omphiscola 60, (61), 62 Onchidella z7z2 borealis 772, 113, 114 carpenteri I13 celtica I12, 113, II4 floridana 114 Onchidiidz zzz Onchidium 772, 114, 115 boreale (112) celticum 113 nigricans I12 schrammi I14 typhe 112 Orbis (81) Oreohelix 57 cooperi 52 stantoni 52 strigosa 57, 52 Oxyloma 55 hungarica 55 Pagana (36) Paludina cincinnatiensis 118 decisa (125) emarginata (118) grana (118) hyalina (91) limosa (117) lustrica 120 nuclea (119) obtusa (118) porata (117) seminalis (119) 244 Palundina virens (119) Paraspira 82, 86 Parmacellina (36) vitrineformis 36 Parypha microcephala 187 Patella (107) lacustris 107, 108 Patula 49 asteriscus (51) cronkhitei (50) occidentalis 49 pauper 50, 51 solitaria (49) striatella 50 Patulastra pugetensis (43) Periophthalmus 115 Petasia (39) fabricii (41) fulva 40 trochiformis (40) Phenacarion foliolatus (47) hemphilli (47) Phenacolimax (36) Phymesoda dubia (141) idahoénsis (141) scutellata 141 virginica 141 Physa 11, 63, (81), 84, 99, (100), 101, 102, (104), 105, 107 albofilata (102) ampullacea 703 ancillaria zo2 bullata (103) columnaris 99, 101 contorta 99 costata 100, IOI crassa (102) elongata (106) elongatina (107) fontinalis 11, 99, (102), 105 fragilis (101) glabra (106) globosa 99 guildingii 99, 100 gyrina zor heterostropha oz, 103 hildrethiana 102 hordeacea 703, 107 hypnorum (106) INDEX Physa lata (101) lordi z02, 103 microstoma 99 obesa (102) oleacea (102) parkeri (102), 103 philippii (101) plicata (101) polaris 107 primeana (101) propinqua 703 turrita (106) vinosa 102 Physastra (61), 62, 64 vestita 61, 64 Physella (99), 100 Physidz gg, 101 Physodon (99), 100 Physopsis 100, 101 Phyza (99), (104) Pierosoma 81, 85 binneyi 87 corpulentus 87, 88 trivolvis 88 Pisidium 3, 141 abditum (142), (143) abyssomus (143) abyssorum (143) equilaterale (141) arcticum (144) boreale (144) compressum (142) glaciale (144) henslowianum (145) idahoénse (141) nivale (144) occidentale (143) randolphi (145) rotundatum (143) scutellatum (141) sibiricum (144) steenbuchii (143) ultramontanum (144) variabile (142) ventricosum (143) virginicum (141) Planaria (83) Planella (120) Planogyra 51 ee Oe Se i 1 ee “os 2. ee ae eee ee a i he Planogyra asteriscus 57, 122 Planorbarius (81) Planorbe brun 80 Planorbella 87, 85 campanulatus go Planorbina &z, 83, 84 glabrata 86 Planorbis 63, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 102, (104), 105 alabamensis 92 albus 83, 86, (93), 94 ammon 88 armiger 97; (98), 99 armigerus 97, (98) bellus (90) bicarinatus 81, 84, 87 billingsi (95) binneyi 87, 88, 89 boissyi 82 borealis (93), 94 brongniartiana 91 buchanensis 92 calculus 81 callioglyptus (92), 93 campanulatus 81, 85, go carinatus 82 centervillensis (92), 93 complanatus 82, 85, 90 concavus (95) contortus 83, 86 corneus 8o, 81, 83, 84 cornu-arietis 84 corpulentus 87 costatus (96) crista 96 cristatus (96) declivis 98 deflectus 94 dilatatus 92 disjectus 89 draparnaldi 94 draparnaudi 94 elevatus (95) engonatus (87) exacuous 97, 92, 93 exacutus (91) 245 Planorbis fontanus 82, 86 glabratus 86 guadeloupensis 81 lens 91 lentus (86), (88) libanicus 82, 83 limophilus 95 lineatus 97 loryi 81 macrostomus (88), 89, 90 major 87 marginatus 82 megas 91 multivolvis 82, 85 nathorsti 96 nautileus (96) nitidus 97 obliquus 94 occidentalis 89 olivaceus 84 opercularis 82, 86, g2 oregonensis 89, (92), 93 parallelus (52) parvus 83, 86, 95, 96 planulatus gz, 93 rotundatus 82, 86 rudentis 90, 91 subcrenatus (88), 89, 90 traskii 88 trivolvis 81, 85, 87, 88, 89, 90 tumens 88, 89 turritus (106) umbilicatellus 96 umbilicatus 82, 85, (96) vermicularis 95 virens 94 vortex 82, 85 vulgaris 82 wheatleyi 97, 98 yzabalensis 82, 86 Planorbula (97), 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Plesiophysa Ior 246 Pleurocera 276 canaliculata 276 Pleurolimnza (60), 63, 64 tenuicostata 60 Plumularia 206 californica (206) lagenifera 177, 206 palmeri 177, 206 Poeyia (108) gundlachioides 108 Polita (39) fulva (40) Polygyra 24 albolabris 26 columbiana 24, 34 devia 24 germana 25, 26 labiosa (24) megasoma 26 monodon 26 ptychophora 25 santacruzensis 24 townsendiana 25 Polygyrus (83) Polyrhytis (61), 63, 64 Pomatiopsis zzg lapidaria 119, (120) Pompholyx 63 Primella raymondi (139) Pristiloma 44 arctica 45 idahoénse 4¢ lansingi 4¢ pilsbryi ¢¢ stearnsi (44), 45 stearnsii ¢¢ taylori ¢¢ Prophysaon 46 andersoni 46 ceeruleum 47 dubium (47) fasciatum (47) - flavum (46) : foliolatum 47 hemphilli (46), 47 humile 47 marmoratum (46) obscurum (47) pacificum (46) INDEX Prophysaon pallidum (46) suffusum (46) Proptera alatus (127) Protancylus 109 Pseudohyalina minuscula (43) pugetensis (43) Pterosygna 131 Pulmobranchia Ior Punctum 57 asteriscus 53 clappi 51, 53 conspectum I0, 53 minutissimum (53) pugetensis (43) pygmzum 53 _randolphi 53 Pupa alticola (54) arctica (32) armifera (27) badia (28) bigranata (28) blandi (28) columella (54) contracta (27) corpulenta (29) costulata (21) decora (29) edentula (54) exigua (116) gouldii (30) gredleri (54) holzingeri (28) hoppii (29) lundstromi (28) milium (32) modesta (29) pentodon (28) pygmea (33) signata (28) simplex (54) steenbuchi (29) superioris (33) Pupide 27 Pupilla 28 badia (28), (29) blandi 28 muscorum 28, (29) Pyramidula 49 alternata 49 ar ee ee et INDEX 247 Pyramidula asteriscus 57 cronkhitei 50, 51 limitaris 49 randolphi (53) ruderata 50, 51 solitaria 49 striatella 50 Quadrula 133 heros 133 hippopza 133 lachrymosa 134 plicata 233 rubiginosa 774 undulata 733 Radix (60), 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 71, 72 binneyi 69 columella 70 mighelsi 68 randolphi 71 Rivicola (99) Sandria 65 Saraphia (115) tridentata 115 Segmentaria (97) Segmentina 97, 98 armigera 98 christyi 99 Selenites 33 vancouverensis (34) Semilimax (35), (36) Sertularella 200 - conica (201) geniculata (202) polyzonias 177, 207 rugosa (201) saccata 177, 201-202, 230 tricuspidata 177, 207 Sertularia argentea 179, (202), 204 cupressoides (203) dichotoma (191) dumosa (195) fabricii (203), 204 halecina (197) muricata (198) polyzonias (201) similis (203) Sertularia syringa (194) thuiarioides (204) tricuspidata (201) variabilis (203) verticillata (189) Siphonaria zzz sipho 111 thersites zzz Siphonariide zzz Spheriide 134, 145 Spherium 134 aureum 135 cooperianum (139) corneum 135 dentatum 136, 237 emarginatum 2378 fabale 137 fabalis (136) flavum 238 jayanum 7379 lenticula zo medium 740 nobile 277 occidentale 136, 237 partumeium 739 patella 238 primeanum s4gz raymondi 738 rhomboideum 736, 141 simile 7374 solidulum 736 spokani 7378 stagnicola 740 stamineum 736 striatinum 7235 sulcatum (134) tenue 739, 140 transversum 739 truncatum 740 tumidum 738 walkeri 135 Sphyradium 54 edentulum 5¢ Spiralina (81) Spirodiscus corneus (81) Spirorbis (82) Stagnicola (60), 62, 64, 68, 71, 72, 74 adeline 78 anticostiana 79 248 Stagnicola bulimoides 79 caperata 79 catascopium 77 communis (76) emarginata 68 palustris 76 perpolita 78 reflexa 77 Stenotrema germanum (25) Strepomatide zz6 Striatura milium (43) Strobila labyrinthica 27 Strophitus 127 edentulus (127) rugosus 127 Succinea (55), 55; 71, 105 alaskana 58 annexa (59) aurelia (59) avara 55, 56; 57 campestris (58) chrysis 10, 59 decampi (56) dunkeri 55 elegans 55 greeri (58) grénlandica 57 grosvenori 57 hawkinsi 57 haydeni (56) lineata (59) minor (56) nuttalliana 58 obliqua 58 oblonga 55 oregonensis 56 ovalis 55, (56), (58), 59 pfeifferi 55 putris 55 retusa (56), 57, 58 rusticana 58 sillimani 57 totteniana 55 vermeta (57) verrilli 57 wardiana (57) Succineide 55 Succinia (55) Symphynota 131 INDEX Symphynota complanata z3z costata 737 katherine 131 Syncoryne 183 eximia 177, 284, 210 Tanousia (61), 62, 65 Tapada (55) Taphius (81), 85 Teba (39) Tellina henslowana (145) virginica (141) Thuiaria 202 argentea 177, 202-203 coei 177, 203, 234 costata 177, 205, 234 cupressoides 177, 2037 elegans 177, 205, 232 fabricii 177, 203-204, 230 gigantea 177, 204 similis 177, 207 thuiarioides 177, 204 turgida 177, 204, 232 variabilis 177, 203 Torquis 83, 86 arcticus 96 nathorsti 96 parvus 95 umbilicatellus 96 vermicularis 95 Trimusculus (111) Trochilus mortoni 40 Trochlea (83) Trochovitrina (36) Trochula 4o Trochulus (40) trochiformis (41) Trochus (39) terrestris (40) Trophidiscus (82) Tropidina (120), 121 Tropidiscus (81), 82, 85 Tropidocyclas henslowana 145 Truella (55) elongata 55 Tubularia 186 borealis 187 elegans 187 harrimani 177, 186, 214 Tubularia larynx 187 Turbo (104), (115) muscorum (28) nautileus (96) stagnalis (106) Unio I1, 133 alatus (126) asperrimus (134) borealis (126) complanatus (132), £73 costatus (133) crassus (126), (133) dahuricus (132) ellipsiformis (126) elongatus (132) falcatus (132) flavus (134) gracilis (127) heros (133) hippopzus (133) katherine (131) lachrymosus (134) ligamentinus (126) luteolus (125) mongolicus (132) multiplicatus (133) pictorum 13 plicatus (133) quadrulus (134) radiatus (126) rectus (126) rubiginosus (134) sinuatus (132) spatulatus (126) trigonus (134) undulatus (133) ventricosus (125) Vallonia 22 albula 237 asiatica 27 costata 23 gracilicosta 27 minuta (22) pulchella 22, 23 rosalia (23) Valvata 85, (120) carinata (121) INDEX Valvata confusa (121) cristata 120, 122, I24 helicoidea 123 humeralis 121 jelskii 120, 121 lewisi 227 mergella z2¢ minuta 120 nylanderi 122 piscinalis 120, I2I, 124 sibirica 124 simplex (121), 122, 123 sincera 122, (123) striata (123) tricarinata 120, raz, 122 unicarinata (12L) virens 724 Valvatide 720 Valvearius (120) Velifera 36 Velletia (108), ro9 Velutinopsis (61), 62, 65 Vertigo 3, 29 approximans (31) arctica 72 arthuri (31) binneyana 77 bollesiana (30) borealis 30 callosa (33) castanea (29) columbiana 30 elatior (31) gouldii 370 hoppii 29, krauseana 32 lagganensis (31) milium 32, 33 modesta 29 ovata 31, 372 parietalis (29) pentodon (28) pygmexa 33 simplex (54) ventricosa 77 Vertilla milium (32), 33 Vesica (59) Vitrea 38, (40) binneyana 379 249 250 Vitrea fulva (41) indentata 39 nitidula 39 radiatula 38 Vitrina 35, (36), 37 alaskana 37, 38 americana (37) angelice 36, 37 beryllina 37 bicolor 36 conoidea 36 diaphana 36 exilis (37), 38 lederi 36 limpida 37 major 36 pauluccie 36 pellucida 36, (37) pfeifferi (37) Vitrinozonites 36 Vitrinus (35) Vivipara I1 Viviparide z24 Vortex 81 INDEX Vorticifex 63 Zagrabica (61), 65 brusiniana 65 naticoides 61 Zonites (39) conspectus (53) fulvus (40) lansingi 44 nitidulus (39) stearnsii (44) viridulus (38), 39 Zonitide 35 Zonitoides 42 arboreus 42 milium (43) minusculus 47 nitidus 42 pugetensis 43 randolphi 43 Zodgenites 21 harpa 12, 27, 22, 122 Zua lubrica (33) lubricoidea (33) Zurama (22) a Se Oe a ee ee ee ee r pay PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY — tit Hi